Garmin | G1000: Socata TBM 850 | Garmin G1000: Socata TBM 850 G1000 Pilot's Guide for TBM 850 - SSV 0719.06

Garmin G1000: Socata TBM 850 G1000 Pilot's Guide for TBM 850 - SSV 0719.06
G1000
®
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road
Houndsdown Business Park
Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
p:44/0870.8501241
f:44/0870.8501251
®
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p:503.391.3411
f:503.364.2138
G1000 Pilot’s Guide
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p:913.397.8200
f:913.397.8282
Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road
Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
p:886/02.2642.9199
f:886/02.2642.9099
Socata
TBM 850
www.garmin.com
190-00709-02
Revision A
System Software 0719.06 or later
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE & AIRFRAME SYSTEMS
AUDIO PANEL & CNS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Copyright © 2007, 2009 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 0719.06 or later for the Socata TBM 850. Some differences in operation may
be observed when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software versions.
Garmin International, Inc., 1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Tel: 913/397.8200
Fax: 913/397.8282
Garmin AT, Inc., 2345 Turner Road SE, Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Tel: 503/391.3411
Fax 503/364.2138
Garmin (Europe) Ltd, Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Hounsdown Business Park, Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
Tel: 44/0870.8501241
Fax: 44/0870.8501251
Garmin Corporation, No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road, Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
Tel: 886/02.2642.9199
Fax: 886/02.2642.9099
For after-hours emergency, aircraft on ground (AOG) technical support for Garmin panel mount and integrated avionics systems, please
contact Garmin’s AOG Hotline at 913.397.0836.
Web Site Address: www.garmin.com
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored
in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to download
a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use, provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice
and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin® and G1000® are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. WATCH®, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are trademarks of
Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin.
NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.; Stormscope® is a registered trademark of L-3 Communications; and XM® is a
registered trademark of XM Satellite Radio, Inc.; Honeywell® and Bendix/King® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International,
Inc.; Becker® is a registered trademark of Becker Flugfunkwerk GmbH.
July, 2009
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
Printed in the U.S.A.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Limited Warranty
LIMITED WARRANTY
This Garmin product is warranted to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for two years from the date of purchase. Within this
period, Garmin will, at its sole option, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or replacement will be made
at no charge to the customer for parts and labor, provided that the customer shall be responsible for any transportation cost. This warranty
does not cover failures due to abuse, misuse, accident, or unauthorized alterations or repairs.
THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO
STATE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER
RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. Some states do not
allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations may not apply to you.
Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace the unit or software, or to offer a full refund of the purchase price, at its sole
discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center. For assistance in locating a Service Center near you, visit
the Garmin Web site at “http://www.garmin.com” or contact Garmin Customer Service at 800-800-1020.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
i
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
WARNING: Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain avoidance
feature. The terrain avoidance feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance
and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight. The
terrain avoidance feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance. Terrain data is obtained from
third party sources. Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data.
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitudes (MSAs) are only advisory in nature and should not be
relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current
aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
WARNING: Traffic information shown on system displays is provided as an aid in visually acquiring traffic.
Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based only upon ATC guidance or positive visual acquisition of conflicting
traffic.
WARNING: The Garmin G1000 has a very high degree of functional integrity. However, the pilot must
recognize that providing monitoring and/or self-test capability for all conceivable system failures is not
practical. Although unlikely, it may be possible for erroneous operation to occur without a fault indication
shown by the G1000. It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detect such an occurrence by means of
cross-checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the cockpit.
WARNING: For safety reasons, G1000 operational procedures must be learned on the ground.
WARNING: The altitude calculated by G1000 GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level and
could vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters, such as the GDC 74A Air Data
Computer, or other altimeters in aircraft. GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation. Always
use pressure altitude displayed by the G1000 PFD or other pressure altimeters in aircraft.
WARNING: Do not use outdated database information. Databases used in the G1000 system must be
updated regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current. Pilots using any outdated
database do so entirely at their own risk.
WARNING: Do not use basemap (land and water data) information for primary navigation. Basemap data is
intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Lamp(s) inside this product may contain mercury (HG) and must be recycled or disposed of
according to local, state, or federal laws. For more information, refer to our website at www.garmin.com/
aboutGarmin/environment/disposal.jsp.
WARNING: Because of anomalies in the earth’s magnetic field, operating the G1000 within the following
areas could result in loss of reliable attitude and heading indications. North of 70° North latitude and south
of 70° South latitude. An area north of 65° North latitude between longitude 75º West and 120º West. An
area south of 55° South latitude between longitude 120º East and 165º East.
ii
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
CAUTION: The illustrations in this guide are only examples. Never use the G1000 to attempt to penetrate
a thunderstorm. Both the FAA Advisory Circular, Subject: Thunderstorms, and the Aeronautical Information
Manual (AIM) recommend avoiding “by at least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an
intense radar echo.”
CAUTION: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible
for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy
and performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the Garmin G1000 utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information presented by the G1000 can be
misused or misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.
CAUTION: To reduce the risk of unsafe operation, carefully review and understand all aspects of the
G1000 Pilot’s Guide documentation. Thoroughly practice basic operation prior to actual use. During flight
operations, carefully compare indications from the G1000 to all available navigation sources, including
the information from other NAVAIDs, visual sightings, charts, etc. For safety purposes, always resolve any
discrepancies before continuing navigation.
CAUTION: The Garmin G1000 does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by
an authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty
and the pilot’s authority to operate this device under FAA/FCC regulations.
CAUTION: The PFD and MFD displays use a lens coated with a special anti-reflective coating that is very
sensitive to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners. CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE
ANTI-REFLECTIVE COATING. It is very important to clean the lens using a clean, lint-free cloth and an
eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings.
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen images of the G1000 panel and
displays, are subject to change and may not reflect the most current G1000 system and aviation databases.
Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: There are several atmospheric phenomena in addition to nearby thunderstorms that can cause
isolated discharge points in the strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more discharge points in
the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear after the screen has been
cleared. Avoid the clusters to avoid the thunderstorms. In the cell display mode, even a single discharge
point may represent thunderstorm activity and should therefore be avoided.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can cause an intermittent loss of
attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards
away from the source of the interference should alleviate the condition.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
iii
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or blank.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with
California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer to
our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
iv
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Revision Information
Record of Revisions
Part Number
190-00709-00
Revision
A
Date
11/2/07
190-00709-01
A
7/7/08
All
Added Synthetic Vision System and other GDU 9.02 parameters
190-00709-02
A
5/5/09
All
Added new page selection presentation
Added import/export flight plans
Added flight data logging
Added other GDU 9.14 parameters.
B
7/30/09
53
Corrected discussion of setting Selected Altitude
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Page Range
All
Initial release
Description
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
v
Revision Information
Blank Page
vi
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Table of Contents
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
Section 1 System Overview
System Description.................................................. 1
Line Replaceable Units (LRU).................................. 2
G1000 Controls......................................................... 7
PFD Controls................................................................. 7
Controls Associated With the MFD.................................. 9
AFCS Controls............................................................. 10
Audio Panel Controls................................................... 12
Secure Digital Cards.............................................. 14
System Power-up.................................................... 15
System Operation................................................... 16
Normal Operation. ...................................................... 16
Reversionary Mode. .................................................... 16
G1000 System Annunciations....................................... 19
Softkey Function. ........................................................ 20
GPS Receiver Operation............................................... 25
Accessing G1000 Functionality............................ 30
Menus. ...................................................................... 30
MFD Page Groups. ...................................................... 31
MFD System Pages...................................................... 35
Display Backlighting.............................................. 45
Automatic Adjustment................................................. 45
Manual Adjustment..................................................... 45
Section 2 Flight Instruments
2.1 Flight Instruments.................................................. 50
Airspeed Indicator....................................................... 50
Attitude Indicator........................................................ 52
Altimeter.................................................................... 53
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI). ...................................... 57
Vertical Deviation........................................................ 57
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)............................... 58
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)................................... 63
2.2 Supplemental Flight Data..................................... 71
Temperature Displays. ................................................. 71
Wind Data.................................................................. 73
Vertical Navigation (VNV) Indications. .......................... 74
2.3 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions......... 75
System Alerting........................................................... 75
Marker Beacon Annunciations...................................... 76
Traffic Annunciation. ................................................... 76
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Terrain Annunciations.................................................. 77
Altitude Alerting. ........................................................ 78
Low Altitude Annunciation........................................... 78
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting....... 79
Radar Altimeter........................................................... 80
2.4 Abnormal Operations............................................ 82
Abnormal GPS Conditions............................................ 82
Unusual Attitudes. ...................................................... 83
Section 3 Engine and Airframe Systems
3.1 Engine Indication System (EIS)............................. 87
Engine Parameters. ..................................................... 88
Cabin Pressurization.................................................... 90
Fuel Information. ........................................................ 90
Electrical Information. ................................................. 91
Trim and Flap Indicators............................................... 91
3.2 Synoptics................................................................. 92
Electrical System......................................................... 93
Fuel System................................................................ 96
General Systems. ........................................................ 98
3.3 Crew Alerting System (CAS).................................. 99
CAS Display Inhibits. ................................................. 100
CAS Messages and Prioritization. ............................... 101
Section 4 Audio Panel and CNS
4.1 Overview............................................................... 103
Audio Panel Volume Control....................................... 103
PFD Controls and Frequency Display. .......................... 104
Audio Panel Controls................................................. 106
4.2 COM Operation..................................................... 108
COM Transceiver Selection and Activation. .................. 108
COM Transceiver Manual Tuning................................. 109
Quick-Tuning and Activating 121.500 MHz.................. 110
Auto-Tuning the COM Frequency................................ 111
Frequency Spacing. ................................................... 116
Automatic Squelch.................................................... 117
Volume. ................................................................... 117
4.3 NAV Operation...................................................... 118
NAV Radio Selection and Activation............................ 118
NAV Receiver Manual Tuning. .................................... 119
Auto-Tuning a NAV Frequency from the MFD............... 121
Marker Beacon Receiver. ........................................... 126
ADF/DME Tuning....................................................... 127
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
vii
Table of Contents
4.4 GTX 33/33D Mode S Transponders..................... 131
Transponder Controls. ............................................... 132
Transponder Mode Selection. ..................................... 133
Entering a Transponder Code...................................... 135
IDENT Function......................................................... 136
Flight ID Reporting.................................................... 137
4.5 Additional Audio Panel Functions...................... 138
Power-Up. ................................................................ 138
Mono/Stereo Headsets. ............................................. 138
Speaker.................................................................... 138
Intercom. ................................................................. 139
Passenger Address (PA) System. ................................. 140
Simultaneous COM Operation.................................... 140
Clearance Recorder and Player................................... 141
Entertainment Inputs................................................. 142
4.6 Audio Panels Preflight Procedure....................... 143
4.7 Abnormal Operation............................................ 145
Stuck Microphone..................................................... 145
COM Tuning Failure................................................... 145
PFD Failure............................................................... 146
Audio Panel Fail-Safe Operation. ................................ 147
Reversionary Mode. .................................................. 147
Section 5 Flight Management
5.1 Introduction.......................................................... 149
Navigation Status Box............................................... 151
5.2 Using Map Displays.............................................. 152
Map Orientation. ...................................................... 152
Map Range............................................................... 154
Map Panning............................................................ 157
Measuring Bearing and Distance. ............................... 162
Topography. ............................................................. 163
Map Symbols............................................................ 166
Airways.................................................................... 172
Track Vector.............................................................. 174
Wind Vector.............................................................. 175
Nav Range Ring........................................................ 176
Fuel Range Ring........................................................ 177
Field of View (SVS). ................................................... 178
5.3 Waypoints.............................................................. 179
Airports.................................................................... 180
Intersections............................................................. 186
viii
NDBs. ...................................................................... 188
VORs........................................................................ 190
User Waypoints......................................................... 192
5.4 Airspaces............................................................... 198
5.5 Direct-to-Navigation . ......................................... 203
5.6 Flight Planning...................................................... 209
Flight Plan Creation................................................... 210
Adding Waypoints to an Existing Flight Plan................ 215
Adding Airways to a Flight Plan.................................. 217
Adding Procedures to a Stored Flight Plan................... 220
Flight Plan Storage.................................................... 227
Flight Plan Editing..................................................... 229
Along Track Offsets. .................................................. 232
Parallel Track. ........................................................... 234
Activating a Flight Plan Leg........................................ 237
Inverting a Flight Plan. .............................................. 238
Flight Plan Views....................................................... 239
Closest Point of FPL................................................... 241
5.7 Vertical Navigation.............................................. 242
Altitude Constraints. ................................................. 244
5.8 Procedures............................................................ 248
Departures. .............................................................. 248
Arrivals . .................................................................. 251
Approaches . ............................................................ 253
5.9 Trip Planning......................................................... 259
Trip Planning. ........................................................... 259
Weight Planning. ...................................................... 263
Weight Caution And Warning Conditions..................... 265
5.10 RAIM Prediction................................................... 266
5.11 Navigating a Flight Plan...................................... 270
5.12 Abnormal Operation............................................ 299
Section 6 Hazard Avoidance
6.1 XM Satellite Weather........................................... 301
Using XM SATELLITE Weather Products....................... 303
Weather Softkeys on the Weather Data Link Page......... 306
6.2 Airborne Color Weather Radar........................... 332
System Description.................................................... 332
Principles of Pulsed Airborne Weather Radar................ 332
Safe Operating Distance. ........................................... 336
Basic Antenna Tilt Setup. ........................................... 337
Weather Mapping and Interpretation.......................... 339
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Table of Contents
6.3 Stormscope.............................................................. 353
Setting Up Stormscope on the Navigation Map............ 353
Selecting the Stormscope Page................................... 357
6.4 Terrain Proximity.................................................. 360
Displaying Terrain Proximity Data. .............................. 361
Terrain Proximity Page............................................... 363
6.5 Terrain-SVS............................................................ 365
Displaying TERRAIN-SVS Data. ................................... 366
TERRAIN-SVS Page.................................................... 368
TERRAIN-SVS Alerts................................................... 370
6.6 Terrain Awareness & Warning System (TAWS).. 376
Displaying TAWS Data. .............................................. 377
TAWS Alerts.............................................................. 381
6.7 Traffic Information Service (TIS)......................... 389
Displaying TRAFFIC Data............................................ 390
Traffic Map Page....................................................... 392
TIS Alerts.................................................................. 393
System Status........................................................... 395
6.8 Traffic Advisory System (TAS)............................. 398
TAS Symbology......................................................... 398
Operation................................................................. 399
Altitude Display. ....................................................... 402
Traffic Map Page Display Range.................................. 402
TAS Alerts................................................................. 404
System Status........................................................... 404
Section 7 Automatic Flight Control System
7.1 AFCS Controls....................................................... 408
7.2 Flight Director Operation.................................... 410
Activating the Flight Director...................................... 410
AFCS Status Box. ...................................................... 411
Flight Director Modes................................................ 412
Switching Flight Directors. ......................................... 412
Command Bars......................................................... 413
7.3 Vertical Modes...................................................... 414
Pitch Hold Mode (PIT)................................................ 415
Selected Altitude Capture Mode (ALTS). ...................... 416
Altitude Hold Mode (ALT)........................................... 417
Vertical Speed Mode (VS)........................................... 418
Flight Level Change Mode (FLC). ................................ 419
Vertical Navigation Modes (VPTH, ALTV). .................... 421
Glidepath Mode (GP)................................................. 426
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Glideslope Mode (GS)................................................ 428
Takeoff (TO) and Go Around (GA) Modes..................... 429
7.4 Lateral Modes....................................................... 430
Roll Hold Mode (ROL)................................................ 431
Low Bank Mode........................................................ 431
Heading Select Mode (HDG)....................................... 432
Navigation Modes (GPS, VOR, LOC)............................. 433
Approach Modes (GPS, VAPP, LOC).............................. 435
Backcourse Mode (BC)............................................... 436
7.5 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Operation.............. 438
Flight Control. .......................................................... 438
Engagement............................................................. 439
Control Wheel Steering.............................................. 439
Disengagement......................................................... 440
7.6 Example Flight Plan............................................. 441
Departure................................................................. 442
Intercepting a VOR Radial.......................................... 444
Flying a Flight Plan/GPS Course.................................. 445
Descent.................................................................... 446
Approach. ................................................................ 450
Go Around/Missed Approach...................................... 453
7.7 AFCS Annunciations and Alerts.......................... 455
AFCS Status Alerts..................................................... 455
Overspeed Protection. ............................................... 456
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
Section 8 Additional Features
Synthetic Vision System (SVS)............................ 458
SVS Operation. ......................................................... 459
SVS Features............................................................. 461
Field of View............................................................. 470
SafeTaxi................................................................. 472
SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision........................... 475
ChartView.............................................................. 478
ChartView Softkeys. .................................................. 478
Terminal Procedures Charts........................................ 479
Chart Options........................................................... 487
Day/Night View......................................................... 493
ChartView Cycle Number and Expiration Date. ............ 495
FliteCharts............................................................. 499
FliteCharts Softkeys................................................... 499
Terminal Procedures Charts........................................ 500
Chart Options........................................................... 507
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
ix
Table of Contents
Day/Night View......................................................... 511
FliteCharts Cycle Number and Expiration Date............. 513
8.5 XM Radio Entertainment..................................... 517
Activating XM Satellite Radio Services. ....................... 517
Using XM Radio........................................................ 519
8.6 Scheduler............................................................... 523
8.7 Electronic Checklists............................................ 525
8.8 Flight Data Logging............................................. 530
8.9 Abnormal Operation............................................ 532
SVS Troubleshooting.................................................. 532
Reversionary Mode. .................................................. 532
Unusual Attitudes. .................................................... 533
Appendices
Annunciations and Alerts.............................................. 537
CAS Messages.......................................................... 537
Comparator Annunciations......................................... 539
Reversionary Sensor Annunciations............................. 540
G1000 System Annunciations..................................... 540
G1000 System Message Advisories............................. 543
AFCS Alerts............................................................... 555
Terrain-SVS Alerts...................................................... 556
TAWS ALERTS. .......................................................... 557
Other G1000 Aural Alerts........................................... 558
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages............................ 558
SD Card Use.................................................................... 561
Jeppesen Databases.................................................. 561
Garmin Databases..................................................... 562
Glossary........................................................................... 565
Frequently Asked Questions......................................... 571
Map Symbols.................................................................. 575
Index
Index . ...............................................................................I-1
x
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 1 System Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1.1 System Description
This section is designed to provide an overview of the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck. The G1000 system is an
integrated flight control system that presents flight instrumentation, position, navigation, communication, and
identification information to the pilot through large-format displays. The system consists of the following Line
Replaceable Units (LRUs):
• GDL 69A Data Link
• GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit
• GWX 68 Weather Radar
• GDC 74B Air Data Computer (ADC)
• GCU 475 MFD Control Unit
• GEA 71 Engine/Airframe Unit
• GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit
• GRS 77 Attitude and Heading Reference System
(AHRS)
• GA 36 and GA 37 GPS/WAAS Antennas
• GMU 44 Magnetometer
• GSM 85 Servo Gearboxes
• GMA 1347D Cabin Dual Audio System with
Integrated Marker Beacon Receiver
• GTA 82 Trim Adapter
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GDU 1500 Multi Function Display (MFD)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• GTX 33/33D Mode S Transponder
EAS
• GDU 1040A Primary Flight Display (PFD)
• GSA 81 AFCS Servos
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A top-level G1000 system block diagram is shown in Figure 1-1 (it does not include the GA 36, GA 37, or GSM
85).
NOTE: Refer to the AFCS section for details on the GFC 700 AFCS.
AFCS
In the aircraft, the GFC 700 Automated Flight Control System (AFCS) provides the Flight Director (FD),
Autopilot (AP), and Yaw Damper (YD) functions of the G1000 system.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
1.2 Line Replaceable Units (LRU)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GDU 1040A – Each unit is configured as a PFD that features a 10.4-inch LCD with 1024 x 768 resolution.
The unit installed on the left/pilot side is designated as PFD1, and the one installed on the right/copilot side
is designated as PFD2. These units communicate with each other, the MFD, and with the on-side GIA 63W
Integrated Avionics Unit through a High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) connection.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GDU 1500 – Features a 15-inch LCD with 1024 x 768 resolution and is configured as an MFD. This unit is
linked to both PFDs via HSDB connection.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GIA 63W – Functions as the main communication hub, linking all LRUs with the on-side PFD. Each GIA 63W
contains a GPS WAAS receiver, VHF COM/NAV/GS receivers, a flight director (FD) and system integration
microprocessors. Each GIA 63W is paired with the on-side PFD via HSDB connection. The GIA 63Ws are not
paired together and do not communicate with each other directly.
2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GDC 74B – Processes data from the pitot/static system as well as the OAT probe. This unit provides pressure
altitude, airspeed, vertical speed and OAT information to the G1000 system, and it communicates with the onside GIA 63W, on-side GDU 1040A and on-side GRS 77, using an ARINC 429 digital interface (it also interfaces
directly with the OAT). The GDC 74B is designed to operate in Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)
airspace.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• GEA 71 – Receives and processes signals from the engine and airframe sensors. This unit communicates with
both GIA 63Ws using an RS-485 digital interface.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GRS 77 – Provides aircraft attitude and heading information via ARINC 429 to both the on-side GDU 1040A
and the on-side GIA 63W. The GRS 77 contains advanced sensors (including accelerometers and rate sensors)
and interfaces with the on-side GMU 44 to obtain magnetic field information, with the GDC 74B to obtain air
data, and with both GIA 63Ws to obtain GPS information. AHRS modes of operation are discussed later in this
document.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GMU 44 – Measures local magnetic field. Data is sent to the GRS 77 for processing to determine aircraft
magnetic heading. This unit receives power directly from the GRS 77 and communicates with the GRS 77,
using an RS-485 digital interface.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
3
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GMA 1347D Cabin – Integrates NAV/COM digital audio, intercom system and marker beacon controls, and
is installed in dual configuration on the outboard side of PFD1 and PFD2. This unit also enables the manual
control of the display reversionary mode (red DISPLAY BACKUP button) and communicates with the on-side
GIA 63W, using an RS-232 digital interface.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• GTX 33 and GTX 33D – Solid-state transponders that provide Modes A, C and S capability. The GTX 33D
includes Mode S with diversity and is indicated as ‘XPDR1’. The GTX 33 is indicated as ‘XPDR2’. Both
transponders can be controlled from either PFD, and only one transponder can be active at a time. Each
transponder communicates with the on-side GIA 63W through an RS-232 digital interface.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
• GDL 69A – A satellite radio receiver that provides real-time weather information to the G1000 MFD (and,
indirectly, to the inset map of the PFD) as well as digital audio entertainment. The GDL 69A communicates
with the MFD via HSDB connection. A subscription to the XM Satellite Radio service is required to enable the
GDL 69A capability.
INDEX
APPENDICES
• GWX 68 – Provides airborne weather and ground mapped radar data to the MFD, through the GDL 69A, via
HSDB connection.
4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• GCU 475 – Provides the Flight Management System (FMS) controls for the MFD through an RS-232 digital
interface.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GMC 710 – Provides the controls for the GFC 700 AFCS through an RS-232 digital interface allowing
communication with both PFDs.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• GSA 81, and GSM 85 – The GSA 81 servos are used for the automatic control of roll, yaw, pitch, and pitch trim.
These units interface with each GIA 63W.
The GSM 85 servo gearbox is responsible for transferring the output torque of the GSA 81 servo actuator to the
mechanical flight-control surface linkage.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GTA 82 – The GTA 82 Trim Adapter is a remote mounted device that is used to allow the GFC 700 to drive the
yaw trim actuator.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GA 36 and GA 37 – The GA 36 is a through-mount GPS/WAAS antenna. The GA 37 is a through-mount GPS/
WAAS antenna with XM/Datalink.
APPENDICES
GA 36
GA 37
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
5
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
GMC 710
EAS
GWX 68
GDU 1040A
(PFD #1)
GCU 475
GDU 1040A
GDL 69A
(PFD #2)
GDU 1500
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
(MFD)
GMA
1347D Cabin
#1
GMA
1347D Cabin
#2
GMU 44 #1
GMU 44 #2
GRS 77 #1
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GRS 77 #2
GIA 63W #1
GIA 63W #2
GTA 82
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS/WAAS
G/S
AFCS
AFCS Mode Logic
Flight Director
Servo Management
GDC 74B #1
(Trim Adapter)
GDC 74B #2
GSA 81
OAT Probe
(Pitch Trim)
OAT Probe
GSA 81
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS/WAAS
G/S
AFCS Mode Logic
Flight Director
Servo Management
(Pitch)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GTX 33D
GSA 81
(Roll)
GTX 33
GSA 81
(Yaw)
GEA 71 #1
APPENDICES
GEA 71 #2
INDEX
Figure 1-1 Example G1000 System (LRU Configuration)
6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.3 G1000 Controls
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The Audio Panel (GMA 1347D Cabin) and AFCS controls (GMC 710) are described in the CNS & Audio
Panel and AFCS sections respectively.
The G1000 system controls are located on the PFD and MFD bezels, MFD Control Unit, AFCS Control Unit and
audio panel. The controls for the PFD and MFD are discussed within the following pages of this section.
1
2
EAS
PFD Controls
4
3
5
6
7
8
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-2 PFD Controls
13
10
14
11
15
APPENDICES
9
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
12
7
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
1
NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to switch the Morse code identifier audio
ON and OFF. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage.
2
NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Switches the standby and active NAV frequencies.
3
Dual NAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz). Press to switch the tuning box (light blue box) between NAV1 and NAV2.
4
Joystick – Changes the map range when rotated. Activates the map pointer when pressed.
5
BARO Knob – Sets the altimeter barometric pressure. Press to enter standard pressure (29.92in/1013 Hpa).
6
Dual COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small
knob for kHz). Press to switch the tuning box (light blue box) between COM1 and COM2.
7
COM Frequency Transfer Key – Switches the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this
key for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.5 MHz) automatically into the active frequency
field.
8
COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency
field as a percentage. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch ON and OFF.
9
Direct-to Key ( ) – Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the
selected destination (the destination is either specified by the identifier, chosen from the active route, or
taken from the map pointer position).
10
FPL Key – Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan.
11
CLR Key – Erases information, cancels entries, or removes page menus.
12
Dual FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob. Press the FMS Knob to turn the selection cursor
ON and OFF. When the cursor is ON, data may be entered in the applicable window by turning the small
and large knobs. The large knob moves the cursor on the page, while the small knob selects individual
characters for the highlighted cursor location.
13
MENU Key – Displays a context-sensitive list of options. This list allows the user to access additional
features or make setting changes that relate to particular pages.
14
PROC Key – Gives access to IFR departure procedures (DPs), arrival procedures (STARs) and approach
procedures (IAPs) for a flight plan. If a flight plan is used, available procedures for the departure and/or
arrival airport are automatically suggested. These procedures can then be loaded into the active flight plan.
If a flight plan is not used, both the desired airport and the desired procedure may be selected.
15
ENT Key – Validates or confirms a menu selection or data entry.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following list provides an overview of the controls located on the PFD bezel (see Figure 1-2).
8
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Controls Associated With the MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The controls for the MFD (GDU 1500) are located on both the MFD bezel and the MFD Control Unit (GCU
475). The bottom portion of the MFD bezel features 12 softkeys that are designed to perform various functions
depending upon the control display mode and the specific page being displayed. These softkeys are discussed
throughout the this documentation.
The following list provides an overview of the controls located on the MFD Control Unit (see Figure 1-3):
1
3
2
4
5
EAS
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8
9
14
13
12
11
10
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-3 MFD Control Unit (GCU 475)
3
FPL Key – Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan, or for
accessing stored flight plans.
4
MENU Key – Displays a context-sensitive list of options. This list allows the user to access additional
features or make setting changes that relate to particular pages.
5
PROC Key – Gives access to IFR departure procedures (DPs), arrival procedures (STARs) and approach
procedures (IAPs) for a flight plan. If a flight plan is used, available procedures for the departure and/or
arrival airport are automatically suggested. Theses procedures can then be loaded into the active flight
plan. If a flight plan is not used, both the desired airport and the desired procedure may be selected.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Direct-to Key ( ) – Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the
selected destination (the destination is either specified by the identifier, chosen from the active route, or
taken from the map pointer position).
APPENDICES
2
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Dual FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob. This knob selects the MFD page to be viewed; the
large knob selects a page group (MAP, WPT, AUX, NRST), while the small knob selects a specific page
within the page group. Pressing the FMS Knob turns the selection cursor ON and OFF. When the cursor
is ON, data may be entered in the applicable window by turning the small and large knobs. In this case,
the large knob moves the cursor on the page, while the small knob selects individual characters for the
highlighted cursor location.
AFCS
1
9
Joystick – Changes the map range when rotated. Activates the map pointer when pressed.
7
Alphanumeric Keys – Allow the user to enter data quickly, without having to select individual characters
with the FMS Knob.
8
Plus (+) Minus (-) Key – Switches between a (+) or (-) character.
9
Decimal Key – Enters a decimal point.
10
SEL Key – The center of this key activates the selected softkey, while the right and left arrows move the
softkey selection box to the right and left, respectively.
11
ENT Key – Validates or confirms a menu selection or data entry.
12
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
CLR Key – Erases information, cancels entries, or removes page menus. Pressing and holding this key
displays the Navigation Map Page automatically.
13
SPC Key – Adds a space character.
14
BKSP Key – Moves the cursor back one character space.
AFCS Controls
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
NOTE: With the exception of the FD and SPD Keys, if a key is selected, its respective annunciator is
1
2
3
4
19
18
17
16
5
6
7
13
12
8
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
illuminated.
15
14
11
10
9
Figure 1-4 AFCS Control Unit (GMC 710)
INDEX
APPENDICES
The GFC 700 AFCS is mainly controlled through the GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit. The AFCS Control Unit
consists of the following controls:
10
1
HDG Key – Selects/deselects the Heading Select mode.
2
APR Key – Selects/deselects the Approach mode.
3
NAV Key – Selects/deselects the Navigation mode.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
FLC Key – Selects/deselects the Flight Level Change mode.
9
CRS2 Knob – Sets the copilot-selected course on the HSI of PFD2 when the VOR1, VOR2, or OBS/SUSP
mode is selected. Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the currently selected VOR. The copilot-selected
course provides course reference to the copilot Flight Director when operating in Navigation and Approach
modes.
10
SPD Key – Switches the Flight Level Change mode reference speed between IAS and MACH number.
11
NOSE UP/DN Wheel – Controls the active mode reference for the Pitch, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level
Change modes.
12
VNV Key – Selects/deselects Vertical Navigation mode.
13
ALT SEL Knob – Sets the selected altitude in the Selected Altitude Box. In addition to providing the
standard G1000 altitude alerter function, selected altitude provides an altitude setting for the Altitude
Capture/Hold mode of the AFCS.
14
YD Key – Engages/disengages Yaw Damper.
15
AP Key – Engages/disengages the Autopilot.
16
BANK Key – Selects/deselects the Low Bank mode.
17
CRS1 Knob – Sets the pilot-selected course on the HSI of PFD1 when the VOR1, VOR2, or OBS/SUSP
mode is selected. Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the currently selected VOR. The pilot-selected
course provides course reference to the pilot Flight Director when operating in Navigation and Approach
modes.
18
BC Key – Selects/deselects the Back Course approach mode.
19
HDG Knob – Sets the selected heading on the HSI. When operating in Heading Select mode, this knob
provides the heading reference to the Flight Director.
APPENDICES
8
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VS Key – Selects/deselects the Vertical Speed mode.
AFCS
7
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ALT Key – Selects/deselects the Altitude Hold mode.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
XFR Key – Switches the Autopilot between the pilot and the copilot Flight Director. This selection also
selects which Air Data Computer is communicating with the active transponder. Upon power-up, the pilot
FD is selected.
EAS
5
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FD Key – Activates/deactivates the Flight Director in the default Pitch and Roll modes. If the Autopilot is
engaged, the FD Key is disabled.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4
Additional AFCS Controls
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
The AP DISC (Autopilot Disconnect) Button, CWS (Control Wheel Steering) Button, GO AROUND Button,
and MET (Manual Electric Trim) Switch are additional AFCS controls and are located in the cockpit, separately
from the AFCS Control Unit. These are discussed in detail in the AFCS section.
11
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Audio Panel Controls
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
18
19
20
21
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
17
22
23
24
AFCS
Figure 1-5 Audio Panel Controls (GMA 1347D Cabin)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.
12
1
COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the the #1 Com receiver to be heard. COM2 receiver
audio can be added by pressing the COM2 Key.
2
COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 Com receiver can be heard.
3
COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 is simultaneously selected when this key
is pressed allowing received audio from the the #2 Com receiver to be heard. COM2 can be deselected by
pressing the COM2 Key, or COM1 can be added by pressing the COM1 Key.
4
COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 Com receiver can be heard.
5
COM3 MIC – Not used on some aircraft..
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SPKR – Pressing this key selects and deselects the corresponding cockpit speaker. Com and Nav receiver
audio is heard on the speaker.
11
MKR/MUTE – Mutes the currently received Marker Beacon Receiver audio. Unmutes when new marker
beacon audio is received.
12
HI SENS – Press to increase Marker Beacon Receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to normal.
13
DME – Pressing turns DME audio on or off.
14
NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 Nav receiver can be heard.
15
ADF – Pressing turns on or off the audio from the ADF receiver.
16
NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 Nav receiver can be heard.
17
AUX – Not used on some aircraft.
18
MAN SQ – Pressing activates/deactivates intercom manual squelch operation.
19
PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded audio. Press during play to play the previously recorded memory
block. Each subsequent press of the PLAY Key begins playing the next previously recorded block.
20
INTR COM – Pressing selects/deselects the pilot/copilot intercom on both audio panels.
21
CABIN – Pressing activates/deactivates two-way communication between pilot/copilot and passengers.
22
ICS Knob – Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. Press to switch between volume and squelch
control as indicated by the ‘VOL’ or ‘SQ’ being illuminated. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow
squelch adjustment.
23
MSTR Knob – The Master Volume Control adjusts volume for the blended NAV, COM, and intercom
audio.
24
Reversionary Mode Button – Pressing manually selects Reversionary Mode.
APPENDICES
10
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
MUSIC – Not used on some aircraft.
AFCS
9
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TEL – Not used on some aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected Com transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed.
EAS
7
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM3 – Not used on some aircraft.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
13
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
1.4 Secure Digital Cards
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for instructions on updating the aviation database.
The GDU 1040A and GDU 1500 data card slots use Secure Digital (SD) cards and are located on the top right
portion of the display bezels. Each display bezel is equipped with two SD card slots. SD cards are used for
aviation database and system software updates as well as terrain database storage.
To install an SD card:
EAS
• Insert the SD card in the SD card slot, pushing the card in until the spring latch engages. The front of
the card should remain flush with the face of the display bezel.
To remove an SD card:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Gently press on the SD card to release the spring latch and eject the card.
MFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PFD
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
SD Card Slots
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 1-6 Display Bezel SD Card Slots
14
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.5 System Power-up
NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for AHRS initialization bank angle limitations.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: See the Appendices for additional information regarding system-specific annunciations and alerts.
NOTE: See the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for specific procedures concerning avionics power application
and emergency power supply operation.
EAS
The G1000 system is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electrical
busses. The G1000 PFDs, MFD and supporting sub-systems include both power-on and continuous built-in test
features that exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, external inputs and outputs to provide safe operation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
During system initialization, test annunciations are displayed, as shown in Figure 1-7. All system annunciations
should disappear typically within one (1) minute of power-up. Upon power-up, key annunciator lights also
become momentarily illuminated on the audio panels, the control units and the display bezels.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
On the PFD, the AHRS begins to initialize and displays ‘AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level’. The AHRS should
display valid attitude and heading fields typically within one (1) minute of power-up. The AHRS can align itself
both while taxiing and during level flight.
When the MFD powers up (Figure 1-8), the MFD Power-up Page displays the following information:
• Terrain database name and version
• Aviation database name, version and effective dates
• Chartveiw database information
• Safe Taxi database information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• System version
• Copyright
• Land database name and version
• Obstacle database name and version
AFCS
Current database information includes the valid operating dates, cycle number and database type. When this
information has been reviewed for currency (to ensure that no databases have expired), the pilot is prompted
to continue. Pressing the ENT Key acknowledges this information and displays the Auxiliary (AUX) Weight
Planning Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 1-7 PFD Initialization
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Figure 1-8 MFD Power-up Page
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
15
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
1.6 System Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The displays are connected together via a single Ethernet bus, thus allowing for high-speed communication.
As shown in Figure 1-1, each GIA 63W is connected to the on-side PFD. This section discusses the normal and
reversionary modes of operation as well as the various AHRS modes of the G1000 system.
Normal Operation
PFD
EAS
In normal mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude, heading, airspeed, altitude
and vertical speed), thereby replacing the traditional flight instrument cluster. The PFD also offers control for
COM and NAV frequency selection.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MFD
In normal mode, the right portion of the MFD displays a full-color moving map with navigation information,
while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System (EICAS).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 1-9 gives an example of the G1000 displays in normal mode.
PFD1
PFD2
MFD
AFCS
Figure 1-9 Normal Operation
Reversionary Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: The G1000 system alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs. Refer to the Appendices
for further information regarding system-specific alerts.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Reversionary mode is a mode of operation in which all important flight information is presented identically
on at least one of the remaining displays (see Figure 1-10). Transition to reversionary mode should be
straightforward for the pilot, for flight parameters are presented in the same format as in normal mode.
16
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
Figure 1-10 Reversionary Mode (Manual)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Reversionary mode is activated by pressing the dedicated DISPLAY BACKUP button at the bottom of the
audio panel (see Figure 1-11 and refer to the Audio Panel section for further details). Pressing this button again
deactivates reversionary mode.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing the DISPLAY
BACKUP button activates/
deactivates reversionary
mode for both the on-side
PFD and the MFD.
Figure 1-11 DISPLAY BACKUP Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Each display can be configured to operate in reversionary mode, as follows:
• PFD1 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the left audio panel.
• MFD – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the left or the right audio panel.
• PFD2 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the right audio panel.
AFCS
Should the connection between a PFD and the on-side GIA 63W become inoperative, the on-side GIA 63W
can no longer communicate with the remaining PFD (refer to Figure 1-1). As a result, the NAV and COM
functions provided to the failed PFD by the on-side GIA 63W are flagged as invalid (red “x”) on the remaining
PFD (see Figure 1-12).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-12 Inoperative Input (NAV1 Shown)
APPENDICES
AHRS Operation
NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for specific AHRS alert information.
Note: Aggressive maneuvering while the AHRS is not operating normally can degrade AHRS accuracy.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
17
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
EAS
available
unavailable
GPS Data
Magnetometer Data
available
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
available
unavailable
Magnetometer Data
available
unavailable
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
le
ab
Attitude/Heading Invalid
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AHRS
no-GPS
Mode
ail
av
AHRS no- AHRS no-Mag/
Mag Mode
no-Air Mode
Heading Invalid
Air Data
un
available
Air Data
AHRS Normal
Operation
unavailable
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In addition to using internal sensors, the GRS 77 AHRS uses GPS information, magnetic field data and air
data to assist in attitude/heading calculations. In normal mode, the AHRS relies upon GPS and magnetic
field measurements. If either of these external measurements is unavailable or invalid, the AHRS uses air
data information for attitude determination. Four AHRS modes of operation are available (see Figure 1-13)
and depend upon the combination of available sensor inputs. Loss of air data, GPS, or magnetometer sensor
inputs is communicated to the pilot by message advisory alerts.
Figure 1-13 AHRS Operation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS Input Failure
Note: In-flight initialization of AHRS, when operating without any valid source of GPS data and at true
APPENDICES
air speed values greater than approximately 200 knots, is not guaranteed. Under these rare conditions, it
is possible for in-flight AHRS initialization to take an indefinite amount of time which would result in an
extended period of time where valid AHRS outputs are unavailable.
INDEX
The G1000 system provides two sources of GPS information. If a single GPS receiver fails, or if the
information provided from one of the GPS receivers is unreliable, the AHRS seamlessly transitions to using the
other GPS receiver. An alert message informs the pilot of the use of the backup GPS path. If both GPS inputs
fail, the AHRS continues to operate in reversionary No-GPS mode so long as the air data and magnetometer
inputs are available and valid.
18
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Air Data Input Failure
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A failure of the air data input has no effect on AHRS output while AHRS is operating in normal mode. A
failure of the air data input while the AHRS is operating in reversionary No-GPS mode results in invalid
attitude and heading information on the PFD (as indicated by red “x” flags).
Magnetometer Failure
If the magnetometer input fails, the AHRS transitions to one of the reversionary No-Magnetometer modes
and continues to output valid attitude information. However, if the aircraft is airborne, the heading output
on the PFD does become invalid (as indicated by a red “x”).
EAS
G1000 System Annunciations
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: For a detailed description of all annunciations and alerts, refer to Appendix A. Refer to the Airplane
Flight Manual (AFM) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red ‘X’ is typically displayed on windows associated with
the failed data (Figure 1-14 displays all possible flags and responsible LRUs). Upon G1000 power-up, certain
windows remain invalid as equipment begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one
minute of power-up. If any window remains flagged, the G1000 System should be serviced by a Garminauthorized repair facility.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
GDC 74B Air
Data Computer
AFCS
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
Or
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Unit
GRS 77 AHRS
Or
GMU 44
Magnetometer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Figure 1-14 G1000 System Failure Annunciations
APPENDICES
GDC 74B Air
Data Computer
GTX 33/D Transponder
Or
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
19
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Softkey Function
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The softkeys are located along the bottoms of the displays. The softkeys shown depend on the softkey level
or page being displayed. The bezel keys below the softkeys can be used to select the appropriate softkey. When
a softkey is selected, its color changes to black text on gray background and remains this way until it is turned
off, at which time it reverts to white text on black background.
Softkey On
Softkey Names (displayed)
EAS
Bezel-Mounted Softkeys (press)
Figure 1-15 Softkeys (Level 2 PFD Configuration)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Another means of selecting softkeys is by using the MFD/PFD Control Unit:
To select a softkey using the MFD Control Unit:
1) Move the softkey selection box to the desired softkey using the arrows of the SEL Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the center of the SEL Key to select the desired softkey.
PFD Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The CDI, IDENT, TMR/REF, NRST, and MSG Softkeys undergo a momentary change to black text on gray
background and automatically switch back to white text on black background when selected. If messages
remain after acknowledgement, the MSG Softkey is black on white.
The PFD softkeys provide control over flight management functions, including GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic,
and lightning (optional). Each softkey sublevel has a BACK Softkey which can be pressed to return to the
previous level. The MSG Softkey is visible in all softkey levels. For the top level softkeys and the transponder
(XPDR) levels, the IDENT Softkey remains visible.
AFCS
Level 1
INSET
Level 2
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
OFF
DCLTR (3)
TRAFFIC
INDEX
TOPO
TERRAIN
NEXRAD
20
Level 3
Description
Displays Inset Map in PFD lower left corner
Removes Inset Map
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter
levels:
DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible
DCLTR-1: Declutters land data
DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data
DCLTR-3: Removes all except the active flight plan
Cycles through traffic display options:
TRFC-1: Traffic displayed on inset map
TRFC-2: Traffic Map Page is displayed in the inset map window
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers, lakes)
and elevation scale on Inset Map
Displays terrain information on Inset Map
Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on Inset
Map (optional feature)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
Level 2
XM LTNG
Level 3
SENSOR
PFD
PATHWAY
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SYN TERR
EAS
SYN VIS
Description
Displays XM lightning information on Inset Map (optional)
Displays softkeys selecting the #1 and #2 sensors
Selects the #1 Air Data Computer
Selects the #2 Air Data Computer
Selects the #1 AHRS
Selects the #2 AHRS
Displays second-level softkeys for additional PFD configurations
Displays the softkeys for enabling or disabling Synthetic Vision
features
Displays rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and
vertical flight path of the active flight plan
Enables synthetic terrain depiction
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ADC1
ADC2
AHRS1
AHRS2
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Level 1
HRZN HDG Displays compass heading along the Zero-Pitch line
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
190-00709-02 Rev. B
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
APTSIGNS Displays position markers for airports within approximately
15 nm of the current aircraft position. Airport identifiers are
displayed when the airport is within approximately 9 nm.
Resets PFD to default settings, including changing units to
DFLTS
standard
Displays softkeys to select wind data parameters
WIND
Wind direction arrows with headwind/tailwind and crosswind
OPTN 1
components
Wind direction arrow and speed
OPTN 2
Wind direction arrow with headwind/tailwind and crosswind
OPTN 3
components
Information not displayed
OFF
Displays the DME information window
DME
Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window through NAV1, GPS/
BRG1
waypoint identifier and GPS-derived distance information, and
ADF/frequency.
Provides access to the HSI formatting softkeys
HSI FRMT
Displays the HSI in a 360 degree view
360 HSI
Displays the HSI as an arc
ARC HSI
Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window through NAV2 or GPS
BRG2
waypoint identifier and GPS-derived distance information, and
ADF/frequency.
Displays softkeys for setting the altimeter and BARO settings to
ALT UNIT
metric units
When enabled, displays altimeter in meters
METERS
Select to display the BARO setting as inches of mercury
IN
Select to display the BARO setting as hectopacals
HPA
21
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Level 1
Level 2
STD BARO
Level 3
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
OBS
CDI
EAS
ADF/DME
XPDR
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
XPDR1
XPDR2
STBY
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ON
ALT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GND
VFR
CODE
0—7
BKSP
AFCS
IDENT
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TMR/REF
NRST
MSG
Description
Sets barometric pressure to 29.92 in Hg (1013 hPa if metric units
are selected)
Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS (only
available with active leg)
Cycles through GPS, VOR1, and VOR2 navigation modes on the
CDI
Displays the ADF/DME Tuning Window, allowing tuning of the
ADF, ADF Mode selection, ADF volume control, and selection of
the DME
Displays transponder mode selection softkeys
Selects the #1 transponder as active
Selects the #2 transponder as active
Selects standby mode (transponder does not reply to any
interrogations)
Selects Mode A (transponder replies to interrogations)
Selects Mode C – altitude reporting mode (transponder replies to
identification and altitude interrogations)
Manually selects Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow
Mode A and Mode C replies, but it does permit acquisition
squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations
Automatically enters the VFR code (1200 in the U.S.A. only)
Displays transponder code selection softkeys 0-7
Use numbers to enter code
Removes numbers entered, one at a time
Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18
seconds, identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen
Displays Timer/References Window
Displays Nearest Airports Window
Displays Messages Window
Figure 1-16 Top Level PFD Softkeys
22
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
STRMSCP
TRFC-1
Select the BACK Softkey
to return to the top-level softkeys.
TRFC-2
EAS
Figure 1-17 INSET Softkeys
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ADC1
ADC2
AHRS1
BACK
AHRS2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press the BACK Softkey to
return to the top level softkeys.
MSG
Figure 1-18 SENSOR Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ADF/DME
SYN VIS
ALT UNIT
HSI FMT
AFCS
Select the BACK Softkey
to return to the top-level softkeys
IN
HPA
SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNS
INDEX
PATHWAY
BACK
ARC HSI
APPENDICES
METERS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
360 HSI
Figure 1-19 PFD Configuration Softkeys
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
23
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the top-level softkeys.
MSG
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous level softkeys.
EAS
MSG
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 1-20 XPDR Softkeys
MFD Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Level 1
SYSTEM
AFCS
CAS
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
MAP
24
Level 2
Description
Accesses the Synoptics page softkeys
RA TEST Displays a value of 50 feet in the RAD ALT window indicating the system is
funcitoning correctly.
Displays the Electrical Synoptics Page
ELEC
Displays the Fuel Synoptics Page
FUEL
Displays the General Synoptics Page for the anti-ice system and doors
GEN
Accesses the CAS scrolling softkeys.
Scroll up (Displayed only when a sufficient number of items are displayed
CAS ↑
in the Crew Alerting System Display to warrant scrolling)
Scroll down (Displayed only when a sufficient number of items are
CAS ↓
displayed in the Crew Alerting System Display to warrant scrolling)
Enables second-level Navigation Map softkeys
TRAFFIC Displays traffic information on Navigation Map
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers, lakes) and
TOPO
elevation scale on Navigation Map
TERRAIN Displays terrain information on Navigation Map
AIRWAYS Displays airways on the map; cycles through the following:
AIRWAYS: No airways are displayed
AIRWY ON: All airways are displayed
AIRWY LO: Only low altitude airways are displayed
AIRWY HI: Only high altitude airways are displayed
STRMSCP Displays Stormscope weather and coverage information on Navigation Map
(optional feature)
NEXRAD Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on Navigation Map
(optional feature)
XM LTNG Displays XM lightning information on Navigation Map (optional feature)
Returns to top-level softkeys
BACK
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
Level 2
DCLTR
MAP
CAS ↓
(optional)
(optional)
SHW CHRT
CHKLIST
EAS
CAS ↑
CAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Description
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter levels:
DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible
DCLTR-1: Declutters land data
DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data
DCLTR-3: Removes everything except the active flight plan
When available, displays optional airport and terminal procedure charts
When available, displays optional checklists
SHW CHRT
CHKLIST
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Level 1
DCLTR (3)
DCLTR-1
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DCLTR-2
DCLTR-3
TRAFFIC
TOPO
TERRAIN
AIRWAYS
Select the BACK Softkey on this level to
return to the top softkey level.
STRMSCP
(optional)
(optional)
NEXRAD
XM LTNG
BACK
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AIRWY ON
AIRWY LO
AIRWAY HI
CAS
MAP
RA TEST
ELEC
FUEL
GEN
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
CHKLIST
Figure 1-21 MFD Softkeys
GPS Receiver Operation
AFCS
Each GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) contains a GPS receiver. Information collected by the specified
receiver (GPS1 for the #1 IAU or GPS2 for the #2 IAU) may be viewed on the AUX - GPS Status Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS1 provides information to the pilot-side PFD and GPS2 provides data to the copilot-side PFD. Internal
system checking is performed to ensure both GPS receivers are providing accurate data to the PFDs. In some
circumstances, both GPS receivers may be providing accurate data, but one receiver may be providing a better
GPS solution than the other receiver. In this case the GPS receiver producing the better solution is automatically
coupled to both PFDs. “BOTH ON GPS 1” or “BOTH ON GPS 2” are then displayed in the Reversionary Sensor
Window (see Appendix A) indicating which GPS receiver is being used. Both GPS receivers are still functioning
properly, but one receiver is performing better than the other at that particular time.
APPENDICES
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
These GPS sensor annunciations are most often seen after system power-up when one GPS receiver has
acquired satellites before the other, or one of the GPS receivers has not yet acquired a WAAS signal. While
the aircraft is on the ground, the WAAS signal may be blocked by obstructions causing one GPS receiver to
have difficulty acquiring a good signal. Also, while airborne, turning the aircraft may result in one of the GPS
receivers temporarily losing the WAAS signal.
25
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
If the sensor annunciation persists, check for a system failure message in the Messages Window on the PFD.
If no failure message exists, check the GPS Status Page and compare the information for GPS1 and GPS2.
Discrepancies may indicate a problem.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Viewing GPS receiver status information
1) Use the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group (see Section 1.7 for information on navigating MFD
page groups).
2) Use the small FMS Knob to select GPS Status Page.
EAS
Selecting the GPS receiver for which data may be reviewed
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - GPS Status Page.
2) To change the selected GPS receiver:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
a) Select the desired GPS Softkey.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the receiver which is not selected and press the ENT Key.
Satellite Signal
Information Status
GPS Receiver
Status
RAIM
Availability
Prediction
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Satellite Constellation
Diagram
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
SBAS
Selected
APPENDICES
Satellite Signal
Strength Bars
INDEX
GPS Selection
Softkeys
RAIM Softkey
Selected
SBAS Softkey
Selected
Figure 1-22 GPS Status Page (RAIM or SBAS Selected)
26
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The GPS Status Page provides the following information:
• Satellite constellation diagram
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Satellites currently in view are shown at their respective positions on a sky view diagram. The sky view is
always in a north-up orientation, with the outer circle representing the horizon, the inner circle representing
45° above the horizon, and the center point showing the position directly overhead.
Each satellite is represented by an oval containing the Pseudo-random noise (PRN) number (i.e., satellite
identification number). Satellites whose signals are currently being used are represented by solid ovals.
• Satellite signal information status
EAS
The accuracy of the aircraft’s GPS fix is calculated using Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU), Dilution
of Precision (DOP), and horizontal and vertical figures of merit (HFOM and VFOM). EPU is the radius of a
circle centered on an estimated horizontal position in which actual position has 95% probability of laying.
EPU is a statistical error indication and not an actual error measurement.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DOP measures satellite geometry quality (i.e., number of satellites received and where they are relative to
each other) on a range from 0.0 to 9.9, with lower numbers denoting better accuracy. HFOM and VFOM,
measures of horizontal and vertical position uncertainty, are the current 95% confidence horizontal and
vertical accuracy values reported by the GPS receiver.
The current calculated GPS position, time, altitude, ground speed, and track for the aircraft are displayed
below the satellite signal accuracy measurements.
• GPS receiver status
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The GPS solution type (ACQUIRING, 2D NAV, 2D DIFF NAV, 3D NAV, 3D DIFF NAV) for the active
GPS receiver (GPS1 or GPS2) is shown in the upper right of the GPS Status Page. When the receiver is
in the process of acquiring enough satellite signals for navigation, the receiver uses satellite orbital data
(collected continuously from the satellites) and last known position to determine the satellites that should be
in view. ACQUIRING is indicated as the solution until a sufficient number of satellites have been acquired
for computing a solution.
AFCS
When the receiver is in the process of acquiring a 3D differential GPS solution, 3D NAV is indicated as the
solution until the 3D differential fix has finished acquisition. SBAS (Satellite-Based Augmentation System)
indicates INACTIVE. When acquisition is complete, the solution status indicates 3D DIFF NAV and SBAS
indicates ACTIVE.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) Prediction (RAIM Softkey is selected)
APPENDICES
In most cases performing a RAIM prediction is not be necessary. However, in some cases, the selected
approach may be outside the WAAS coverage area and it may be necessary to perform a RAIM prediction for
the intended approach.
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to
calculate a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nautical miles for oceanic and enroute, 1.0
nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of
flight, RAIM is available nearly 100% of the time.
INDEX
The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a specified date and time. RAIM
computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival date and time.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
27
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not available. The
G1000 automatically monitors RAIM and warns with an alert message when it is not available. If RAIM is not
predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become active, as indicated by
the messages “Approach is not active” and “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP”. If RAIM is not available
when crossing the FAF, the missed approach procedure must be flown.
Predicting RAIM availability
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
2) If necessary, select the RAIM Softkey.
EAS
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Enter the desired waypoint:
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility, or city name and press the ENT Key. Refer
to Section 1.7 for instructions on entering alphanumeric data into the G1000.
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
a) Use the large FMS Knob to scroll to the Most Recent Waypoints List.
b) Use the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint in the list and press the ENT Key. The G1000
automatically fills in the identifier, facility, and city fields with the information for the selected waypoint.
c) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
8) With the cursor highlighting ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one
of the following is displayed:
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date
Predicting RAIM availability at present position
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
APPENDICES
2) If necessary, select the RAIM Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
INDEX
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
28
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
9) With the cursor highlighting ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one
of the following is displayed:
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
• SBAS Selection (SBAS Softkey is selected)
In certain situations, such as when the aircraft is outside or on the fringe of the WAAS or MSAS coverage
area, it may be desirable to disable WAAS or MSAS (although it is not recommended). When disabled, the
SBAS field in the GPS Status box indicates DISABLED. There may be a small delay for the GPS Status box to
be updated upon WAAS and MSAS enabling/disabling.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Disabling WAAS or MSAS
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) If necessary, press the SBAS Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to hightlight ‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
4) Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GPS Satellite Signal Strengths
The GPS Status Page can be helpful in troubleshooting weak (or missing) signal levels due to poor satellite
coverage or installation problems. As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites, a signal strength bar is displayed
for each satellite in view, with the appropriate satellite PRN number (01-32 or 120-138 for WAAS) below each
bar. The progress of satellite acquisition is shown in three stages, as indicated by signal bar appearance:
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- No bar—Receiver is looking for the indicated satellite
- Hollow bar—Receiver has found the satellite and is collecting data
- Light blue bar—Receiver has collected the necessary data and the satellite signal can be used
- Green bar—Satellite is being used for the GPS solution
- Checkered bar—Receiver has excluded the satellite (Fault Detection and Exclusion)
- “D” indication—Denotes the satellite is being used as part of the differential computations
APPENDICES
Each satellite has a 30-second data transmission that must be collected (signal strength bar is hollow) before
the satellite may be used for navigation (signal strength bar becomes solid).
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
29
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
1.7 Accessing G1000 Functionality
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Menus
EAS
The G1000 has a MENU Key that, when pressed, displays a context-sensitive list of options. This options list
allows the user to access additional features or make settings changes which specifically relate to the currently displayed
window/page. There is no all-encompassing menu. Some menus provide access to additional submenus that are used
to view, edit, select, and review options. Menus display ‘NO OPTIONS’ when there are no options for the window/page
selected. The main controls used in association with all window/page group operations are described in section
1.3. Softkey selection does not display menus or submenus.
To navigate the Page Menu Window:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu Window.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through a list of available options (a scroll bar appears to the right of the window
when the option list is longer than the window).
3) Press the ENT Key to select the desired option.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) The CLR Key may be pressed to remove the menu and cancel the operation. Pressing the FMS Knob also
removes the displayed menu.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
No Options with
NRST Window
Displayed on the
PFD
AFCS
Options
with FPL
Window
Displayed
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-23 Page Menu Examples
30
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MFD Page Groups
Note: Refer to the Flight Management, Hazard Avoidance, and Additional Features sections for details on
specific pages.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Page Group
Active Page Title
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MFD
EAS
Information on the MFD is presented on pages which are grouped according to function. The page group and
active page title are displayed in the upper center of the screen, below the Navigation Status Box. In the bottom
right corner of the screen, a page group window is displayed by turning either FMS Knob. The page group tabs
are displayed along the bottom of the window. The page titles are displayed in a list above the page group tabs.
The current page group and current page within the group are shown in light blue. For some of these pages
(Airport/Procedures/Weather Information, XM, Procedure Loading), the active title of the page changes while
the page name in the list remains the same.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pages in
Current
Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Page Groups
AFCS
Figure 1-24 Page Title and Page Groups
The main page groups are navigated using the FMS Knob; specific pages within each group can vary depending
on the configuration of optional equipment.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selecting a page using the FMS Knob:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to display the list of page groups; continue turning the large FMS Knob until the
desired page group is selected
APPENDICES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired page within a specific page group.
There are also several pages (Airport/Procedures/Weather Information and XM pages) which are selected first
from within a main page group with the FMS Knob, then with the appropriate softkey at the bottom of the page
(or from the page menu). In this case, the page remains set to the selected page until a different page softkey is
selected, even if a different page group is selected.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
31
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
Map Pages (MAP)
Navigation Map
Traffic Map
EAS
Stormscope®
Weather Radar
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Weather Data Link
(service optional)
Terrain
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 1-25 Map Pages
Waypoint Pages (WPT)
Airport Information screens
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Airport Information
(INFO Softkey)
- Departure Information
(DP Softkey)
- Arrival Information
(STAR Softkey)
AFCS
- Approach Information
(APR Softkey)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Weather Information
(WX Softkey)
Intersection Information
NDB Information
VOR Information
Airport
Information
Screens
APPENDICES
User Waypoint Information
INDEX
Figure 1-26 Waypoint Pages
32
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Auxiliary Pages (AUX)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Weight Planning
Trip Planning
Utility
GPS Status
System Setup
XM
Satellite
Screens
- XM Information
(INFO Softkey)
EAS
XM Satellite screens
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- XM Radio
(RADIO Softkey)
System Status
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 1-27 Auxiliary Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Plan Pages (FPL)
Active Flight Plan
AFCS
- Wide View, Narrow View
(VIEW Softkey)
Flight Plan Catalog
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Stored Flight Plan (NEW
Softkey)
Figure 1-28 Flight Plan Pages
The Flight Plan Pages may also be accessed using the FPL Key. Main pages within this group are selected by
turning the small FMS Knob.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
33
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Pages (SYS)
System Synoptic Displays
- Electrical System
(also select ELEC Softkey)
EAS
- Fuel System
(also select FUEL Softkey)
- General System Information
(also select GEN Softkey)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 1-29 System Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The System Pages may also be accessed by selecting the SYSTEM Softkey when viewing the other page
groups. Main pages within this group are shown by selecting the applicable softkey or turning the small FMS
Knob.
Nearest Pages (NRST)
Nearest Airports
AFCS
Nearest Intersections
Nearest NDB
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Nearest VOR
Nearest User Waypoints
Nearest Frequencies
APPENDICES
Nearest Airspaces
INDEX
Figure 1-30 Nearest Pages
34
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Procedure pages may be accessed at any time on the MFD by pressing the PROC Key. A menu is
initialized, and when a departure, approach, or arrival is selected, the appropriate Procedure Loading Page is
opened. Turning the FMS Knob does not scroll through the Procedure pages (note the single page icon in the
lower right corner).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Procedure Pages
(PROC)
Departure Loading
Arrival Loading
Approach Loading
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 1-31 Procedure Pages
For some of these pages (Airport Information screens, XM Satellite screens, Procedure Pages), the title of the
page may change while the page icon remains the same.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MFD System Pages
AFCS
In the Auxiliary (AUX) Page Group, there are two system pages: System Setup (page 5 of 6) and System Status
(page 6 of 6). The System Setup Page allows management of various system parameters, while the System
Status Page displays the status of all G1000 System LRUs.
System Setup Page
• Pilot Profiles
• Page Navigation
• Date/time
• MFD Data Bar Fields (Navigation Status Box)
(see Flight Management Section)
• Baro Transition Alert (see Flight Instruments
Section)
• Airspace Alerts (see Flight Management Section)
• Audio Alerts
• Flight Director
190-00709-02 Rev. B
• COM Configuration
(see Audio Panel and CNS Section)
• Nearest Airports display criteria
(see Flight Management Section)
INDEX
• Arrival Alerts (see Flight Management Section)
• GPS CDI scaling for GPS navigation source
(see Flight Instruments Section)
APPENDICES
• Display Units
(see Flight Instruments Section)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The System Setup Page allows management of the following system parameters:
• Synchronization of Baro and CDI between PFDs
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
35
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pilot Profile
Setup
Airspace
Alerts Box
MFD Data Bar
Fields Box
Date/Time Box
EAS
GPS CDI Box
Display Units
Box
COM
Configuration
Box
Nearest
Airports Box
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Audio Alert Voice
Selection
Select Baro
Transition Alert
CDI and Altimeter
Baro Sync
Select Waypoint
Arrival Alert
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight Director
Command Bar Format
Page Navigation
Figure 1-32 System Setup Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Date/Time
AFCS
The Date/Time Box on the System Setup Page displays the current date and time and allows the pilot
to set the time format (local 12-hr, local 24-hr, or UTC) and offset. The time offset is used to define
current local time. UTC (also called “GMT” or “Zulu”) date and time are calculated directly from the GPS
satellites signals and cannot be changed. When using a local time format, designate the offset by adding or
subtracting the desired number of hours.
To set the system time format:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time format field in the Date/Time Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired system time format (local 12hr, local 24hr, UTC) and press the
ENT Key.
APPENDICES
To set the current time offset:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time offset field in the Date/Time Box.
INDEX
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the time offset and press the ENT Key.
36
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Display Units
The Display Units Box on the System Setup Page allows configuration of the measurement units used for
the following displayed data:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Nav angle (magnetic, true)
Affects the BRG field in the PFD Navigation Status Box.
Affects the BRG, DTK, TKE, TRK, and XTK fields in the MFD Navigation Status Box.
When set to ‘AUTO’, magnetic variation is figured into the displayed value. When ‘TRUE’ is selected,
no magnetic variation is calculated and a ‘T’ is displayed next to the value.
EAS
• Distance and speed (metric, nautical)
Affects the DIS field in the PFD Navigation Status Box and the range setting of the Inset Map.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Affects all distance and speed displays on the MFD with the exception of the displayed wind speed
displayed on the Navigation Map Page. Wind speed is affected on the Trip Planning Page.
• Altitude and vertical speed (feet, meters)
Affects the Altitude and Vertical Speed References in the AFCS Status Box on the PFD.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Affects all altitude and elevation displays on the MFD, with the exception of VNAV altitudes on the
Active Flight Plan Page.
• Barometric pressure (inches of mercury, hectopascals)
Affects the altimeter setting on the PFD and the pressure display on the Trip Planning Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Temperature (Celsius, Fahrenheit)
Affects all temperature displays on the PFD.
Affects the temperature display on the Trip Planning Page. Does not affect the Engine Indicating
System display.
AFCS
• Fuel and fuel flow (gallons, imperial gallons, liters, pounds, kilograms)
Affects all fuel and fuel flow displays.
• Weight (pounds, kilograms)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Affects aircraft weights on the Weight Planning Page.
• Position (HDDD°MM.MM’, HDDD°MM’SS.S”, MGRS, UTM/UPS)
Affects all position displays.
APPENDICES
To change a Display Units setting:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Display Units Box.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select from a list of measurement units and press the ENT Key when the desired
unit is highlighted. Press the CLR Key to cancel the action without changing the units.
37
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
BARO Transition Alert
See the Flight Instruments section for a discussion on setting the Baro Transition Alert.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airspace Alerts
The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on
or off. This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries
depicted on the MFD Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft
is approaching or near an airspace.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Alerts for the following airspaces can be turned on/off in the Airspace Alerts Box:
• Class B/TMA
• Restricted
• Class C/TCA
• MOA (Military)
• Class D
• Other airspaces
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For
example, if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an
alert message is not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected
to enter it, the pilot is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200
feet.
To change the altitude buffer distance setting:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
To turn an airspace alert on or off:
AFCS
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Arrival Alerts
APPENDICES
The Arrival Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows arrival alerts to be turned on/off and the alert
trigger distance set. An arrival alert can be set to notify the pilot with a message upon reaching a userspecified distance from the final destination (the direct-to waypoint or the last waypoint in a flight plan).
Once the set distance (up to 99.9 units) has been reached, an “Arrival at [waypoint]” message is displayed
in the PFD Navigation Status Box.
Enabling/disabling an arrival alert:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
INDEX
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ON/OFF field in the Arrival Alert Box.
38
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
5) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
Changing the arrival alert trigger distance:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the distance field in the Arrival Alert Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter a trigger distance and press the ENT Key.
EAS
5) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
Audio Alerts
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Audio Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows the audio alert voice to be set to male or female.
To change the audio alert voice:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the voice in the Audio Alert Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and highlight the desired voice and press the ENT Key.
Flight Director
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Not pilot selectable.
Page Navigation
AFCS
The large FMS Knob displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates through the tabs. The small FMS Knob
navigates through the pages listed within a specific group. The number of clicks it takes to display the
Page Group Tabs and change to the next tab can be controlled from the Page Navigation box on the AUX
- System Setup Page.
OFF – Displays the Page Group Tabs with one click of the large FMS Knob.
ON – Displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates to the next tab with one click of the large FMS Knob.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The pilot can select, from the AUX - System Setup Page, the amount of time the Page Group Tabs are
displayed (in the lower right corner of the MFD). The timeout can range from two to ten seconds.
Selecting page navigation settings:
APPENDICES
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Change On 1st Click’ field in the Page Navigation Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘OFF’ or ‘ON’.
INDEX
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Timeout Seconds’ field in the Page navigation Box.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired number of seconds
7) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to remove the flashing cursor.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
39
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
MFD Data Bar Fields
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The MFD Data Bar Fields Box on the System Setup Page displays the current configuration of the MFD
Navigation Status Box. By default, the Navigation Status Bar is set to display ground speed (GS), distance
to next waypoint (DIS), estimated time en route (ETE), and en route safe altitude (ESA).
To change the information shown in an MFD Navigation Status Bar field:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box.
EAS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list and press the ENT Key when the
desired data selection is highlighted.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The following data may be selected for display in each of the four fields of the Navigation Status Box.
• Bearing (BRG)
• True Air Speed (TAS)
• Distance (DIS)
• Track Angle Error (TKE)
• Desired Track (DTK)
• Track (TRK)
• En Route Safe Altitude (ESA)
• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
• Crosstrack Error (XTK)
• Estimated Time En Route (ETE)
• Fuel Over Destination (FOD)
• Ground Speed (GS)
• Fuel On Board (FOB)
• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)
• Endurance (END)
GPS CDI
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to define the range for the on-screen course
deviation indicator (CDI). The range values represent full range deflection for the CDI to either side. The
default setting is ‘AUTO’. At this setting, leaving the departure airport the CDI range is set to 1.0 nm and
gradually ramps up to 2 nm beyond 30 nm from the departure airport. The CDI range is set to 2.0 nautical
miles during the en route phase of flight. Within 30 nm of the destination airport, the CDI range gradually
ramps down to 1.0 nm (terminal area). During approach operations, the CDI range ramps down even
further to 0.3 nm. This transition normally occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF).
APPENDICES
If a lower CDI range setting is selected (i.e., 1.0 or 0.3 nm), the higher range settings are not selected
during any phase of flight. For example, if 1.0 nm is selected, the system uses this for en route and terminal
phases and ramps down to 0.3 nm during an approach. Note that the Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring (RAIM) protection limits follow the selected CDI range and corresponding flight phases.
The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page displays the following:
• Selected CDI range (auto, 2 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm)
INDEX
• Current system CDI range (2 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm)
40
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing the CDI range:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the selected field in the GPS CDI Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the range list and press the ENT Key when the desired
selection is highlighted.
4) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
COM Configuration
EAS
NOTE: 8.33 kHz VHF communication frequency channel spacing is not approved for use in the United States.
Select the 25.0 kHz channel spacing option for use in the United States.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The COM Configuration Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to select 8.33 kHz or 25.0 kHz
COM frequency channel spacing.
To change COM channel spacing:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the channel spacing field in the COM Configuration Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired spacing and press the ENT Key.
Nearest Airports
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface type
used when determining the nine nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that
are not of appropriate surface from being displayed. Default settings are zero feet (or meters) for runway
length and “HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type.
AFCS
To select nearest airport surface matching criteria (any, hard only, hard/soft, water):
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the runway options (any, hard only, hard/soft, water) and
press the ENT Key when the desired selection is highlighted.
To select nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:
APPENDICES
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 99,999 feet) and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
41
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CDI/BARO Synchronization
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Overview
Pilot Profiles
See the Flight Instruments section for a discussion on synchronizing both PFD’s Course Deviation
Indicators and the altimeter barometric settings.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
System settings may be saved under a pilot profile. When the system is powered on, the last selected
pilot profile is shown on the MFD power-up screen (Figure 1-8). The G1000 can store up to 25 profiles;
the currently active profile, the amount of memory used, and the amount of memory available are shown at
the top of the System Setup Page in the box labeled ‘Pilot Profile’. From here, pilot profiles may be created,
selected, renamed, or deleted.
Figure 1-33 Pilot Profiles (System Setup Page)
AFCS
Creating a profile:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CREATE’ in the Pilot Profile Box.
4) Press the ENT Key. A ‘Create Profile’ window is displayed.
APPENDICES
5) Use the FMS Knob to enter a profile name up to 16 characters long and press the ENT Key. Pilot profile names
cannot begin with a blank as the first letter.
6) In the next field, use the small FMS Knob to select the desired settings upon which to base the new profile.
Profiles can be created based on Garmin factory defaults, default profile settings (initially based on Garmin
factory defaults unless edited by the pilot), or current system settings.
7) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
8) With ‘CREATE’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to create the profile
Or:
42
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Use the large FMS Knob to select ‘CREATE and ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to activate the new profile.
9) To cancel the process, select ‘CANCEL’ with the large FMS Knob and press the ENT Key.
Selecting an active profile:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the active profile field in the Pilot Profile Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the pilot profile list and highlight the desired profile.
EAS
5) Press the ENT Key. The G1000 loads and displays the system settings for the selected profile.
Renaming a profile:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘RENAME’ in the Pilot Profile Box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) In the ‘Rename Profile’ window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to rename.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter a new profile name up to 16 characters long and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) With ‘RENAME’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
9) To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting a profile:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘DELETE’ in the Pilot Profile Box.
4) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) In the ‘Delete Profile’ window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to delete.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) With ‘DELETE’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
8) To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
43
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
System Status Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The System Status Page displays the status and software version numbers for all detected system LRUs.
Pertinent information on all system databases is also displayed. Active LRUs are indicated by green check marks
and failed LRUs are indicated by red ‘X’s. Failed LRUs should be noted and a service center informed.
AFCS
Figure 1-34 Example System Status Page
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The LRU, ARFRM, and DBASE Softkeys on the System Status Page select the list (LRU Info, Airframe,
or Database) through which the FMS Knob can be used to scroll if all the information cannot appear on the
screen.
44
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
System Overview
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.8 Display Backlighting
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 display and control backlighting can be adjusted either automatically or manually. Backlighting
intensity ranges from 0.22% to 100% on the PFDs and 0.80% to 100.00% on the MFD.
Automatic Adjustment
EAS
The existing instrument panel dimmer bus normally controls the PFD and MFD bezels, MFD Control Unit,
AFCS Control Unit and audio panel key annunciator lighting. When the dimmer bus is not used by the G1000
system, photocell technology automatically controls backlighting adjustments. Photocell calibration curves are
pre-configured to optimize display appearance through a broad range of cockpit lighting conditions.
Manual Adjustment
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: In normal mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from PFD1 or PFD2. In reversionary mode, it can
also be adjusted from the MFD.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: No other window can be displayed on the PFD while the PFD Setup Menu Window is displayed.
Backlighting may also be adjusted manually for all of the displays and the associated bezels. The audio panel
key backlighting is directly tied to the on-side PFD key backlighting setting.
To adjust display backlighting manually:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the MENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window. ‘AUTO’ becomes highlighted to the
right of ‘PFD1 DSPL’.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-35 Manual Display Backlighting Adjustment
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection box. Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’, then press the
ENT Key. The intensity value becomes highlighted.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting, then press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ to the right of ‘MFD DSPL’ or ‘PFD2 DSPL’, respectively, and
repeat steps 2 and 3.
5) Press the CLR or MENU Key to remove the PFD Setup Menu Window from the display.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
45
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Overview
To adjust key backlighting manually:
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the MENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window. ‘AUTO’ becomes highlighted to the
right of ‘PFD1 DSPL’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 1-36 Manual Key Lighting Adjustment
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘PFD1 DSPL’. Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green
arrowhead to display ‘PFD1 KEY’.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ and turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’, then press the ENT Key. The intensity value becomes highlighted.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting, then press the ENT Key.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘MFD DSPL’ or ‘PFD2 DSPL’ and turn the small FMS Knob in the direction
of the green arrowhead to display ‘MFD KEY’ or ‘PFD2 KEY’, respectively.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Repeat steps 3 to 5.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
8) Press the CLR or MENU Key to remove the PFD Setup Menu Window from the display.
46
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 2 Flight Instruments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: If the airspeed, attitude, altitude, or heading indications become unusable, refer to the backup
instruments.
Note: The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) provides additional readouts and bugs on selected flight
instruments. Refer to the AFCS Section for details on these bugs and readouts, as they appear on the display
during certain AFCS flight director modes.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Increased situational awareness is provided by replacing the traditional instruments on the panel with two easyto-scan Primary Flight Displays (PFDs) that feature large horizons, airspeed, attitude, altitude, vertical speed, and
course deviation information. In addition to the flight instruments, navigation, communication, terrain, traffic,
and weather information are also presented on the PFDs and are explained in other sections of this Pilot’s Guide.
The following flight instruments and supplemental flight data are displayed on the PFDs:
• Airspeed Indicator, showing
• Outside air temperature (OAT)
– True airspeed
– Turn Rate Indicator
– Airspeed awareness ranges
– Bearing pointers and information windows
– Vspeed reference flags
– Navigation source
– Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
• Altimeter, showing
– Bearing pointers and information windows
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Attitude Indicator with slip/skid indication
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Horizontal Situation Indicator, showing
– Indicated airspeed
– DME Information Window
– Trend vector
• Transponder Mode, Code, and Ident/Reply
– Selected altitude
• Timer/References Window, showing
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope, and Glidepath
Indicators
– Generic timer
• Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
– Barometric minimum descent altitude (MDA)
– Vspeed values
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications
AFCS
– Barometric setting
• Wind data
The PFDs also displays various alerts and annunciations.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
47
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
23
22
21
20
1
19
18
17
2
EAS
16
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
15
3
14
4
13
5
12
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6
11
7
10
8
9
1
NAV Frequency Box
13
Turn Rate Indicator
2
Airspeed Indicator
14
Barometric Altimeter Setting
3
True Airspeed
15
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
4
Current Heading
16
Selected Altitude Bug
5
Current Track Indicator
17
Altimeter
6
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
18
Selected Altitude
7
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
19
COM Frequency Box
8
Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
20
Navigation Status Box
9
Softkeys
21
AFCS Status Box
10
System Time
22
Slip/Skid Indicator
11
Transponder Data Box
23
Attitude Indicator
12
Selected Heading Bug
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-1 Primary Flight Display (Default)
48
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
15
14
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
13
EAS
12
2
11
4
10
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
5
9
6
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7
8
9
Flight Plan Window
2
Vspeed Reference
10
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height
3
Radar Height
11
Selected Course
4
Selected Heading
12
Current Vertical Speed
5
Wind Data
13
Glidepath Indicator
6
Inset Map
14
Terrain Annunciation
7
DME Information Window
15
AFCS Status Annunciation
8
Bearing Information Windows
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Annunciation
AFCS
1
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-2 Primary Flight Display (Additional Information)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
49
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
2.1 Flight Instruments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airspeed Indicator
Note: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for airspeed criteria and Vspeed values.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a moving tape rolling number gauge. The true airspeed is
displayed in knots below the Airspeed Indicator. The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving
tape are marked at intervals of 10 knots. The minor tick marks on the moving tape are marked at intervals of
five knots. Speed indication starts at 20 knots, with 60 knots of airspeed viewable at any time. The indicated
airspeed is displayed inside the black pointer. The pointer remains black until reaching maximum operating
speed (VMO), at which point it turns red.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Indicated
Airspeed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Speed
Ranges
True
Airspeed
Airspeed
Trend
Vector
Vspeed
References
Figure 2-4 Red Pointer
Showing Overspeed
Figure 2-3 Airspeed Indicator
AFCS
A color-coded (white, green, and red/white barber pole) speed range strip is located on the moving tape.
The colors denote flaps operating range, normal operating range, and maximum operating speed (VMO). A
red range is also present for low speed awareness.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical magenta line that appears to the right of the color-coded speed
range strip when airspeed is either accelerating or decelerating. One end of the magenta line is anchored
to the tip of the airspeed pointer while the other end moves continuously up or down corresponding to the
rate of acceleration or deceleration. For any constant rate of acceleration or deceleration, the moving end
of the line shows approximately what the indicated airspeed value will be in six seconds. The trend vector
is absent if the speed remains constant or if any data needed to calculate airspeed is not available due to a
system failure.
50
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vspeeds (VR, VX, VY, and VAPP,) can be changed and the Vspeed flags can be turned on/off from the Timer/
References Window. When active (on), the Vspeeds are displayed at their respective locations to the right of
the airspeed scale. All Vspeed values are reset and all Vspeed flags are turned off during power up.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing Vspeeds and turning Vspeed flags on/off:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field of the desired Vspeed to be changed.
3) Use the small FMS Knob to change the Vspeed in 1-kt increments. When a speed has been changed from a
default value, an asterisk appears next to the speed.
EAS
4) Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ON/OFF field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-6 Timer/References Menu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-5 Timer/References Window
Turning all Vspeed flags on/off:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
AFCS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) To activate all Vspeed flags, press the ENT Key with All References On highlighted.
4) To remove all Vspeed flags, turn the FMS Knob to highlight All References Off and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Restoring all defaults:
1) Presst the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight Restore Defaults and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
51
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Attitude Indicator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue sky and brown ground with a white horizon line. The
Attitude Indicator displays the pitch, roll, and slip/skid information.
9
8
1
7
EAS
2
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
4
5
1
Roll Pointer
2
Roll Scale
3
Horizon Line
4
Aircraft Symbol
5
Land Representation
6
Pitch Scale
7
Slip/Skid Indicator
8
Sky Representation
9
Roll Scale Zero
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-7 Attitude Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The horizon line is part of the pitch scale. Above and below the horizon line, major pitch marks and numeric
labels are shown for every 10˚, up to 80˚. Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5˚ increments, up to
25˚ below and 45˚ above the horizon line. Between 20˚ below to 20˚ above the horizon line, minor pitch marks
occur every 2.5˚.
The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the roll scale. Major tick marks at 30˚ and 60˚ and minor tick
marks at 10˚, 20˚, and 45˚ are shown to the left and right of the zero. Angle of bank is indicated by the position
of the pointer on the roll scale.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The Slip/Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the roll pointer. One bar displacement is equal to one ball
displacement on a traditional inclinometer. The indicator bar moves with the roll pointer and moves laterally
away from the pointer to indicate uncoordinated flight. Slip (inside the turn) or skid (outside the turn) is
indicated by the location of the bar relative to the pointer.
INDEX
Figure 2-8 Slip/Skid Indication
52
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Altimeter
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Altimeter displays 1,000 feet of barometric altitude values at a time on a moving tape rolling number
gauge Numeric labels and major tick marks are shown at intervals of 100 feet. Minor tick marks are at intervals
of 20 feet. The current altitude is displayed in the black pointer.
The Selected Altitude is displayed above the Altimeter in the box indicated by a selection bug symbol. A bug
corresponding to this altitude is shown on the tape; if the Selected Altitude exceeds the range shown on the
tape, the bug appears at the upper or lower edge of the tape. See the AFCS Section for more information about
Selected Altitude.
EAS
Setting the Selected Altitude:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
T urn the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude in 100-ft increments (increments reduce to 10 feet for
approach) up to the aircraft’s service ceiling. When meters are displayed, Selected Altitude is adjusted in 50
meter increments.
If set, the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also available for the Selected Altitude.
If desired, press the ALT SEL Knob to synchronize the selected altitude to the displayed altitude to the nearest
10 ft.
Indicated
Altitude
(Meters)
Indicated
Altitude
Barometric
Minimums
Bug
Barometric
Setting
(Hectopascals)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Barometric
Setting
AFCS
Selected
Altitude
Bug
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude
Trend
Vector
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected
Altitude
Selected
Altitude
(Meters)
Figure 2-9 Altimeter (Standard and Metric)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
53
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Altitudes can also be displayed in meters (Figure 2-9). Note that the altitude tape does not change scale.
Displaying altitude in meters:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey.
3) Press the METERS Softkey to turn on metric altitude readouts.
4) Select the BACK Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
EAS
A magenta Altitude Trend Vector extends up or down the left of the altitude tape. The end extends to the
approximate altitude to be reached in six seconds at the current vertical speed. The trend vector is not shown
if altitude remains constant or if data needed for calculation is not available due to a system failure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The barometric pressure setting is displayed below the Altimeter in inches of mercury (in Hg) or hectopascals
(hPa). Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV vertical deviation, moving the
descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the aircraft to re-establish on the descent
path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target Altitude, the aircraft may not reestablish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
Selecting standard barometric pressure (STD BARO):
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the BARO Knob to select standard pressure.
Or:
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
AFCS
2) Press the STD BARO Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-10 Standard Barometric Altimeter Setting
54
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Select the ALT UNIT Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Select the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of mercury (in Hg).
Or, select the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals (hPa).
4) Select the BACK Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
EAS
If the barometric altimeter settings differ between PFDs by more than 0.02 in Hg, the readouts turn yellow
(Figure 2-11). The settings can be synchronized from the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD. Once the
settings are synchronized (BARO SYNC turned on), they remain synchronized for the entire flight.
Synchronizing the altimeter barometric pressure settings:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page using the FMS Knob.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Baro in the Synchronization box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Barometric Settings
not Synchronized on PFD
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Figure 2-11 Baro Sync Setting
(AUX - System Setup Page)
55
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
A Baro Transition Alert is provided to alert the pilot to change the barometric pressure setting when crossing
the transition altitude in either direction. This is displayed by the barometric pressure setting flashing light blue
when crossing the transition altitude. The flashing stops when the barometric pressure setting is changed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Setting the Baro Transition Alert:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Altitude in the Baro Transition Alert box.
EAS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to turn the alert OFF or ON and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to change the altitude and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 2-12 Baro Transition Alert
(AUX - System Setup Page)
56
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) displays the aircraft vertical speed on a fixed scale with labels at 2000 and
4000 fpm and minor tick marks every 1000 fpm (Figure 2-13). Digits appear in the pointer when the climb or
descent rate is greater than 100 fpm. If the rate of ascent/descent exceeds 4000 fpm, the pointer appears at the
edge of the tape and the rate appears inside the pointer.
A magenta chevron is displayed on the VSI as the Required Vertical Speed for reaching a VNV Target Altitude
once the “TOD [Top of Descent] within 1 minute” alert has been generated. See the Flight Management
and AFCS sections for details on VNV features, and refer to Section 2.2, Supplemental Flight Data, for more
information about VNV indications on the PFD.
EAS
Vertical Deviation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) is a magenta chevron to indicate the baro-VNV vertical deviation when
Vertical Navigation (VNV) is being used. The VDI (Figure 2-13) appears in conjunction with the “TOD within
1 minute” alert. Full-scale deflection (two dots) is 1000 feet. The VDI is removed from the display if vertical
deviation becomes invalid. See the Flight Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features, and refer
to Section 2.2, Supplemental Flight Data, for more information about VNV indications on the PFD.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Glideslope Indicator (Figure 2-14) appears to the left of the Altimeter whenever an ILS frequency is tuned
in the active NAV field and the aircraft heading and selected course are within 107˚. A green diamond acts as
the Glideslope Indicator, like a glideslope needle on a conventional indicator. If a localizer frequency is tuned
and there is no glideslope, “NO GS” is annunciated in place of the diamond.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The glidepath is analogous to the glideslope for GPS approaches supporting WAAS vertical guidance (LNAV+V,
LNAV/VNAV, LPV). When an approach of this type is loaded into the flight plan and GPS is the selected
navigation source, the Glidepath Indicator (Figure 2-15) appears as a magenta diamond when the aircraft
reaches a point prior to the FAF. If the approach type changes past the final approach fix (FAF), “NO GP” is
displayed in place of the diamond.
Full-scale deflection of two dots is 1000 feet.
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
Vertical
Speed
Pointer
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Figure 2-14 Glideslope Indicator
Glidepath
Indicator
INDEX
Figure 2-13 Vertical Speed and
Deviation Indicators (VSI and VDI)
Glideslope
Indicator
APPENDICES
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
AFCS
Marker
Beacon
Annunciation
VNV
Target
Altitude
Figure 2-15 Glidepath Indicator
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
57
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) displays a rotating compass in a heading-up orientation. Letters
indicate the cardinal points and numeric labels occur every 30˚. Major tick marks are at 10˚ intervals and minor
tick marks at 5˚ intervals. A digital reading of the current heading appears on top of the HSI, and the current
track is represented on the HSI by a magenta diamond bug. The HSI also presents turn rate, course deviation,
bearing, and navigation source information and is available in two formats (360˚ compass rose and 140˚ arc).
Changing the HSI display format:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
EAS
2) Press the HSI FRMT Softkey.
3) Press the 360 HSI or ARC HSI Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The 360˚ HSI contains a Course Deviation Indicator (CDI), with a Course Pointer, To/From Indicator, and a
sliding deviation bar and scale. The course pointer is a single line arrow (GPS, VOR1, and LOC1) or a double
line arrow (VOR2 and LOC2) which points in the direction of the set course. The To/From arrow rotates with
the course pointer and is displayed when the active NAVAID is received.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
15
14
13
1
2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3
4
12
5
11
6
10
7
9
AFCS
8
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-16 Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
58
1
Turn Rate Indicator
9
To/From Indicator
2
Current Track Indicator
10
Course Pointer
3
Lateral Deviation Scale
11
Heading Bug
4
Navigation Source
12
Flight Phase
5
Aircraft Symbol
13
6
7
Course Deviation Indicator
(CDI)
Rotating Compass Rose
15
8
OBS Mode Active
Turn Rate/Heading
Trend Vector
14 Current Heading
Lubber Line
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Arc HSI is a 140˚ expanded section of the compass rose. The Arc HSI contains a Course Pointer,
To/From Indicator, a sliding deviation indicator (the To/From and deviation indicators are combined), and a
deviation scale. Upon station passage, the To/From Indicator flips and points to the tail of the aircraft, just like
a conventional To/From flag. Depending on the navigation source, the CDI on the Arc HSI can appear in two
different ways: an arrowhead (GPS, VOR, OBS) or a diamond (LOC).
Flight Phase Annunciation
Course Pointer
Navigation
Source
Lateral
Deviation
Scale
EAS
Course Deviation
and To/From
Indicator
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-17 Arc HSI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Selected Heading is shown to the upper left of the HSI for three seconds after being adjusted The light
blue bug on the compass rose corresponds to the Selected Heading. While the HSI is displayed as an arc, if the
Selected Heading Bug is adjusted off the shown portion of the compass rose, the digital reading displayed.
Adjusting the Selected Heading:
Turn the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading.
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Selected Course is shown to the upper right of the HSI for three seconds after being adjusted. While the
HSI is displayed as an arc, the Selected Course is displayed whenever the Course Pointer is not within the 140˚
currently shown.
Adjusting the Selected Course:
AFCS
Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course.
Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the bearing of the active waypoint or
navigation station (see OBS Mode for adjusting a GPS course).
Current Heading
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Current Track Indicator
Selected
Course
Selected
Heading
APPENDICES
Selected
Heading
Bug
Figure 2-18 Heading and Course Indications
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
59
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation angles (track, heading, course, bearing) are corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag
Var) or referenced to true north (T), set on the AUX - System Setup Page. When an approach referenced to
true north has been loaded into the flight plan, the system generates a message to change the navigation angle
setting to True at the appropriate time.
EAS
Figure 2-19 Heading and Course Indications (True)
Changing the navigation angle setting:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Nav Angle in the Display Units box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
• TRUE - References angles to true north (T)
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• MAGNETIC - Angles corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag Var)
INDEX
Figure 2-20 Navigation Angle Settings
(AUX - System Setup Page)
60
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Turn Rate Indicator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Turn Rate Indicator is located directly above the rotating compass card. Tick marks to the left and right
of the lubber line denote half-standard and standard turn rates. A magenta Turn Rate Trend Vector shows the
current turn rate. The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in six seconds, based on the present
turn rate. A standard-rate turn is shown on the indicator by the trend vector stopping at the standard turn
rate tick mark, corresponding to a predicted heading of 18˚ from the current heading. At rates greater than 4
deg/sec, an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid.
Half-standard
Turn Rate
EAS
Arrow Shown
for Turn Rate
> 4 deg/sec
Standard
Turn Rate
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-21 Turn Rate Indicator and Trend Vector
Bearing Pointers and Information Windows
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Note: When the Arc HSI is displayed, the Bearing Information windows and pointers are disabled.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Two bearing pointers and associated information can be displayed on the HSI for the NAV, GPS, and ADF
sources. The bearing pointers are light blue and are single-line (BRG1) or double-line (BRG2). A pointer
symbol is shown in the information window to indicate the navigation source. The bearing pointers never
override the CDI and are visually separated from the CDI by a white ring. Bearing pointers may be selected
but not necessarily visible due to data unavailability.
Tuning Mode
Distance
Bearing 2
Pointer
AFCS
Bearing 1
Pointer
Frequency
DME Information Window
No
Waypoint
Selected
Station
Identifier
APPENDICES
Bearing
Pointer
Source
Icon
Bearing 1 Information Window
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Distance to
Bearing Source
Pointer
Bearing
Icon
Source
Bearing 2 Information Window
Figure 2-22 HSI with Bearing and DME Information
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
61
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
When a bearing pointer is displayed, its associated information window is also displayed. The Bearing
Information windows (Figure 2-22) are displayed to the lower sides of the HSI and give the following
information:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Bearing source (NAV, GPS, ADF)
• Pointer icon (single line for BRG1, double line for BRG2)
• Frequency (NAV, ADF)
• Station/waypoint identifier (NAV, GPS)
EAS
• GPS-derived great circle distance to bearing source
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When the NAV radio is tuned to an ILS frequency the bearing source and the bearing pointer are removed
from the HSI and the frequency is replaced with “ILS”. When NAV1 or NAV2 is the selected bearing source,
the frequency is replaced by the station identifier when the station is within range. If GPS is the bearing
source, the active waypoint identifier is displayed instead of a frequency.
The bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and NO DATA is displayed in the information window if: the
NAV radio is not receiving the tuned VOR station or if GPS is the bearing source and an active waypoint is
not selected.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the Arc HSI is displayed, the Bearing Information windows and pointers are disabled.
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press a BRG Softkey to display the desired bearing pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3) Press the BRG Softkey again to change the bearing source to GPS.
4) Press the BRG Softkey a third time to change the bearing source to ADF (note: ADF radio installation is
optional).
AFCS
5) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press the BRG Softkey again.
DME Information Window
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Note: DME radio installation is optional.
APPENDICES
The DME Information Window (Figure 2-22) is displayed above the BRG1 Information Window and shows
the DME label, tuning mode (NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD), frequency, and distance. When a signal is invalid,
the distance is replaced by “–.– – NM”. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for information on tuning
the radios.
Displaying the DME Information Window:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window above the BRG1 Information Window.
INDEX
3) To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.
62
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
Note: During a heading change of greater than 105° with respect to the course, the CDI on the Arc HSI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
switches to the opposite side of the deviation scale and displays reverse sensing.
The Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) moves left or right from the course pointer along a lateral deviation
scale to display aircraft position relative to the course. If the course deviation data is not valid, the CDI is not
displayed.
360° HSI
EAS
Arc HSI
Navigation
Source
Flight
Phase
CDI
CDI
Scale
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation
Source
Flight
Phase
Scale
Crosstrack
Error
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CDI
Figure 2-23 Course Deviation Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The CDI can display two sources of navigation: GPS or NAV (VOR/LOC). The color indicates the current
navigation source: magenta for GPS or green for VOR and LOC. The full scale limits for the CDI are defined
by a GPS-derived distance when navigating GPS. When navigating using a VOR or localizer (LOC), the CDI
has the same angular limits as a mechanical CDI. If the CDI exceeds the maximum deviation on the scale (two
dots) while navigating with GPS, the crosstrack error (XTK) is displayed below the white aircraft symbol.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Navigation
Source Selected
on Both PFDs
APPENDICES
Figure 2-24 Navigation Sources
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
63
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing navigation sources:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Instruments
2) Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2. This places the light blue tuning
box over the NAV2 standby frequency.
1) Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places the light blue tuning box over the
NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left corner of the PFD.
3) Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
NAV1 Selected for Tuning
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
NAV2 Selected for Tuning
VOR1
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS
Selected
LOC2
Selected
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the CDI
Softkey Cycles through
Navigation Sources
Figure 2-25 Selecting a Navigation Source
The system automatically switches from GPS to LOC navigation source and changes the CDI scaling
accordingly when all of the following occur:
AFCS
• A localizer or ILS approach has been loaded into the active flight plan
• The final approach fix (FAF) is the active leg, the FAF is less than 15 nm away, and the aircraft is moving
toward the FAF
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• A valid localizer frequency has been tuned
• The GPS CDI deviation is less than 1.2 times full-scale deflection
INDEX
APPENDICES
GPS steering guidance is still provided after the CDI automatically switches to LOC until LOC capture, up
to the Final Approach Fix (FAF) for an ILS approach, or until GPS information becomes invalid. Activating
a Vector-to-Final (VTF) also causes the CDI to switch to LOC navigation source. GPS steering guidance is not
provided after this switch.
64
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If the same VOR/LOC navigation source is selected on both PFDs, the navigation source annunciation turns
yellow on both displays (unless synchronized). Once the CDIs are synchronized (CDI Synchronization turned
on), they remain synchronized until the setting is changed. When turning on the G1000 for use, the system
remembers the last CDI synchronization setting.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Synchronizing the CDIs:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page using the FMS Knob.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. Time Format is highlighted.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the CDI Sync ON/OFF field.
EAS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-26 CDI Sync Setting
(AUX - System Setup Page)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
65
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
GPS CDI Scaling
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When GPS is the selected navigation source, the flight plan legs are sequenced automatically and
annunciations appear on the HSI for the flight phase. Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in
magenta, but when cautionary conditions exist the color changes to yellow. If the current leg in the flight plan
is a heading leg, HDG LEG is annunciated in magenta beneath the aircraft symbol.
EAS
The current GPS CDI scale setting is displayed as System CDI on the AUX - System Setup Page and the fullscale deflection setting may also be changed (2.0 nm, 1.0 nm, 0.3 nm, or Auto) from this page. If the selected
scaling is smaller than the automatic setting for enroute and terminal phases, the CDI is scaled accordingly
and the selected setting is displayed rather than the flight phase annunciation.
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Selected in the GPS CDI box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
APPENDICES
Figure 2-27 GPS CDI Settings
(AUX - System Setup Page)
INDEX
When set to Auto (default), the GPS CDI scale automatically adjusts to the desired limits based upon the
current phase of flight (Figure 2-28, Table 2-1).
66
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Enroute
(Oceanic if >200 nm
from nearest airport)
Terminal
Approach
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
Terminal
Refer to accompanying
approach CDI scaling figures
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Departure
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CDI Full-scale Deflection
Flight Instruments
Missed
Approach
EAS
Figure 2-28 Automatic CDI Scaling
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Once a departure procedure is activated, the CDI is scaled for departure (0.3 nm).
• The system switches from departure to terminal CDI scaling (1.0 nm) under the following conditions:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not aligned with the departure runway
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF (see
Glossary for leg type definitions)
- After any leg in the departure procedure that is not a CA or FA
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• At 30 nm from the departure airport, the enroute phase of flight is automatically entered and CDI scaling
changes to 2.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:
- When navigating with an active departure procedure, the flight phase and CDI scale does not change
until the aircraft arrives at the last departure waypoint (if more than 30 nm from the departure airport) or
the leg after the last departure waypoint has been activated or a direct-to waypoint is activated.
AFCS
• If after completing the departure procedure the nearest airport is more than 200 nm away from the aircraft
and the approach procedure has not yet commenced, the CDI is scaled for oceanic flight (2.0 nm).
• Within 31 nm of the destination airport (terminal area), the CDI scale gradually ramps down from 2.0 nm
to 1.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm; except under the following conditions:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- When navigating with an active arrival route, the flight phase and CDI scale does not change until the
aircraft arrives at the first waypoint in the arrival route (if within 31 nm from the destination airport).
APPENDICES
• During approach, the CDI scale ramps down even further (see Figures 2-29 and 2-30). This transition
normally occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF). The CDI switches to approach scaling
automatically once the approach procedure is activated or if Vectors-To-Final (VTF) are selected.
- If the active waypoint is the FAF, the ground track and the bearing to the FAF must be within 45° of the
final approach segment course.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
- If the active waypoint is part of the missed approach procedure, the active leg and the preceding missed
approach legs must be aligned with the final approach segment course and the aircraft must not have
passed the turn initiation point.
67
2 nm
FAF
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2 nm
FAF
EAS
angle based
on database
information
course width
angle set
by system
CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
CDI scale is set to the smaller of 0.3 nm
or an angle set by the system
350 ft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CDI Full-scale Deflection
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Landing
Threshold
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
Figure 2-29 Typical LNAV and LNAV+V Approach CDI Scaling
Figure 2-30 Typical LNAV/VNAV and LPV Approach CDI Scaling
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When a missed approach is activated, the CDI scale changes to 0.3 nm.
• The system automatically switches back to terminal mode under the following conditions:
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not aligned with the final approach path
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- After any leg in the missed approach procedure that is not a CA or FA
Flight Phase
Departure
Terminal
Enroute
Oceanic
Annunciation*
DPRT
TERM
ENR
OCN
Approach
(Non-precision)
LNAV
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Approach
(Non-precision with
Vertical Guidance)
Approach
(LNAV/VNAV)
Approach
(LPV)
Missed Approach
Automatic CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
2.0 nm
1.0 nm decreasing to 350 feet depending on
variables (see Figure 2-29)
LNAV + V
L/VNAV
LPV
MAPR
1.0 nm decreasing to a specified course width, then
0.3 nm, depending on variables (see Figure 2-30)
0.3 nm
APPENDICES
* Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in magenta, but when cautionary
conditions exist the color changes to yellow.
INDEX
Table 2-1 Automatic GPS CDI Scaling
68
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OBS Mode
NOTE: VNV is inhibited while automatic waypoint sequencing has been suspended.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Enabling Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode suspends the automatic sequencing of waypoints in a GPS
flight plan (GPS must be the selected navigation source), but retains the current “active-to” waypoint as the
navigation reference even after passing the waypoint. OBS is annunciated to the lower right of the aircraft
symbol when OBS Mode is selected.
EAS
While OBS Mode is enabled, a course line is drawn through the Active-to waypoint on the moving map. If
desired, the course to/from the waypoint can now be adjusted. When OBS Mode is disabled, the GPS flight
plan returns to normal operation with automatic sequencing of waypoints, following the course set in OBS
Mode. The flight path on the moving map retains the modified course line.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
OBS Course
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS
Selected
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
OBS
Mode
Enabled
Pressing the OBS
Softkey Again Disables
OBS Mode
AFCS
Pressing the OBS
Softkey Enables OBS
Mode
Figure 2-31 Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
69
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS flight plan:
1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn a CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press the CRS Knob to synchronize the
Selected Course with the bearing to the next waypoint.
3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
As the aircraft crosses the missed approach point (MAP), automatic approach waypoint sequencing is
suspended. SUSP appears on the HSI at the lower right of the aircraft symbol. The OBS Softkey label
changes to indicate the suspension is active as shown in figure 2-32. Selecting the SUSP Softkey deactivates
the suspension and resumes automatic sequencing of approach waypoints.
Pressing the SUSP
Softkey Suspends
Waypoint Sequencing
SUSP Annunciation
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 2-32 Suspending Automatic Waypoint Sequencing
70
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.2 Supplemental Flight Data
Note: Selecting the DFLTS Softkey turns off metric altimeter display, Hpa Baro Setting, the Inset Map, and
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
wind data display.
In addition to the flight instruments, the PFD also displays various supplemental information, including
temperatures, wind data, and Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications.
Temperature Displays
EAS
The Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is displayed in degrees Celsius (°C) by default in the lower left of the PFD
under normal display conditions, or below the true airspeed in reversionary mode.
Normal Display
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Reversionary Mode
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 2-33 Outside Air Temperature
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
71
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Changing temperature display units:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD using the FMS Knob.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the TEMP field in the Display Units box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either CELSIUS or FAHRENHEIT and press the ENT Key to confirm the
selection.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 2-34 Temperature Selection Setting
(AUX - System Setup Page)
72
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Wind Data
Option 2
Option 3
No Data
EAS
Option 1
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Wind direction and speed in knots can be displayed relative to the aircraft in a window to the upper left of
the HSI. When the window is selected for display, but wind information is invalid or unavailable, the window
shows NO WIND DATA. Wind data can be displayed in three different ways.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-35 Wind Data
Displaying wind data:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the WIND Softkey to display wind data to the left of the HSI.
3) Press one of the OPTN softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
• OPTN 1: Wind direction arrows with numeric headwind/tailwind and crosswind components
AFCS
• OPTN 2: Wind direction arrow with numeric speed
• OPTN 3: Wind direction arrow with numeric direction and speed
4) To remove the window, select the OFF Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
73
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Vertical Navigation (VNV) Indications
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a VNV flight plan has been activated, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, RVSI, VDI) appear on the
PFD in conjunction with the “TOD within 1 minute message” and “Vertical track” voice alert. See the Flight
Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features. VNV indications are removed from the PFD
according to the criteria listed in Table 2-2.
Top of Descent Message
EAS
VNV Target
Altitude
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
GPS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Enroute
Phase of
Flight
Figure 2-36 Vertical Navigation Indications (PFD)
VNV Indication Removed
Required Vertical
Vertical
VNV Target
Speed (RVSI)
Deviation (VDI)
Altitude
Aircraft > 1 min before the next TOD due to flight plan change
X
X
X
VNV cancelled (CNCL VNV Softkey selected on MFD)
X
X
X
Distance to active waypoint cannot be computed due to
unsupported flight plan leg type (see Flight Management
X
X
X
Section)
Aircraft > 250 feet below active VNV Target Altitude
X
X
X
Current crosstrack or track angle error has exceeded limit
X
X
X
Active altitude-constrained waypoint can not be reached within
X
X
maximum allowed flight path angle and vertical speed
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Criteria
INDEX
Table 2-2 VNV Indication Removal Criteria
74
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.3 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following annunciations and alerting functions are displayed on the PFD. Refer to the Engine/Airframe
Systems Section for information on the Crew Alerting System (CAS) and to Appendix A for more information on
alerts and annunciations.
System Alerting
EAS
The System Messages Window conveys messages to the flight crew regarding problems with the G1000
System. When a new message is issued, the MSG Softkey flashes to alert the flight crew. It continues to flash
until pressed, which opens the System Messages Window and acknowledges the message(s) which initiated the
flashing. When the window is open, messages for conditions which are no longer active turn gray. Messages
generated while the window is open are not automatically displayed, but cause the MSG Softkey to begin
flashing again. Pressing the MSG Softkey while the System Messages Window is open closes the window unless
the MSG Softkey is flashing.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Critical values generated by redundant sensors are monitored by comparators. If differences in the sensors
exceed a specified amount, the Comparator Window appears in the upper right corner of the PFD and the
discrepancy is annunciated in the Comparator Window as a MISCOMP (miscompare). If one or both of the
sensed values are unavailable, it is annunciated as a NO COMP (no compare).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Reversionary sensor selection is annunciated in a window on the right side of the PFD. These annunciations
reflect reversionary sensors selected on one or both PFDs. Pressing the SENSOR Softkey accesses the ADC1,
ADC2, AHRS1, and AHRS2 softkeys. These softkeys allow switching of the sensors being viewed on each
PFD. With certain types of sensor failures, the system may make some sensor selections automatically. The GPS
sensor cannot be switched manually.
Comparator
Window
AFCS
Reversionary
Sensor
Window
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Messages
Window
INDEX
Softkey
Flashes for
New System
Message
Figure 2-37 G1000 Alerting System
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
75
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Marker Beacon Annunciations
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Marker Beacon Annunciations are displayed on the PFD to the left of the Selected Altitude. Outer marker
reception is indicated in blue, middle in amber, and inner in white. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section
for more information on Marker Beacon Annunciations.
Middle Marker
Inner Marker
EAS
Outer Marker
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altimeter
Figure 2-38 Marker Beacon Annunciations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic is displayed symbolically on the Inset Map (PFD), the Navigation Map Page (MFD), and various other
MFD page maps. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix F for more details about Traffic alerts.
When a Traffic Advisory (TA) is detected, the following automatically occurs:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Annunciation
• A flashing black-on-yellow TRAFFIC annunciation appears to the top left of the Attitude Indicator for five
seconds and remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area
• The PFD Inset Map is enabled, displaying traffic
• The aural alert “TRAFFIC” is generated
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
If additional TAs appear, new aural and visual alerts are generated.
APPENDICES
Traffic
Symbols
PFD Traffic Annunciation
PFD Inset Map with Traffic Displayed
INDEX
Figure 2-39 Traffic Annunciation and Inset Map with Traffic Displayed
76
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Terrain Annunciations
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) or TERRAIN-SVS annunciations appear on the PFD to the
upper left of the altimeter. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix A for information on terrain
alerts and annunciations.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-40 Traffic and Example Terrain Annunciations
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
77
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Altitude Alerting
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Altitude Alerting function provides visual alerts when approaching the Selected Altitude, and visual and
aural alerts when deviating from the selected altitude. Whenever the Selected Altitude on the PFD is changed,
Altitude Alerting is reset. Altitude Alerting is independent of the AFCS.
The following occur when approaching the Selected Altitude:
• Upon passing through 1000 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude Box changes to black text on
a light blue background and flashes for five seconds.
EAS
• When the aircraft passes within 200 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude changes to light blue
text on a black background and flashes for five seconds.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• After reaching the Selected Altitude, if the aircraft flies outside the deviation band (±200 feet of the Selected
Altitude), the Selected Altitude Box changes to yellow text on a black background, flashes for five seconds,
and an aural tone is generated.
Within 1000 feet
Within 200 feet
Deviation of ±200 feet
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-41 Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations
Low Altitude Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: This Low Altitude Annunciation is available only for aircraft with GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units
when WAAS is available. This annunciation is not shown for systems with TAWS, unless TAWS is inhibited.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
When the Final Approach Fix (FAF) is the active waypoint in a GPS WAAS approach using vertical guidance,
a Low Altitude Annunciation may appear if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed
altitude at the FAF. A black-on-yellow LOW ALT annunciation appears to the top right of the Altimeter, flashing
for several seconds then remaining displayed until the condition is resolved.
Altimeter
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 2-42 Low Altitude on GPS WAAS Approach
78
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
For altitude awareness, a Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) or Decision Height (DH), based on barometric
altitude or radar altitude, can be set. When active, the altitude setting is displayed to the lower left of the
altimeter and with a bug at the corresponding altitude along the altimeter (once the altitude is within the visible
range of the tape). The following visual annunciations alert the pilot when approaching the MDA or DH:
• When the aircraft altitude descends to within 2500 feet of the MDA/DH setting, a box labeled BARO MIN or
RA MIN (based on the selected altitude source) appears with the altitude in light blue text. The bug appears
in light blue on the altitude tape at the corresponding altitude once in range.
EAS
• When the aircraft passes through 100 feet of the MDA or DH, the bug and text turn white.
Within 2500 feet
Within 100 feet
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Once the aircraft reaches the MDA/DH, the bug and text turn yellow and the aural alert, “Minimums
Minimums”, is generated. When the radar altimeter is selected as the altitude source for the Minimum
Descent Altitude alerting function, the color of the current radar height changes to yellow.
Altitude Reached
MDA/DH
Bug
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MDA/DH
Setting
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-43 Barometric MDA/DH Alerting Visual Annunciations
Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground and until the aircraft reaches 150 feet above the setting
for the alert. If the aircraft proceeds to climb after having reached the MDA/DH, once it reaches 50 feet above
the MDA/DH, alerting is disabled.
AFCS
The MDA/DH may be set from either PFD and is synchronized on both PFDs. The function is reset when the
power is cycled.
Setting the barometric minimum descent altitude and bug:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Minimums field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired altitude source: barometric (BARO) or radar altimeter (RAD ALT).
OFF is selected by default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the next field.
APPENDICES
4) Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000 feet).
5) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or press the TMR/REF Softkey.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Figure 2-44 Timer/References Window, MDA/DH Setting
79
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Radar Altimeter
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the radar height (the aircraft altitude above ground level detected by the radar altimeter) is between -40
and 2500 feet, the current value is displayed in green above the current aircraft heading (Figure 2-45). Display
of radar height becomes more sensitive as the height above ground decreases (Table 2-3).
EAS
Radar Altimeter
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-45 Current Radar Height
Radar Height Range
Shown to Nearest
-40 to 200 feet
5 feet
200 to 1500 feet
10 feet
1500 to 2500 feet
50 feet
Table 2-3 Radar Altimeter Sensitivity
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the radar altimeter is selected as the altitude source for the minimum descent altitude alerting function
(Figure 2-46), the color of the radar height changes to yellow (Figure 2-47).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 2-46 RAD ALT Setting
(Timer/References Window)
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 2-47 RA as Altitude Source for MDA/DH
80
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
A ground line (Figure 2-48) is shown on the Altimeter to display the aircraft’s height relative to the ground.
If the data becomes invalid, the message “RA FAIL” is displayed in yellow in place of the current radar height
(Figure 2-49). The Radar Altimeter test is done on the MFD but is displayed on the PFD directly above the
current heading (Figure 2-50).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Ground
Line
EAS
Radar Altimeter
Minimums Box
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-48 Altimeter Displaying the Ground Line (RAD ALT)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-49 Radar Altimeter Invalid Data
Testing the Radar Altimeter:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Status Page on the MFD.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the RA TEST Softkey.
50 feet will be displayed in the RA box directly above the current heading on the PFD.
AFCS
Figure 2-50 Radar Altimeter Test
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
81
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
2.4 Abnormal Operations
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Abnormal GPS Conditions
The annunciations listed in Table 2-4 can appear on the HSI when abnormal GPS conditions occur (Figure
2-52). Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on Dead Reckoning Mode.
Annunciation
EAS
LOI
INTEG OK
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DR
Location
Lower left of
aircraft symbol
Lower left of
aircraft symbol
Upper right of
aircraft symbol
Description
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS integrity is insufficient for the current
phase of flight
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been restored to within normal limits
(annunciation displayed for five seconds)
Dead Reckoning–System is using projected position rather than GPS position
to compute navigation data and sequence active flight plan waypoints
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 2-4 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
Figure 2-51 Example of HSI Annunciations
AFCS
Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode causes the following items on the PFD to be shown in yellow when GPS is the
selected navigation source:
• CDI (removed after 20 minutes)
• Current Track Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Wind Data (calculated based on GPS information)
• Distances in the Bearing Information windows
• GPS bearing pointers
INDEX
APPENDICES
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the G1000 in DR Mode may become
increasingly unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. See the Flight Management section
for more information about DR mode
82
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Unusual Attitudes
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red extreme pitch warning chevrons pointing toward the
horizon are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon line.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Nose High
Nose Low
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-52 Pitch Attitude Warnings
• PFD Setup Menu
• Flight director Command Bars
• Inset Map
• Windows displayed in the lower
right corner of the PFD:
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope,
and Glidepath Indicators
• Outside air temperature (OAT)
– Timer/References
• Altimeter Barometric Setting
• DME Information Window
– Nearest Airports
• Selected Altitude
• Wind data
– Flight Plan
• VNV Target Altitude
• Selected Heading readout
– Messages
• Selected Course readout
– Procedures
• Transponder Status Box
– ADF/DME Tuning
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• AFCS Annunciations
• Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height readout
AFCS
• System Time
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Traffic Annunciations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD is removed. The
Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indicators remain on the display
and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The
following information is removed from the PFD (and corresponding softkeys are disabled) when the aircraft
experiences unusual attitudes:
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
83
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Instruments
Blank Page
84
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Engine & Airframe Systems
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 3 Engine and Airframe Systems
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for limitations.
The G1000 offers improved flight operations and reduces crew workload by automatically monitoring critical
system parameters and providing system alerts during all phases of flight using the following:
• The Engine Indication System (EIS) displays electrical, fuel, engine, pressurization, and flight control
information on the left side of the Multi Function Display (MFD).
EAS
• Synoptics pages are provided for monitoring the status of the doors, de-icing systems, electrical, and fuel.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• The Crew Alerting System (CAS) displays advisories, cautions, and warnings to communicate conditions,
statuses, and system failures. CAS messages are grouped by level of importance and color-coded based on
urgency and appear on the left side of the MFD.
In combination with these, aural alerts, additional avionics messages, and master indicators are used to inform
the crew of aberrant flight conditions. The system also provides an improved level of maintenance data for the
ground crew.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
EICAS Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Figure 3-1 Multi Function Display
85
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engine & Airframe Systems
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the event of a display failure, depending on the failed display(s), the remaining display(s) may be re-configured
to present Primary Flight Display (PFD) symbology together with engine and CAS information (refer to the System
Overview for more information about Reversionary Mode). In Reversionary Mode, engine, pressurization, fuel,
electrical, and trim data is presented in an abbreviated format on the left of the display. CAS messages appear in
a window on the right of the display. Synoptics are not available while in Reversionary Mode.
EIS
Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CAS
Window
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 3-2 Reversionary Mode
86
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Engine & Airframe Systems
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3.1 Engine Indication System (EIS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
1
8
2
2
9
10
3
11
EAS
3
4
4
13
5
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
12
5
14
15
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6
6
8
7
16
9
17
12
17
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
13
15
16
10
Selected Cabin Altitude
2
Propeller Speed
11
Oxygen Pressure
3
Generator Speed
12
Fuel Quantity
4
Interturbine Temperature
13
Fuel Flow
5
Oil Pressure
14
Fuel Pressure
6
Oil Temperature
15
Battery and Generator Currents
7
CAS Display
16
Battery and Essential Bus Voltages
8
Cabin Pressure Altitude and Change Rate
17
9
Differential Pressure
Elevator, Aileron, and Rudder Trim and Flap
Position
APPENDICES
Torque
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1
AFCS
Figure 3-4 EIS Display (Reversionary Mode)
Figure 3-3 EIS Display (Normal Mode)
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
87
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engine & Airframe Systems
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS information is presented using gauges, horizontal and vertical bar indicators, slide bars, and digital readouts.
Green ranges on the instrument scales indicate normal ranges of operation; yellow and red bands indicate caution
and warning, respectively. During normal operating conditions, an instrument’s pointer appears in white and the
readout text is green. When data is out of the range of the indicator or gauge, the pointer moves to the end of the
scale; readouts display as “---” (dashes).
EAS
When an unsafe operating condition occurs, the pointer and readout color change to yellow or flash red,
indicating a caution or warning. If a cautionary time limit is exceeded, the sliders, pointers, and digits may flash
red, even if the parameter is still within in the cautionary range (refer to each display description for details). If
the sensor data for a parameter becomes invalid or unavailable, a red “X” is displayed across the indicator and/or
readout.
Engine Parameters
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The TBM 850’s EIS displays torque, propeller speed, generator speed, and interturbine temperature using arc
gauges.
Torque gauge
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Torque Gauge displays values from 0 to 130% of maximum safe torque. If the torque remains above
121.4% for more than 5 seconds or exceeds the value indicated by the red tick mark, a warning condition
occurs. The maximum climb torque is displayed as a white triangle (bug) while the optimum cruise range is
displayed as a white band on the Torque Gauge. When bleed pressure reaches its upper limit, ‘BLEED HI’ is
annunciated above the Torque Gauge.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Maximum Climb Torque
Optimum Cruise Range
Figure 3-5 Torque Gauge
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Propeller rpm gauge
INDEX
APPENDICES
Propeller speed is shown in revolutions per minute (rpm) from zero to 2200. If propeller speed slows
to where the gauge pointer enters the yellow range, a caution is issued. A propeller overspeed warning is
indicated if propeller speed exceeds the maximum safe operating speed.
Figure 3-6 Propeller RPM Gauge
88
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Engine & Airframe Systems
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Generator speed gauge
Generator speed is indicated as a percentage of maximum safe operating speed (rpm), from 0 to 120%. If
generator speed exceeds 104% a warning condition occurs.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
Figure 3-7 Generator Speed Gauge
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ITT gauge
Engine Off
Engine Start
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Interturbine Temperature (ITT) Gauge ranges differ for engine off/start and running conditions. Values
between 200 and 1200 degrees Celsius (°C) are shown at engine start; values change to 200 to 900°C when
the engine starts running. When the engine is not running, ‘OFF’ is annunciated above the ITT readout; this
changes to ‘STRT’ upon engine start. No annunciation is shown when the engine is running normally.
Normal
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 3-8 Interturbine Temperature Gauge Status Annunciations
AFCS
Temperatures above which warnings occur are indicated by red tick marks along the ITT Gauge. Refer to
comments for the ‘ITT’ CAS message in Table 3-5 for warning issuance criteria.
Oil pressure and temperature gauges
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Engine oil pressure and temperature are shown along horizontal bar indicators below the engine gauges.
Oil pressure is shown in pounds per square inch (psi) and temperature in degrees Celsius (°C).
APPENDICES
Figure 3-9 Oil Pressure and Temperature Gauges
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
89
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engine & Airframe Systems
Cabin Pressurization
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Cabin pressurization information (cabin altitude, rate of change, and differential cabin pressure) is shown at
the top of the right EICAS column. Only readouts for cabin altitude and pressure differential are displayed in
Reversionary Mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Cabin altitude (ALT FT) is shown on a color-coded scale labeled in 5,000-ft increments with a readout (in
feet) below. Cabin altitude change rate (RATE FPM) is displayed on a scale in terms of 2,000 fpm increments
with a readout (in fpm) below. Cabin pressure differential (DIFF PSI), in pounds per square inch (psi), is
indicated on a color-coded scale with a readout. Selected Cabin Altitude is displayed as a digital readout (in
100 ft increments) with a range from -1,000 to 11,000 feet.
Pressure
Change
Rate
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressure
Altitude
Selected
Cabin
Altitude
Pressure
Differential
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Oxygen
Pressure
Figure 3-10 Cabin Pressure Display
The pressure (in psi) for the oxygen system is given as a readout below the cabin pressurization display under
normal display conditions.
AFCS
Fuel Information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The fuel display is located beneath the oxygen pressure readout and shows the fuel quantity in each tank (in
United States gallons, USG), fuel flow (gallons per hour, gph), and fuel pressure (psi). Fuel quantity for each
tank is normally shown along a slider scale. Readouts for fuel quantity and fuel flow are shown in Reversionary
Mode.
APPENDICES
Tank Fuel
Quantities
INDEX
Fuel
Flow
Fuel
Pressure
Figure 3-11 Fuel Display
90
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Engine & Airframe Systems
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Electrical Information
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Currents for the battery (pointers labeled “B”) and generator (pointer labeled “G” for primary generator and
“S” for standby generator) and voltages for the battery and essential bus (pointer labeled “E”) are shown along
color-coded scales, with readouts to the right.
Battery
Current
Battery
Voltage
Essential
Bus Voltage
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 3-12 Electrical Display
EAS
Generator
Current
Trim and Flap Indicators
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Elevator, rudder, and aileron trim indications are shown along slide bar scales next to the CAS messages
in normal display mode. Flap deflection is normally displayed beneath the trim indications using a rotating
pointer. Flap positions for takeoff, landing, and up positions are labeled. In Reversionary Mode, only elevator
trim is indicated and flap position (UP, T/O, LDG) is provided as a digital readout.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 3-13 Trim and Flap Indications
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
91
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engine & Airframe Systems
3.2 Synoptics
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Synoptics pages show current conditions of certain aircraft functionality on aviation system diagrams,
reducing workload by allowing the flight crew to rapidly analyze the situation. Aircraft systems graphically
depicted in the synoptic diagrams include:
• Electrical system
• De-ice system
• Fuel system
• Doors
EAS
Once the SYSTEM Softkey is selected, the Synoptics pages can be accessed using softkeys or the small FMS
Knob. To return to the previously displayed page when a Synoptics Page has been displayed, press the SYSTEM
Softkey or CLR Key, or turn the large FMS Knob.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
CAS
MAP
ELEC
FUEL
GEN
CHKLIST
Figure 3-14 Synoptic Pages Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• SYSTEM
• ELEC
• FUEL
• GEN
Accesses the Synoptics page softkeys
Displays the Electrical Synoptics Page
Displays the Fuel Synoptics Page
Displays the General Synoptics Page for the de-ice system and doors
Map
Synoptic Page
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
EICAS
Figure 3-15 MFD Layout
92
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Engine & Airframe Systems
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Electrical System
1
2
3
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Electrical Synoptics Page uses a diagram of the aircraft’s electrical system to display the system status. The
generators, ground power supply (GPU), batteries, and buses are shown in green to denote normal operation.
Color of the units change depending on the condition.
4
EAS
5
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6
11
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9
10
8
7
Essential Bus
2
Main Generator
8
Battery Bus Voltage
3
Ground Power Unit Door
9
Essential Bus Voltage
4
Battery
10 DC Buses 1through 4
5
Amperage
11 Main Bus
6
Battery Bus
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Standby Generator
AFCS
1
APPENDICES
Figure 3-16 Electrical Synoptics Page
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
93
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engine & Airframe Systems
Active generator currents are displayed below the generator icons. A disconnected generator is indicated in
gray; the current is removed from the display and the switch symbol is closed.
Disconnected
Connected
Disconnected
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Connected
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 3-17 Generator Status
GPU status information is removed from the electrical diagram when the GPU door is closed. If the GPU door
is open and selected, the GPU status is shown in green; when the door is open, but not selected, the status is
shown in gray with the switch closed. A CAS message, ‘GPU DOOR’ is generated if the GPU door is open.
GPU Door Closed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPU Door Open
Selected
Not Selected
Figure 3-18 GPU Door Status
AFCS
Battery connection status to the main bus is indicated in green; direction of current flow is indicated with
an arrow next to the current readout. If the battery is disconnected from the main bus, the switch is closed.
Battery overheating is indicated in red with a ‘BAT OVHT’ annunciation; a CAS message is also generated.
Disconnected
Battery Overheat
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Connected
INDEX
Figure 3-19 Battery Status
94
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Engine & Airframe Systems
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Battery and essential bus voltages are displayed using gauges. DC buses are shown in green when energized.
When not energized, the connection line to the main bus is removed and the bus label is displayed in red.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 3-20 Battery and Essential Bus Low Voltage
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Bus Not Energized
Figure 3-21 DC Bus Status
Essential Bus Connected
to the Battery Bus
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Emergency Buses switch has two positions, UP (open) and DN (ground). If the switch is in the UP
position, the essential bus is connected to the battery bus. If the switch is in the DN position, the essential bus
is connected to the main bus.
Essential Bus Connected
to the Main Bus
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 3-22 Essential Bus Connections
APPENDICES
A red “X” over a component indicates invalid data or a failed unit.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
95
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engine & Airframe Systems
Fuel System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Fuel Synoptics Page displays the status of the fuel tanks and feed system. Fuel quantity is depicted
graphically; the color changes to yellow if the fuel quantity drops below the threshold level.
3
EAS
4
2
6
1
7
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5
8
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9
1
Left Fuel Tank
6
Fuel Selector
2
Left Fuel Line
7
Right Fuel Tank
3
Fuel Pressure
8
Right Fuel Line
4
Engine Driven Boost Pump
9
Fuel Flow Data
5
Auxiliary Boost Pump
Figure 3-23 Fuel Synoptics Page
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Fuel Pressure is displayed using a gauge. If fuel pressure is low the readout is displayed in red.
INDEX
Figure 3-24 Fuel Pressure Low
96
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Engine & Airframe Systems
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Status of the fuel selector is indicated between the fuel tank symbols. The mode, automatic (AUTO) or
manual (MAN) is shown beneath the fuel selector symbol.
Switching Fuel
Tank Selection
Right Fuel Tank
Selected
Unknown Fuel
Tank Selection
Fuel Selector
Off
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Left Fuel Tank
Selected
Table 3-1 Fuel Selector Status
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If the auxiliary fuel boost pump is on, the symbol is displayed in green. The mode, automatic (AUTO) or
manual (MAN) is displayed next to the pump symbol. If the boost pump is off, the symbol is shown in light
blue (automatic mode) or red (manual mode).
Fuel Boost Pump Fuel Boost Pump Fuel Boost Pump
On
Off (Auto)
Off (Manual)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 3-2 Auxiliary Boost Pump Status
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Fuel used and remaining are based on the fuel flow. The aircraft’s gross weight (GW) is entered on the
AUX - Weight Planning Page (see the Flight Management Section).
AFCS
Figure 3-25 Fuel Flow Data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A red “X” over a component indicated invalid data or a failed unit.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
97
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
General Systems
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Engine & Airframe Systems
• White indicates that heat is off (propeller and windshield)
The General Synoptics Page aircraft diagram displays open doors in red (CAS messages also generated).
Statuses of stall sensor, propeller, pitot probes, and windshield heat are also indicated on the diagram:
• Light blue indicates heat has been selected (windshield)
• Green indicates heat is on
• Yellow indicates heat has failed (stall sensor, propeller and pitot tube).
EAS
Invalid sensor information is indicated with a red ‘X’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5
6
7
8
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
9
3
2
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
1
Rear Cargo Door Open
6
Propeller Heaters
2
Cabin Door Open
7
Right Windshield Heat On
3
Pilot Door Open
8
Pitot Probe 2
4
Pitot Probe 1
9
Stall Warning Sensor
5
Forward Cargo Door Open
APPENDICES
Figure 3-26 General Synoptics Page
Windshield
Heat Off
Left Windshield Heat On
Right Windshield Heat Selected
INDEX
Windshield
Heat On
Figure 3-27 Windshield Heat Status
98
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Engine & Airframe Systems
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3.3 Crew Alerting System (CAS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for emergency procedures.
NOTE: Aural alerts associated with abnormal conditions and advisories are managed through the audio
panels. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information.
EAS
The Crew Alerting System (CAS) Display is located in the lower left corner of the EICAS Display (on the MFD)
under normal display conditions. Up to 14 messages can be displayed; when more than 14 messages accumulate,
the scrolling CAS softkeys become available.
Normal Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When CAS messages are present while in Reversionary Mode, the CAS Window appears on the display along
with the flight instruments and EIS. The window size increases to fit up to 14 CAS messages; if more than 14
messages are generated, the messages can be scrolled through using the CAS softkeys (two left-most softkeys).
Reversionary Mode
CAS
Display
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CAS
Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 3-28 CAS Messages
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
99
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engine & Airframe Systems
CAS Display Inhibits
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Inhibits prevent certain CAS messages from being displayed during the following conditions:
• Engine off
• Takeoff
• Engine on
• Aircraft in air
• Aircraft on ground
• Landing
EAS
Takeoff and Landing Operation Phase inhibits (TOPI and LOPI) are implemented to reduce flight crew
workload and distractions during takeoff and landing. The following tables list the criteria which must be met
to activate or deactivate TOPI or LOPI; only one criterion must be met for activation or deactivation to occur.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Activation
Transitions from on-ground to in-air
IAS transitions > 50 knots (on either PFD)
Deactivation
Airborne > 25 sec
IAS < 40 knots (on either PFD)
IAS invalid (on both PFDs)
Radar altitude (if available) > 400 ft AGL
Pressure altitude > 400 ft above field elevation*
Active > 90 sec
* Pressure altitude captured when the aircraft transitions from on-ground to in-air
Table 3-3 Takeoff Operation Phase Inhibit (TOPI) Activation/Deactivation Criteria
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Activation
Transitions from in-air to on-ground
Deactivation
AFCS
On-ground > 25 sec
IAS < 40 knots (on either PFD)
IAS invalid (on both PFDs)
Radar altitude (if available) transitions < 400 ft AGL
Radar altitude (if available) > 600 ft AGL
GPS altitude transitions < 400 ft above field elevation* GPS altitude > 600 ft above field elevation*
Active > 90 sec
* Stored in terrain database
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 3-4 Landing Operation Phase Inhibit (LOPI) Activation/Deactivation Criteria
APPENDICES
Inhibits affecting each warning and caution message are indicated with an “X” under the corresponding inhibit
column in tables 3-5 and 3-6. Alerts affected by an inhibit are not displayed while the inhibit is enabled. If an
alert is displayed prior to the activation of an inhibit affecting it, the alert continues to be displayed normally
until the condition causing the alert ceases to exist.
INDEX
If a GEA or GIA fails, all CAS messages depending on sensors associated with that LRU are automatically
inhibited. Inhibits cannot be activated by invalid sensor data.
100
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Engine & Airframe Systems
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CAS Messages and Prioritization
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for corrective pilot actions.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: Red warning messages cannot be scrolled through and remain at the top of the CAS display. The
scroll bar changes to yellow if more than ten caution messages exist to be scrolled through.
CAS messages are grouped by criticality (warning, caution) and sorted by order of appearance (most recent
messages on top). The color of the message is based on its urgency and on required action:
EAS
• Warning (red) – Immediate crew awareness and action required; Master Warning triggered
• Caution (yellow) – Immediate crew awareness and possible future corrective action required; Master Caution
triggered
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When a new red CAS warning message appears, it flashes (inversely red on white) in conjunction with the
Master Warning Indicator. Pressing the Master Warning Indicator acknowledges all flashing red messages,
extinguishing the master warning lights, and stops warning message flashing. Once acknowledged, CAS
warning messages are shown in red text and are displayed until the issue is corrected.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Messages
X
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
OIL PRESS
OXYGEN
PARK BRAKE
TORQUE
X
AFCS
ITT
Battery temperature over 70°C
Bleed temperature high
X
Cabin altitude over 10,000 ft
Cabin pressure differential over 6.2 psi
X
Pilot or cabin door open
Engine compartment fire (temperature over 200°C; if installed)
Dissymmetry between left- and right-hand flaps
Fuel tank selector set to “Off”
Fuel pressure below 10 psi
Engine start: ITT over 1000°C, 870°C (5 s), or 840°C (20 s)
Engine running: ITT over 840°C
Oil pressure below 60 psi
Oxygen cylinder closed
Parking brake applied
Torque greater than or equal to 121.4% maximum torque
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
BAT OVERHEAT
BLEED TEMP
CABIN ALTITUDE
CABIN DIFF PRESS
DOOR
FIRE
FLAPS ASYM
FUEL OFF
FUEL PRESS
Comments
ENGINE OFF
ENGINE ON
GROUND
TOPI
AIR
LOPI
Inhibits
Table 3-5 Warning CAS Messages
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
101
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engine & Airframe Systems
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a new yellow caution message appears on the CAS display, it flashes (inversely black on yellow)
in conjunction with the Master Caution Indicator. Pressing the Master Caution Indicator acknowledges all
flashing yellow messages, extinguishes the master caution lights, and stops caution message flashing. Messages
are displayed until the issue is corrected.
Messages
Comments
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
AUTO SEL
AUX BOOST PMP ON
BAT AMP
BAT OFF
BLEED OFF
CHIP
FRONT CARGO DOOR
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FUEL IMBALANCE
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FUEL LOW L-R*
GPU DOOR
IGNITION
INERT SEP FAIL
INERT SEP ON
LOW LVL FAIL L-R*
LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN GEN
OIL PRESS
OIL TEMP
PITOT HEAT ON L-R*
PITOT NO HT L-R*
PROP DEICE FAIL
PROP DEICE ON
REAR CARGO DOOR
STALL HEAT ON
STALL NO HEAT
STARTER
VACUUM LOW
Fuel timer off or out of service
Electric fuel pump running (manual or automatic mode)
Battery current over 50 A while on ground
Battery off
Flow control and shut-off valve/shut-off valve closed
Oil chip detector on (if installed)
Forward cargo door open
Fuel tanks imbalanced by more than 15 USGAL for > 30
seconds
Fuel quantity less than or equal to 9.1 USG in specified tank
GPU receptacle door not closed
Ignition exciter running
Inertial separator failure
Inertial separator extended
Low fuel level sensor failure for specified tank
Battery voltage below 26 V
Starter generator unconnected
Oil pressure between 60 and 100 psi
Oil temperature below 0°C or above 104°C
Specified pitot heat (left or right) on while engine off
Specified pitot heat (left or right) off
Prop deice selected and not on
Prop deice on while engine off
Rear cargo door open
Stall warning heat on while engine off
Stall warning heat off
Starter generator running
Vacuum pressure less than 3.75 in Hg
ENGINE OFF
ENGINE ON
GROUND
TOPI
AIR
LOPI
Inhibits
X
X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
INDEX
* Only affected side (L, R, or L-R) displayed in CAS message; applicable messages listed here display L-R
for example
Table 3-6 Caution CAS Messages
102
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 4 Audio Panel and CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4.1 Overview
The Communication/Navigation/Surveillance (CNS) system includes the Audio Panels, communication radios,
navigation radios, and Mode S transponders. The System Overview Section provides a block diagram description
of the Audio Panels and CNS system interconnection.
CNS operation in the TBM 850 is performed by the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
• Multi Function Display (MFD)
• Mode S Transponder (2)
• Integrated Avionics Unit (2)
• MFD Control Unit
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Audio Panel (2)
EAS
• Primary Flight Display (PFD) (2)
The PFD controls are used to tune the communication transceivers and navigation radios.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The two Audio Panels provide the traditional audio selector functions of microphone and receiver audio
selection. Each Audio Panel includes an intercom system (ICS) between the pilot, copilot, and passengers, a
marker beacon receiver, and a COM clearance recorder. Ambient noise from the aircraft radios is reduced by a
feature called Master Avionics Squelch (MASQ). When no audio is detected, MASQ processing further reduces
the amount of background noise from the radios.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Mode S Transponders are controlled with softkeys and the FMS Knob located on the Primary Flight Display
(PFD). The Transponder Data Box is located to the left of the System Time Box. The data box displays the active
four-digit code, mode, and a reply status (Figure 4-1).
Audio Panel Volume Control
AFCS
Adjusting the master volume control affects all radio audio volume and airframe type warnings that are heard
in the headsets (not the speaker) for the pilot or copilot side Audio Panel. Radio adjustments made on the PFD
controls to compensate for the master volume change on the Audio Panel also affect the radio levels for the other
pilot. Independent radio volume adjustments made using the Audio Panel Master Volume controls affect only
the audio heard in the corresponding crew position headset.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Radio volume adjustments may be overridden by each crew position independently using the master volume
control on the Audio Panel for the respective crew position. In addition, the master volume control for each
Audio Panel affects all other system audio output to its designated crew position headset much like volume
adjustments found on many aviation headsets.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
103
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
PFD Controls and Frequency Display
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
9
10
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11
12
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-1 PFD Controls, COM/NAV Frequency Tuning Boxes, and ADF/DME Tuning Window
104
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
5
COM Frequency Box – Displays COM standby and active frequency fields and volume. The selected COM
transceiver frequency is displayed in green.
6
COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz). Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between COM1 and
COM2.
7
COM Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this key
for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) automatically into the active frequency
field.
8
COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch on
and off. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency field as a percentage.
9
ADF/DME Tuning Window – Displays ADF frequencies, volume setting, and modes, and DME tuning
selection. Display by pressing the ADF/DME Softkey.
10
ENT Key – Validates or confirms an ADF frequency or ADF/DME mode and Auto-tune selection.
11
FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob, used to enter ADF frequencies and select ADF/DME modes,
enter transponder codes, and Auto-tune entries when ADF/DME Tuning Window or NRST Window is
present. Press the FMS Knob to turn the selection cursor on and off. The large knob moves the cursor in
the window. The small knob selects individual characters for the highlighted cursor location.
12
Transponder Data Box – Indicates the selected transponder code, operating mode, reply, and ident status
for the applicable transponder.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NAV Frequency Box – Displays NAV standby and active frequency fields, volume, and station ID. The
frequency of the NAV radio selected for navigation is displayed in green.
AFCS
4
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between NAV1 and NAV2.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies.
EAS
2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to turn the Morse code identifier audio on
and off. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
105
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2
13
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1
18
19
20
21
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Audio Panel Controls
22
23
17
24
AFCS
Figure 4-2 Audio Panel Controls
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.
106
1
COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receive can be
added by pressing the COM2 Key.
2
COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.
3
COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM1 receive can be
added by pressing the COM1 Key.
4
COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.
5
COM3 MIC – Not used in the TBM 850.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SPKR – Selects and deselects the on-side flight deck speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio can be heard
on the speaker.
11
MKR/MUTE – Selects marker beacon receiver audio. Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver
audio. Unmutes automatically when new marker beacon audio is received.
12
HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to low sensitivity.
13
DME – Turns optional DME audio on or off.
14
NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.
15
ADF – Turns optional ADF receiver audio on or off.
16
NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.
17
AUX – Not used in the TBM 850.
18
MAN SQ – Enables manual squelch for the intercom. When the intercom is active, press the ICS Knob to
illuminate SQ. Turn the ICS Knob to adjust squelch.
19
PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded COM audio. Press again to stop playing. Press twice within
0.5 second while audio is playing and the previous block of recorded audio is played. Each subsequent
two presses within 0.5 second plays each previously recorded block.
20
INTR COM – Selects and deselects the pilot/copilot intercom on both Audio Panels.
21
CABIN – Initiates intercom communications with passengers in the cabin.
22
ICS Knob – Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. Press to switch between volume and squelch
control as indicated by illumination of VOL or SQ. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow squelch
adjustment.
23
MSTR Knob – The Master Volume Control adjusts volume for the blended NAV, COM, intercom audio,
and alert warnings.
24
DISPLAY BACKUP Button – Manually selects Reversionary Mode.
APPENDICES
10
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
MUSIC – Toggles the Music 1 input on or off. Pressing and holding toggles music muting on or off.
AFCS
9
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TEL – Not used in the TBM 850.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed.
EAS
7
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM3 – Not used in the TBM 850.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
107
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
4.2 COM Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM Transceiver Selection and Activation
NOTE: During PA Mode, the COM MIC Annunciator is extinguished and the COM active frequency color
changes to white, indicating that neither COM transmitter is active.
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequencies used and the active
EAS
COM transceiver state prior to shutdown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The COM Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two active frequencies are on the left side and the
two standby frequencies are on the right. The COM transceiver is selected for transmitting by pressing the
COM MIC Keys on the Audio Panel. During reception of audio from the COM radio selected for transmission,
audio from the other COM radio is muted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
An active COM frequency displayed in green indicates that the COM transceiver is selected on the Audio
Panel (COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key). Both active COM frequencies appearing in white indicate that no COM
radio is selected for transmitting (PA Key is selected on the Audio Panel).
Frequencies in the standby field are displayed in either white or gray. The standby frequency in the tuning
box is white. The other standby frequency is gray.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Active
Fields
Standby
Fields
Top Section of
the Audio Panel
Tuning Box
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
COM2 Radio is
Selected on the Audio
Panel
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-3 Selecting a COM Radio for Transmit
108
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Transmit/Receive Indications
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During COM transmission, a white TX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. On the Audio Panel, when the active COM is transmitting, the active transceiver COM MIC
Key Annunciator flashes approximately once per second.
During COM signal reception, a white RX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow.
EAS
Transmit and
Receive Indicators
Annunciator
Flashes During
Transmission
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-4 COM Radio Transmit and Receive Indications
When the same COM radio is selected on both Audio Panels, the pilot has transmit priority on COM1, the
copilot has transmit priority on COM2.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COM Transceiver Manual Tuning
The COM frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the right side of each PFD.
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency in the COM Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz).
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
3) Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
4) Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
AFCS
Turn the VOL/SQ Knob to adjust
volume. Press the Knob to Turn
Automatic Squelch On or Off
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press the Frequency Transfer
Key to Transfer COM
Frequencies Between Active
and Standby Frequency Boxes
Turn the COM Knob to
Tune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box
APPENDICES
Figure 4-5 COM Frequency Tuning
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
109
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Selecting the Radio to be Tuned
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the small COM Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the
upper and lower radio frequency fields.
EAS
Press the COM Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One COM Radio to the Other
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-6 Switching COM Tuning Boxes
Quick-Tuning and Activating 121.500 MHz
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing and holding the COM Frequency Transfer Key for two seconds automatically loads the emergency
COM frequency (121.500 MHz) in the active field of the COM radio selected for tuning (the one with the
transfer arrow). In the example shown, pressing the Audio Panel COM2 MIC Key activates the transceiver.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press for Two Seconds to
Load 121.500 MHz
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-7 Quickly Tuning 121.500 MHz
110
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Auto-Tuning the COM Frequency
COM frequencies can be automatically tuned from the following:
• Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
• NRST – Nearest Frequencies Page (ARTCC, FSS, WX)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• WPT – Airport Information Page
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces Page
• NRST – Nearest Airports Page
Auto-Tuning from the PFD
EAS
COM frequencies for the nearest airports can be automatically tuned from the Nearest Airports Window on
the PFD. When the desired frequency is entered, it becomes a standby frequency. Pressing the Frequency
Transfer Key places this frequency into the COM Active Frequency Field.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window. A list of 25 nearest airport identifiers
and COM frequencies is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM frequency.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Tuning Box.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 4-8 Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
Select the NRST
Softkey to Open
the Nearest
Airports Window
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
111
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Auto-tuning from the MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the COM Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT
page group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-9, 4-10, and 4-11).
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob on
the MFD control unit or selecting the appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency (Figure 4-11).
EAS
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key on either PFD to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency
Field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies.
Press the ENT Key to Load a
Highlighted Frequency into the
COM Standby Frequency Box.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-9 Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
112
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key on the MFD control unit (Figure 4-9) to display the page menu (Figure 4-10).
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection.
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Nearest Frequencies Menu
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Figure 4-10 Nearest Pages Menus
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
113
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
On the WPT - Airport Information Page, the cursor can be placed on the frequency field by pressing the
FMS Knob and scrolling through the list. The frequency is transferred to the COM Standby Field with the
ENT Key.
Selected Airport
Identifier and
Information
EAS
Runway
Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Press ENT Key to load
frequency into PFD1
COM Standby Field.
Cursor then advances
to the next frequency.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Select INFO Softkey for
AIRPORT, RUNWAYS,
and FREQUENCIES
Windows
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-11 WPT – Airport Information Page
114
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
COM frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Frequencies,
and NRST – Nearest Airports Pages on the MFD in a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU
Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-12 NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Airports, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
115
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Frequency Spacing
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 COM radios can tune either 25-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) or 8.33-kHz spacing
(118.000 to 136.990 MHz) for 760-channel or 3040-channel configuration. When 8.33-kHz channel spacing
is selected, all of the 25-kHz channel spacing frequencies are also available in the complete 3040-channel list.
Variable rate tuning is provided with 8.33-kHz spacing to achieve faster selection of the decimal digits.
EAS
COM channel spacing is set on the System Setup Page of the AUX Page Group.
8.33-kHz Channel
Spacing
25-kHz Channel
Spacing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-13 COM Channel Spacing
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
1) Select the AUX – System Setup Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM Configuration Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
While the COM CONFIG Window is selected, the G1000 softkeys are blank.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Select 8.33-kHz
or 25.0-kHz
COM Frequency
Channel Spacing
Figure 4-14 AUX – System Setup Page
116
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Squelch
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Automatic Squelch quiets unwanted static noise when no audio signal is received, while still providing good
sensitivity to weak COM signals. To disable Automatic Squelch, press the VOL/SQ Knob. When Automatic
Squelch is disabled, COM audio reception is always on. Continuous static noise is heard over the headsets and
speaker, if selected. Pressing the VOL/SQ Knob again enables Automatic Squelch.
When Automatic Squelch is disabled, a white SQ appears next to the COM frequency.
EAS
Squelch
Indication
Press the COM VOL/
SQ Knob to turn off
Automatic Squelch.
Press again to restore
Automatic Squelch.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-15 Overriding Automatic Squelch
Volume
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COM radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/SQ Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. When adjusting volume,
the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains for two seconds after
the change.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COM Volume
Level Remains for
Two Seconds
Figure 4-16 COM Volume Level
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
117
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
4.3 NAV Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV Radio Selection and Activation
The NAV Frequency Box is composed of four fields; two standby fields and two active fields. The active
frequencies are on the right side and the standby frequencies are on the left.
EAS
A NAV radio is selected for navigation by pressing the CDI Softkey located on the PFD. The active NAV
frequency selected for navigation is displayed in green. Pressing the CDI Softkey once selects NAV1 as the
navigation radio. Pressing the CDI Softkey a second time selects NAV2 as the navigation radio. Pressing the
CDI Softkey a third time activates GPS mode. Pressing the CDI Softkey again cycles back to NAV1.
While cycling through the CDI Softkey selections, the NAV Tuning Box and the Frequency Transfer Arrow are
placed in the active NAV Frequency Field and the active NAV frequency color changes to green.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The three navigation modes that can be cycled through are:
• VOR1 (or LOC1) – If NAV1 is selected, a green single line arrow (not shown) labeled either VOR1 or LOC1
is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV1 frequency is displayed in green.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• VOR2 (or LOC2) – If NAV2 is selected, a green double line arrow (shown) labeled either VOR2 or LOC2 is
displayed on the HSI and the active NAV2 frequency is displayed in green.
• GPS – If GPS Mode is selected, a magenta single line arrow (not shown) appears on the HSI and neither NAV
radio is selected. Both active NAV frequencies are then displayed in white.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Standby
Fields
Active
Fields
Tuning Box
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The NAV Radio is
Selected by Pressing
the CDI Softkey
Figure 4-17 Selecting a NAV Radio for Navigation
INDEX
APPENDICES
See the Flight Instruments Section for selecting the DME and Bearing Information windows and using VOR
or ADF as the source for the bearing pointer.
118
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NAV radios are selected for listening by pressing the corresponding keys on the Audio Panel. Pressing the
NAV1, NAV2, ADF, or DME Key selects and deselects the navigation radio source. Selected audio can be heard over
the headset and the speakers (if selected). All radios can be selected individually or simultaneously.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
Figure 4-18 Selecting a NAV Radio Receiver
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NAV Receiver Manual Tuning
The NAV frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the left side of the PFDs.
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Turn the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
3) Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off.
AFCS
Turn VOL/ID Knob to adjust
volume. Press Knob to Turn
Morse Code On or Off.
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to
Transfer NAV Frequencies Between
Active and Standby Frequency Fields
Turn the NAV Knob to
Tune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-19 NAV Frequency Tuning
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
119
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Selecting the Radio to be Tuned
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the small NAV Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the
upper and lower radio frequency fields.
EAS
Press the NAV Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One NAV Radio to the Other
Figure 4-20 Switching NAV Tuning Boxes
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
VOR/LOC ID
When the Morse code Identifier audio is on for a NAV radio, a white ID appears to the left of the active
NAV frequency.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In the example shown, in order to listen to either station identifier, press the NAV1 or NAV2 Key on the
Audio Panel. Pressing the VOL/ID Knob turns off the Morse code audio only in the radio with the NAV
Tuning Box. To turn off both NAV IDs, transfer the NAV Tuning Box between NAV1 and NAV2 with the small
NAV Knob and press the VOL/ID Knob again to turn the Morse code off in the other radio.
The Morse Code Identifier
for the GHM VOR is On
Station
Identifier
Figure 4-21 NAV Radio ID Indication
AFCS
Volume
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NAV Radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/ID Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, counterclockwise decreases volume.
When adjusting, the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains
for two seconds after the change.
Figure 4-22 NAV Volume Levels
INDEX
APPENDICES
NAV Volume
Level Remains
for Two Seconds
120
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Auto-Tuning a NAV Frequency from the MFD
NAV frequencies can be selected and loaded from the following MFD pages:
• WPT – Airport Information
• NRST – Nearest VOR
• NRST – Nearest Frequencies (FSS, WX)
• NRST – Nearest Airports
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• WPT – VOR Information
EAS
The MFD provides auto-tuning of NAV frequencies from waypoint and nearest pages. During enroute
navigation, the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV standby frequency field. During approach
activation the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV active frequency field.
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT page
group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-23, 4-24, and 4-25).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob on the
MFD control unit or selecting the appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or NAV frequency.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) On the Nearest VOR and Nearest Airports pages, select the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor on the NAV
frequency (Figure 4-25).
4) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
5) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press the ENT Key to Load a
Highlighted Frequency into the
NAV Standby Frequency Box.
APPENDICES
Figure 4-23 NAV Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
121
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Or:
1) When on the NRST pages, press the MENU Key on the MFD control unit to display the page menu.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window.
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest VOR Menu
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-24 Nearest Pages Menus
122
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
In the example shown, the VOR list is selected with the VOR Softkey or from the page menu. The FMS Knob
or ENT Key is used to scroll through the list. The cursor is placed on the frequency with the FREQ Softkey and
loaded into the NAV Tuning Box with the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press the ENT
Key to Load
the Frequency
into the NAV
Standby Field.
Select the FREQ Softkey
to Place the Cursor on
the VOR Frequency
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Select the VOR Softkey
to Place the Cursor on
the VOR Identifier
Figure 4-25 Loading the NAV Frequency from the NRST – Nearest VOR Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
123
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While enroute, NAV frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airports,
WPT – Airport Information, WPT – VOR Information, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages on the MFD in
a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
INDEX
Figure 4-26 NRST – Nearest Frequencies, WPT – VOR Information, WPT – Airport Information, and
NRST – Nearest Airports Pages
124
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Auto-Tuning NAV Frequencies on Approach Activation
NOTE: The primary NAV frequency is auto-tuned upon loading a VOR or ILS/Localizer approach.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: When an ILS/LOC approach has been activated in GPS Mode, the system switches to NAV Mode as
the final approach course is intercepted (within 15 nm of the FAF). See the Flight Management Section for
details.
EAS
NAV frequencies are automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box on approach activation, on both PFD1
and PFD2.
When loading or activating a VOR or ILS/LOC approach, the approach frequency is automatically transferred
to a NAV frequency field as follows:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, the approach frequency is transferred to the NAV1 or NAV2
active frequency fields. The frequency that was previously in the NAV1 or NAV2 active frequency fields are
transferred to standby.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, and if the approach frequency is already loaded into the NAV1
or NAV2 standby frequency field, the standby frequency is transferred to active.
• If the current CDI navigation source is NAV1 or NAV2, the approach frequency is transferred to the standby
frequency fields of the selected CDI NAV radio.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
125
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Marker Beacon Receiver
NOTE: The marker beacon indicators operate independently of marker beacon audio and cannot be turned
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
off.
The marker beacon receiver is used as part of the ILS. The marker beacon receiver is always on and detects
any marker beacon signals within the reception range of the aircraft.
EAS
The receiver detects the three marker tones – outer, middle, and inner – and provides the marker beacon
annunciations located to the left of the Altimeter on the PFD.
Middle Marker
Indication
Inner Marker
Indication
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Outer Marker
Indication
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-27 Marker Beacon Annunciations on the PFD
AFCS
During marker beacon audio reception, pressing the MKR/MUTE Key mutes the audio but does not affect the
marker annunciations (Figure 4-27). The marker tone is silenced, then waits for the next marker tone. The
MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is illuminated, indicating audio muting. The audio returns when the next marker
beacon signal is received. If the MKR/MUTE Key is pressed during signal reception (O, M, I indication) while
marker beacon audio is muted, the audio is deselected and the MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is extinguished.
APPENDICES
The Audio Panels provide three different states of marker beacon operation; On, Muted, and Deselected.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key selects and deselects marker beacon audio. The key annunciator indicates when
marker beacon audio is selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-28 Marker Beacon Keys
INDEX
Pressing the HI SENS Key switches between high and low marker beacon receiver sensitivity. The HI SENS
function (annunciator illuminated) is used to provide an earlier indication when nearing a marker during an
approach. The LO SENS function (annunciator extinguished) results in a narrower marker dwell while over a
station.
126
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADF/DME Tuning
NOTE: When another auxiliary window is turned on, the ADF/DME Tuning Window is replaced on the PFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
See the Flight Instruments Section for displaying the DME and bearing information windows (ADF) and
using the ADF as the source for the bearing pointer.
The G1000 system tunes the ADF receiver (optional) and DME transceiver (optional). The ADF is tuned by
entering the frequency in the ADF standby frequency field of the ADF/DME Tuning Window. (The softkey may
be labeled ADF/DME, ADF, or DME, depending on installed equipment.)
EAS
The UHF DME frequency is tuned by pairing with a VHF NAV frequency. DME frequency pairing is automatic
and only the VHF NAV frequency is shown.
The following ADF/DME information is displayed in the ADF/DME Tuning Window:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Active and standby ADF frequencies
• ADF receiver mode
• ADF receiver volume
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• DME tuning mode (DME transceiver pairing)
When the ADF/DME Tuning Window is displayed, the selection cursor is placed over the standby ADF
frequency field.
Active ADF Frequency
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Turning the large FMS Knob moves the selection cursor through the various fields (standby ADF frequency,
ADF receiver mode, ADF radio volume, and DME tuning mode). Pressing the FMS Knob activates/deactivates
the selection cursor in the ADF/DME Tuning Window. The ADF frequency is entered using the FMS Knob and
the ENT Key.
Standby ADF Frequency
AFCS
ADF
Mode
ADF
Volume
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
DME
Tuning
Mode
Figure 4-29 ADF/DME Tuning Window
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
127
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
ADF Tuning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ADF frequencies in the 190.0-kHz to 1799.5-kHz range are entered in the standby ADF frequency field of the
ADF/DME Tuning Window. The G1000 System does not tune the ADF emergency frequency, 2182.0‑kHz.
Tuning an ADF frequency:
1) Press the ADF/DME Softkey to display the ADF/DME Tuning Window.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the standby ADF frequency field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to begin data entry and change each digit.
EAS
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next digit position.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the ENT Key to complete data entry for the standby frequency.
Press the
ENT Key to
Complete ADF
Frequency Entry
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Turn the Small
FMS Knob to
Enter Data in
the Standby ADF
Frequency Field
Turn the Large
FMS Knob
to Move the
Cursor to the
Next Character
Figure 4-30 Entering ADF Standby Frequencies
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the CLR Key before completing frequency entry cancels the frequency change and reverts back to
the previously entered frequency.
Pressing the CLR Key when the cursor is flashing, clears the frequency and replaces the standby field with
‘0000.0’.
AFCS
Transferring the active and standby ADF frequencies:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the standby ADF frequency field.
2) Press the ENT Key to complete the frequency transfer.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press the ENT
Key to Transfer
the ADF
Frequencies
INDEX
Figure 4-31 Transferring ADF Frequencies
128
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting ADF Receiver Mode
The following modes can be selected: (In all modes NDB audio can be heard by pressing the ADF Key on
the Audio Panel.)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• ANT (Antenna) – The ADF bearing pointer parks on the HSI at 90 degrees. Best mode for listening to NDB
audio.
• ADF (Automatic Direction Finder) – The ADF pointer points to the relative bearing of the NDB station.
EAS
• ADF/BFO (ADF/Beat Frequency Oscillator) – The ADF pointer points to the relative bearing of the NDB
station and an audible tone confirms signal reception. This mode allows identification of the interrupted
carrier beacon stations used in various parts of the world.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• ANT/BFO (Antenna/Beat Frequency Oscillator) – The ADF bearing pointer parks on the HSI at 90 degrees
while an audible tone is provided when a signal is received. This mode also allows identification of the
interrupted carrier beacon stations and confirms signal reception.
Selecting an ADF receiver mode:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the ADF mode field.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired ADF receiver mode.
Turn the Small
FMS Knob
to Select the
Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-32 Selecting ADF Receiver Mode
AFCS
ADF receiver volume level can be adjusted in the tuning window from 0 to 100%. The default volume level
is set to 50%. The ADF volume level is the same for both Audio Panels.
Adjusting ADF receiver volume:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the selection cursor over the ADF volume field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust volume as desired.
APPENDICES
Turn the Small
FMS Knob
to Select the
Volume
INDEX
Figure 4-33 Adjusting ADF Receiver Volume
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
129
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
DME Tuning
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequency used for DME tuning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
and the NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD state prior to shutdown.
EAS
The DME transceiver is tuned by selecting NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD in the ADF/DME Tuning Window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DME
Modes
Figure 4-34 ADF/DME Tuning Window, DME Modes
The following DME transceiver pairing can be selected:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• NAV1 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV1 frequency.
• NAV2 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV2 frequency.
• HOLD – When in the HOLD position, the DME frequency remains paired with the last selected NAV
frequency.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:
1) Press the ADF/DME Softkey to display the ADF/DME Tuning Window.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode.
AFCS
3) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the CLR Key or FMS Knob while in the process of DME pairing cancels the data entry and reverts
back to the previously selected DME tuning state. Pressing the FMS Knob activates/deactivates the cursor in
the ADF/DME Tuning Window.
130
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.4 GTX 33/33D Mode S Transponders
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GTX 33 Mode S Transponder and GTX 33D Diversity Mode S Transponder provide Mode A, Mode C, and
Mode S interrogation and reply capabilities. Diversity incorporates antennas mounted on the top and bottom of
the aircraft for dependable operation while maneuvering. Selective addressing or Mode Select (Mode S) capability
includes the following features:
• Level-2 reply data link capability (used to exchange information between aircraft and ATC facilities)
• Surveillance identifier capability
EAS
• Flight ID (Flight Identification) reporting – The Mode S Transponder reports aircraft identification as either the
aircraft registration or a unique Flight ID.
• Altitude reporting
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Airborne status determination
• Transponder capability reporting
• Mode S Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) requirements
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Acquisition squitter – Acquisition squitter, or short squitter, is the transponder 24-bit identification address. The transmission is sent periodically, regardless of the presence of interrogations. The purpose of acquisition
squitter is to enable Mode S ground stations and aircraft equipped with a Traffic Avoidance System (TAS) to
recognize the presence of Mode S-equipped aircraft for selective interrogation.
The Hazard Avoidance Section provides more details on traffic avoidance systems.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
131
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Transponder Controls
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Transponder function is displayed on three levels of softkeys on the PFD: Top-level, Mode Selection, and
Code Selection. When the top-level XPDR Softkey is pressed, the Mode Selection softkeys appear: XPDR1,
XPDR2, STBY, ON, ALT, VFR, CODE, IDENT, BACK.
When the CODE Softkey is pressed, the number softkeys appear: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, IDENT, BKSP,
BACK. The digits 8 and 9 are not used for code entry. Pressing the numbered softkeys in sequence enters
the transponder code. If an error is made, pressing the BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the
previous digit. Pressing the BKSP Softkey again moves the cursor to the next previous digit.
EAS
Pressing the BACK Softkey during code selection reverts to the Mode Selection Softkeys. Pressing the BACK
Softkey during mode selection reverts to the top-level softkeys.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The code can also be entered with the FMS Knob on either PFD. Code entry must be completed with either
the softkeys or the FMS Knob, but not a combination of both.
Pressing the IDENT Softkey while in Mode or Code Selection initiates the ident function and reverts to the
top-level softkeys.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After 45 seconds of transponder control inactivity, the system reverts back to the top-level softkeys.
XPDR1
XPDR2
STBY
ON
ALT
GND
VFR
XPDR
IDENT
CODE
IDENT
BACK
MSG
Pressing the BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IDENT
BKSP
BACK
MSG
AFCS
0
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the mode selection softkeys.
Figure 4-35 Transponder Softkeys (PFD)
Selecting and activating Transponder 1 or Transponder 2:
APPENDICES
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the XPDR1 or XPDR2 Softkey to select and activate the other transponder.
INDEX
When turning on the G1000 for use, the system activates Transponder 1 as the default unit, regardless of
which transponder was active prior to shutdown. When switching between Transponder 1 and Transponder 2,
the code and mode remain the same. If a new code is entered in the active transponder, switching transponders
does not bring back the previous code.
132
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Transponder Mode Selection
Mode selection can be automatic (Ground and Altitude Modes) or manual (Standby, ON, and Altitude Modes).
The STBY, ON, and ALT Softkeys can be accessed by pressing the XPDR Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting a transponder mode:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
Ground Mode
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Ground Mode is normally selected automatically when the aircraft is on the ground. The transponder
powers up in the last mode it was in when shut down. Ground Mode can be overridden by pressing any one
of the Mode Selection Softkeys. A green GND indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of
the Transponder Data Box. In Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies,
but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations.
When Standby Mode has been selected on the ground, the transponder can be returned to Ground Mode
by pressing the GND Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GND
Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-36 Ground Mode
Standby Mode (Manual)
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT function is inhibited.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Standby Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the STBY Softkey. In Standby, the transponder does
not reply to interrogations, but new codes can be entered. When Standby is selected, a white STBY indication
and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. In all other modes, these fields
appear in green.
STBY Mode (White
Code Number and
Mode)
APPENDICES
Figure 4-37 Standby Mode
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
133
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Manual ON Mode
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ON Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the ON Softkey. ON Mode generates Mode A and Mode S
replies, but Mode C altitude reporting is inhibited. In ON Mode, a green ON indication and transponder
code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box.
ON Mode
(No Altitude
Reporting)
EAS
Figure 4-38 ON Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altitude Mode (Automatic or Manual)
Altitude Mode is automatically selected when the aircraft becomes airborne. Altitude Mode may also be
selected manually by pressing the ALT Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If Altitude Mode is selected, a green ALT indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the
Transponder Data Box, and all transponder replies requesting altitude information are provided with pressure
altitude information.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ALT Mode
(Mode C Altitude
Reporting)
Figure 4-39 Altitude Mode
Reply Status
AFCS
When the transponder sends replies to interrogations, a white R indication appears momentarily in the
reply status field of the Transponder Data Box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Reply to
Interrogation
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-40 Reply Indication
134
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Entering a Transponder Code
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for digit entry.
3) Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the code, the next softkey in sequence
must be pressed within 10 seconds, or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the
BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the fourth digit has been
entered, the transponder code becomes active.
EAS
Entering
a Code
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-41 Entering a Code
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
1) Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable code entry.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
Pressing the CLR Key or small FMS Knob before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores the
previous code. Waiting for 10 seconds after code entry is finished activates the code automatically.
AFCS
Turn the Large
FMS Knob
to Move the
Cursor to the
Next Code Field
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turn the Small
FMS Knob to
Enter Two Code
Digits at a Time
Press the
ENT Key to
Complete
Code Entry
Figure 4-42 Entering a Code with the FMS Knob
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
135
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
VFR Code
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The VFR code can be entered either manually or by pressing the XPDR Softkey, then the VFR Softkey.
When the VFR Softkey is pressed, the pre-programmed VFR code is automatically displayed in the code field
of the Transponder Data Box. Pressing the VFR Softkey again restores the previous identification code.
The pre-programmed VFR Code is set at the factory to 1200. If a VFR code change is required, contact a
Garmin-authorized service center for configuration.
EAS
VFR Code
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
IDENT Function
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-43 VFR Code
Pressing the IDENT Softkey sends a distinct identity indication to Air Traffic Control (ATC). The indication
distinguishes the identing transponder from all the others on the air traffic controller’s screen. The IDENT
Softkey appears on all levels of transponder softkeys. When the IDENT Softkey is pressed, a green IDNT
indication is displayed in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box for a duration of 18 seconds.
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT Softkey is inoperative.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After the IDENT Softkey is pressed while in Mode or Code Selection, the system reverts to the top-level
softkeys.
IDNT
Indication
AFCS
Press the
IDENT Softkey
to Initiate the
ID Function
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-44 IDENT Softkey and Indication
136
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight ID Reporting
NOTE: If the Flight ID is required but the system is not configured for it, contact a Garmin-authorized service
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
center for configuration.
When the Flight ID must be entered before flight operation, the identifier is placed in the Timer/References
Window on the PFD. The Flight ID is not to exceed seven characters. No space is needed when entering
Flight ID. When a Flight ID contains a space, the system automatically removes it upon completion of Flight
ID entry.
EAS
Entering a Flight ID:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey to display the Timer/References Window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the selection cursor, if not already activated.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll down to the Flight ID.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired Flight ID.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the ENT Key to complete Flight ID entry. The word “updating” appears while the new entry is
processing.
If an error is made during Flight ID entry, pressing the CLR Key returns to the original Flight ID entry. While
entering a Flight ID, turning the FMS Knob counterclockwise moves the cursor back one space for each detent
of rotation. If an incorrect Flight ID is discovered after the unit begins operation, reenter the correct Flight ID
using the same procedure.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight
ID PFD
Entry
Flight ID Updating
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Entering Flight ID
AFCS
Wait for
updating to
complete
before
performing
other G1000
functions.
Figure 4-45 Timer/References Window, Entering Flight ID
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
137
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
4.5 Additional Audio Panel Functions
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Power-Up
The Audio Panels perform a self-test during power-up. During the self-test all Audio Panel annunciator lights
illuminate for approximately two seconds. Once the self-test is completed, most of the settings are restored to
those in use before the unit was last turned off. The exceptions are the cabin and intercom, which are always
selected during power up.
EAS
Mono/Stereo Headsets
Stereo headsets are recommended for use in this aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Using a monaural headset in a stereo jack shorts the right headset channel output to ground. While this does
not damage the Audio Panel, a person listening on a monaural headset hears only the left channel in both ears.
If a monaural headset is used at one of the passenger positions, any other passenger using a stereo headset hears
audio in the left ear only.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Speaker
Each Audio Panel controls a separate cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and deselects the on-side
speaker.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speakers. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed.
Certain aural alerts and warnings (autopilot, traffic, altitude) are always heard on the speaker, even when the
speaker is not selected.
AFCS
The speaker volume is adjustable within a nominal range. Contact a Garmin-authorized service center for
volume adjustment.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-46 Music and Speaker Keys
138
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Intercom
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the INTR COM Key on either Audio Panel selects and deselects the intercom on both Audio Panels.
The annunciator is lit when the intercom is active. The intercom connects the pilot and copilot together. Either
the pilot or copilot may select or deselect the intercom.
The CABIN Key initiates two way communication between the pilot or copilot and the passengers in the
cabin. The annunciator is lit when the cabin intercom is active on either Audio Panel.
The MAN SQ Key allows either automatic or manual control of the intercom squelch setting. Pressing the
MAN SQ Key enables manual squelch control, indicated by the MAN SQ annunciator.
EAS
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is extinguished (Automatic Squelch is on), the ICS Knob controls only the
volume (pressing the ICS Knob has no effect on the VOL/SQ selection).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is illuminated (Manual Squelch), the ICS Knob controls either volume or
squelch (selected by pressing the ICS Knob and indicated by the VOL or SQ annunciation).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Manual Squelch
Annunciator; Off
for Automatic
Squelch, On for
Manual Squelch
Cabin Annunciator;
On for Cabin Intercom
Selects and Deselects
Cabin Intercom
ICS Isolation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press to switch
between VOL and SQ.
Turn to adjust Squelch
when SQ Annunciation
is lit, Volume when
VOL Annunciation is lit.
Master Volume
Control for Pilot
Side or Copilot
Side
Squelch Annunciation
AFCS
Volume Annunciation
Figure 4-47 Intercom Controls
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
139
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Passenger Address (PA) System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A passenger address system is provided by pressing the PA Key to deliver messages to the passengers. The
message is heard by the other pilot on the headset only if the other pilot’s PA Key is enabled. PA messages are
one way from the flight deck to the passengers.
A Push-to-talk (PTT) must be pressed to deliver PA announcements to the passengers over their
headphones.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
When PA is selected on the Audio Panel, the annunciator flashes about once per second while pressing the
PTT, the COM MIC annunciator is no longer lit, and the active COM frequency for that Audio Panel changes to
white, indicating that there is no COM selected.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PA Key is Selected on
the Audio Panel
Figure 4-48 PA Key Selected for Cabin Announcements
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Simultaneous COM Operation
Both the pilot and the copilot can transmit and receive simultaneously over separate COM radios. The
selected COM MIC Annunciator flashes when either pilot’s microphone PTT is pressed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
If both pilots select the same COM radio, the pilot has priority on COM1 and the copilot has priority on
COM2.
140
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Clearance Recorder and Player
NOTE: Pressing the play key on the pilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio to the Pilot. Pressing the play
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
key on the Copilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio to the Copilot.
The Audio Panel contains a digital clearance recorder that records up to 2.5 minutes of the selected COM
radio signal. Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks. Once 2.5 minutes of recording time
have been reached, the recorder begins recording over the stored memory blocks, starting from the oldest
block.
EAS
The PLAY Key controls the play function. The PLAY annunciator flashes to indicate when play is in progress.
The PLAY annunciator turns off after playback is finished.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest recorded memory block and then returns to normal operation.
Pressing the PLAY Key again during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM input signal is detected
during play of a recorded memory block, play is halted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing the PLAY Key twice within one-half second while audio is playing plays the previous block of
recorded audio. Each subsequent two presses of the PLAY Key within one-half second backtracks through the
recorded memory blocks to reach and play any recorded block.
Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PLAY Key
Controls the
Play Function
Figure 4-49 Clearance Recorder PLAY Key
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
141
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Entertainment Inputs
NOTE: MUSIC 1 and MUSIC 2 inputs cannot be completely turned off. Audio level for MUSIC 1 and MUSIC 2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
can be adjusted by a Garmin-authorized service center.
The Audio Panel provides two stereo auxiliary entertainment inputs: MUSIC 1 and MUSIC 2. These inputs
are compatible with popular portable entertainment devices such as MP3 and CD players. Two 3.5-mm
stereo phone jacks are installed in convenient locations for audio connection. The headphone outputs of the
entertainment devices are plugged into the MUSIC 1 or MUSIC 2 jacks.
EAS
MUSIC 1
MUSIC 1 can be heard by the pilot and copilot when the MUSIC Key is selected.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MUSIC 1 Muting
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MUSIC 1 muting occurs when aircraft radio or marker beacon activity is heard. MUSIC 1 is always soft
muted when an interruption occurs from an aircraft radio. Soft muting is the gradual return of MUSIC 1 to
its original volume level. The time required for MUSIC 1 volume to return to normal is between one-half
and four seconds.
MUSIC 1 Muting Enable/Disable
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing and holding the MUSIC Key for three seconds switches MUSIC 1 muting on and off. When
switching, either one or two beeps are heard; one beep indicates that music muting is enabled, two beeps
indicate music muting is disabled.
MUSIC 1 muting is independent for each Audio Panel. Pressing the MUSIC Key on one Audio Panel
does not enable/disable MUSIC 1 muting on the opposite side. MUSIC 1 muting is reset (enabled) during
power up.
AFCS
MUSIC 2
MUSIC 2 can be heard only by the passengers and is never muted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
XM Radio Entertainment
XM Radio audio from the Data Link Receiver may be heard by the pilot and passengers simultaneously
(optional: requires subscription to XM Radio Service). Refer to the Additional Features Section for more
details on the Data Link Receiver.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Connecting a stereo input to either MUSIC 1 or MUSIC 2 jacks removes the XM Radio Audio from that input.
For example, if passengers prefer their own music while the pilot listens to the XM Radio, the entertainment
audio should be connected to the MUSIC 2 jack.
142
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.6 Audio Panels Preflight Procedure
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: If the pilot and/or copilot are using headsets that have a high/low switch or volume control knob,
verify that the switch is in the high position and the volume control on the headsets are at maximum volume
setting. On single‑pilot flights, verify that all other headsets are not connected to avoid excess noise in the
audio system.
NOTE: Adjusting the PILOT volume control affects ICS audio that is heard in the headset for the flight crew
EAS
member that is performing the adjustment. Keep in mind that the intercom volumes on the Audio Panels
are independent of one another, but the radio volumes are not.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: When the MAN SQ Key is pressed, the ICS squelch can be set manually by the pilot and copilot. If
manual squelch is set to full open (SQ annunciated and the knobs turned counterclockwise) background
noise is heard in the ICS system as well as during COM transmissions.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After powering up the G1000 System, the following steps aid in maximizing the use of the Audio Panels as well
as prevent pilot and copilot induced issues. These preflight procedures should be performed each time a pilot
boards the aircraft to insure awareness of all audio levels in the Audio Panel and radios.
ICS Isolation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Automatic/Manual
Squelch
Cabin ICS
AFCS
Master Volume
Control
ICS Volume and
Squelch Control
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Volume Annunciation
Squelch Annunciation
Reversionary Mode
for PFD1 and MFD
Reversionary Mode
for PFD2 and MFD
APPENDICES
Pilot Side
Copilot Side
Figure 4-50 Audio Panel Controls
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
143
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Independent radio volume adjustments made using the PFD controls affect only the audio output for each
radio selected for adjustment. Radio volume adjustment affects both crew positions equally for each radio that
is adjusted. Turning the master volume control located on either Audio Panel affects only the audio heard in the
corresponding crew position headset. Thus, radio volume adjustments may be overridden by each crew position
independently using the master volume control on the Audio Panel for the respective crew position. The master
volume control for each Audio Panel affects all other system audio output for the pilot or copilot headset.
Setting the Audio Panels during preflight:
1) Verify that the INTR COM Key is selected.
EAS
2) Verify that the MAN SQ Annunciator is extinguished.
3) Turn the MSTR Knob (Master Volume Control) on both Audio Panels clockwise two full turns. This sets the
headset audio level to max volume (least amount of attenuation).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV, etc.) to a suitable level.
5) Adjust the ICS volume Knob on each Audio Panel to the desired intercom level.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Once this procedure has been completed, the master volume controls on both Audio Panels may now be
adjusted. The flight crew can change settings, keeping in mind the notes above.
Pilot Master
Volume Control
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Radio Volume
Knobs Adjust
Radio Level
COM Radio
Audio
Master Volume
Knobs Adjust
Headphone
Volume Level
AFCS
NAV Radio
Audio
ADF Radio
Audio
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FMS Knob Adjusts
ADF Volume Level
Copilot Master
Volume Control
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-51 Radio and Headphone Volume Controls
144
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.7 Abnormal Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Abnormal operation of the G1000 includes equipment failures of the G1000 components and failure of
associated equipment, including switches and external devices.
Stuck Microphone
If the push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds of
continuous operation. An alert appears on the PFD to advise the crew of a stuck microphone.
EAS
The COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key Annunciator on the Audio Panel flashes as long as the PTT Key remains
stuck.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-52 Stuck Microphone Alert
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COM Tuning Failure
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is automatically tuned in
the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the failure mode, a red X may appear on the
frequency display.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Emergency Channel
Loaded Automatically
Figure 4-53 COM Tuning Failure
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
145
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
PFD Failure
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If PFD1 fails, COM1 and NAV1 display a red X on both remaining displays. NAV1 is unavailable. COM1
automatically tunes 121.500 MHz, but the frequency is not shown. The COM1 emergency frequency is available
to both the copilot and pilot.
EAS
Emergency Channel
Loaded Automatically
Figure 4-54 Frequency Section of PFD2 Display after PFD1 Failure
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If PFD2 fails, COM2 and NAV2 display a red X on the remaining PFD display. NAV2 is unavailable. COM2
tunes 121.500 MHz, but the frequency is not shown. The COM2 emergency frequency is available to both the
copilot and pilot.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-55 PFD1 Display after PFD2 Failure
146
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Audio Panel and CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel Fail-Safe Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If there is a failure of both Audio Panels, a fail-safe circuit connects the pilot’s headset and microphone directly
to the COM1 transceiver and the copilot’s headset directly to the COM2 transceiver. Audio is not available on
the speakers. If there is a failure of one Audio Panel, that side only has access to their respective on-side failsafe COM.
If there is a failure of one Audio Panel, the remaining one does not have access to the others side’s COM and
NAV. For example, if the pilot side Audio Panel fails, the copilot side Audio Panel has access to all the radios
except for COM1 and NAV1.
EAS
Reversionary Mode
The red DISPLAY BACKUP Button selects the Reversionary Mode. See the System Overview Section for
more information on Reversionary Mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-56 Reversionary Mode Button
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
147
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Panel and CNS
Blank Page
148
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 5 Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5.1 Introduction
The G1000 is an integrated flight, engine, communication, navigation and surveillance system. This section of
the Pilot’s Guide explains GPS navigation using the G1000.
EAS
The most prominent part of the G1000 are the three full color displays: two Primary Flight Displays (PFD) and
a Multi Function Display (MFD). The information to successfully navigate the aircraft using the GPS sensors is
displayed on the PFD and the MFD. See examples in the Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2. Detailed descriptions of GPS
navigation functions are discussed later in this section.
A brief description of the GPS navigation data on the PFD and MFD follows.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation mode indicates which sensor is providing the course data (e.g., GPS, VOR) and the flight plan phase
(e.g., Departure (DPRT), Terminal (TERM), Enroute (ENR), Oceanic (OCN), Approach (LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV,
or LPV), or Missed Approach (MAPR)).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Inset Map is a small version of the MFD Navigation Map and can be displayed in the lower left corner of
the PFD. When the system is in reversionary mode, the Inset Map is displayed in the lower right corner. The
Inset Map is displayed by pressing the INSET Softkey. Pressing the INSET Softkey again, then pressing the OFF
Softkey removes the Inset Map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map displays aviation data (e.g., airports, VORs, airways, airspaces), geographic data (e.g.,
cities, lakes, highways, borders), topographic data (map shading indicating elevation), and hazard data (e.g.,
traffic, terrain, weather). The amount of displayed data can be reduced by selecting the DCLTR Softkey. The
Navigation Map can be oriented four different ways: North Up (NORTH UP), Track Up (TRK UP), Desired Track
Up (DTK UP), or Heading Up (HDG UP).
AFCS
An aircraft icon is placed on the Navigation Map at the location corresponding to the calculated present position.
The aircraft position and the flight plan legs are accurately based on GPS calculations. The basemap upon which
these are placed are from a source with less resolution, therefore the relative position of the aircraft to map features
is not exact. The leg of the active flight plan currently being flown is shown as a magenta line on the navigation
map. The other legs are shown in white.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in the
lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. To change the map
range on any map, turn the Joystick counter-clockwise to zoom in ( -, decreasing), or clockwise to zoom out (+,
increasing).
APPENDICES
The Direct-to Window, the Flight Plan Window, the Procedures Window, and the Nearest Airports Window
can be displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD. Details of these windows are discussed in detail later in
the section.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
149
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Status Box
Navigation Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Inset Map
Location of:
- Direct To Window
- Flight Plan Window
- Procedures Window
- Nearest Airports Window
Figure 5-1 GPS Navigation Information on the PFD
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Status Box
Map Orientation
Navigation Page Title
Navigation Map
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Aviation Data
- Geographic Data
- Topographic Data
- Hazard Data
Flight Plan Leg
Active Flight Plan Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Aircraft Icon
at Present Position
Map Range
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-2 GPS Navigation Information on the MFD Navigation Page
150
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Navigation Status Box
The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the PFD contains two fields displaying the following
information:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD Navigation Status Box
The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the
MFD contains four data fields, each displaying one of
the following items:
• Distance (DIS) and Bearing (BRG) to the next
waypoint or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘TOD
within 1 minute’)
• Bearing (BRG)
Symbol
Description
Active Leg
• Distance (DIS)
• Desired Track (DTK)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The symbols used in the PFD status bar are:
EAS
• Active flight plan leg (e.g., ‘D-> KICT’ or ‘KIXD > KCOS’) or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘Turn
right to 021˚ in 8 seconds’)
• Endurance (END)
• Enroute Safe Altitude (ESA)
Direct-to
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
• Estimated Time Enroute (ETE)
Right Procedure Turn
Left Procedure Turn
• Fuel over Destination (FOD)
• Ground Speed (GS)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Right Holding Pattern
• Fuel on Board (FOB)
• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)
Left Holding Pattern
• True Air Speed (TAS)
Vector to Final
• Track Angle Error (TKE)
AFCS
• Track (TRK)
Right DME Arc
• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)
Left DME Arc
• Crosstrack Error (XTK)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
MFD Navigation Status Box
APPENDICES
The navigation information displayed in the four data fields can be selected on the MFD Data Bar Fields Box
on the AUX - System Setup Page. The default selections (in order left to right) are GS, DTK, TRK, and ETE.
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Status Box:
1) Select the System Setup Page.
INDEX
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
151
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list.
5) Select the desired data.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Press the ENT Key. Selecting the DFLTS Softkey returns any field to its default setting.
5.2 Using Map Displays
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Map displays are used extensively in the G1000 to provide situational awareness in flight. Most G1000 maps
can display the following information:
• Airports, NAVAIDs, airspaces, airways, land data • Icons for enabled map features
(highways, cities, lakes, rivers, borders, etc.) with • Aircraft icon (representing present position)
names
• Nav range ring
• Map Pointer information (distance and bearing to
pointer, location of pointer, name, and other pertinent • Flight plan legs
information)
• User waypoints
• Map range
• Track vector
• Wind direction and speed
• Topography scale
• Map orientation
• Topography data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The information in this section applies to the following maps unless otherwise noted:
• All Map Group Pages (MAP)
• Flight Plan Pages (FPL)
• All Waypoint Group Pages (WPT)
• Direct-to Window
• AUX - Trip Planning
• PFD Inset Map
• All Nearest Group Pages (NRST)
• Procedure Loading Pages
AFCS
Map Orientation
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Maps are shown in one of four different orientation options, allowing flexibility in determining aircraft
position relative to other items on the map (north up) or for determining where map items are relative to where
the aircraft is going (track up, desired track up, or heading up). The map orientation is shown in the upper
right corner of the map.
Figure 5-3 Map Orientation
152
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• North up (NORTH UP) aligns the top of the map display to north (default setting).
• Track up (TRK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current ground track.
• Desired track up (DTK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the desired course.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Heading up (HDG UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current aircraft heading.
Note: When panning or reviewing active flight plan legs in a non-North Up orientation, the map does not
show the map orientation nor the wind direction and speed.
EAS
Note: Map orientation can only be changed on the Navigation Map Page. Any other displays that show
navigation data reflect the orientation selected for the Navigation Map Page:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
1) With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Setup
Selection
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-4 Navigation Map Page Menu Window
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Map Setup Window.
AFCS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘ORIENTATION’ field.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
153
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Map Group Selection
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Orientation Field
Figure 5-5 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
5) Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map Range
AFCS
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in
the lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. When the
map range is decreased to a point that exceeds the capability of the G1000 to accurately represent the map,
a magnifying glass icon is shown to the left of the map range. To change the map range turn the Joystick
counter-clockwise to decrease the range, or clockwise to increase the range.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Range Overzoom
INDEX
Figure 5-6 Map Range
154
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Auto Zoom
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Auto zoom allows the G1000 to change the map display range to the smallest range clearly showing the
active waypoint. Auto zoom can be overridden by adjusting the range with the Joystick, and remains until
the active waypoint changes, a terrain or traffic alert occurs, the aircraft takes off, or the manual override times
out (timer set on Map Setup Window).
EAS
If a terrain caution or warning occurs, any map page displaying TAWS/TERRAIN data automatically adjusts
to the smallest map range clearly showing the highest priority alert. If a new traffic advisory alert occurs, any
map page capable of displaying traffic advisory alerts automatically adjusts to the smallest map range clearly
showing the traffic advisory. When terrain or traffic alerts clear, the map returns to the previous auto zoom
range based on the active waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The auto zoom function can be turned on or off independently for the PFD and MFD. Control of the ranges
at which the auto zoom occurs is done by setting the minimum and maximum ‘look forward’ times (set on
the Map Setup Window for the Map Group). These settings determine the minimum and maximum distance
to display based upon the aircraft’s ground speed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Waypoints that are long distances apart cause the map range to increase to a point where many details on
the map are decluttered. If this is not acceptable, lower the maximum look ahead time to a value that limits
the auto zoom to an acceptable range.
• Waypoints that are very short distances apart cause the map range to decrease to a point where situational
awareness may not be what is desired. Increase the minimum look ahead time to a value that limits the auto
zoom to a minimum range that provides acceptable situational awareness.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Flight plans that have a combination of long and short legs cause the range to increase and decrease as
waypoints sequence. To avoid this, auto zoom can be disabled or the maximum/minimum times can be
adjusted.
• The ‘time out’ time (configurable on the Map Setup Page for the Map Group) determines how long auto
zoom is overridden by a manual adjustment of the range knob. At the expiration of this time, the auto
zoom range is restored. Setting the ‘time out’ value to zero causes the manual override to never time out.
AFCS
• When the maximum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the upper limit becomes the maximum range available
(2000 nm).
• When the minimum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the lower limit becomes 1.5 nm.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
155
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Auto Zoom:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Off, MFD Only, PFD Only, All On
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Manual Range Override
Expiration Time
Maximum Look Forward Time
Minimum Look Forward Time
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-7 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group, Auto Zoom
Configuring automatic zoom:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘AUTO ZOOM’ field.
6) Select ‘Off’, ‘MFD Only’, ‘PFD Only’, or ‘ALL On’.
AFCS
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the ‘MAX LOOK FWD’ field.
Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
8) Use the FMS Knobs to set the time. Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
9) Repeat step 8 for ‘MIN LOOK FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘MAX LOOK FWD’ (zero to 999 minutes).
INDEX
APPENDICES
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
156
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Map Panning
Map panning allows the pilot to:
• View parts of the map outside the displayed range without adjusting the map range
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Highlight and select locations on the map
• Review information for a selected airport, NAVAID or user waypoint
• Designate locations for use in flight planning
• View airspace and airway information
EAS
When the panning function is selected by pressing the Joystick, the Map Pointer flashes on the map display.
A window also appears at the top of the map display showing the latitude/longitude position of the pointer,
the bearing and distance to the pointer from the aircraft’s present position, and the elevation of the land at the
position of the pointer.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Pointer Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Pointer
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-8 Navigation Map - Map Pointer Activated
APPENDICES
Note: The map is normally centered on the aircraft’s position. If the map has been panned and there has
been no pointer movement for about 60 seconds, the map reverts back to centered on the aircraft position
and the flashing pointer is removed.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
157
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the Map Pointer is placed on an object, the name of the object is highlighted (even if the name was
not originally displayed on the map). When any map feature or object is selected on the map display, pertinent
information is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Information about Point
of Interest
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Pointer on
POI
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-9 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Point of Interest
158
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When the Map Pointer crosses an airspace boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace information
is shown at the top of the display. The information includes the name and class of airspace, the ceiling in feet
above Mean Sea Level (MSL), and the floor in feet MSL.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information
about Airspace
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Pointer on
Airspace
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-10 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Airspace
Panning the map:
AFCS
1) Press the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3) Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
159
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint:
1) Place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Waypoint Information Page for the selected waypoint.
3) Select the GO BACK Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the Waypoint Information Page and return to
the Navigation Map showing the selected waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
NAVAID
Information
GO BACK Softkey
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-11 Navigation Map - Information Window - NAVAID
160
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing airspace information for a special-use or controlled airspace:
1) Place the Map Pointer on an open area within the boundaries of an airspace.
2) Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) ‘Review Airspace?’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the ENT Key to display the Airspace
Information Page for the selected airspace.
4) Press the CLR or ENT Key to exit the Airspace Information Page.
EAS
Airspace
Information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-12 Navigation Map - Information Window - Airspace
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
161
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Measuring Bearing and Distance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Distance and bearing from the aircraft’s present position to any point on the viewable navigation map may be
calculated using the ‘Measure Bearing and Distance’ selection from Navigation Map page menu. The bearing
and distance tool displays a dashed Measurement Line and a Measure Pointer to aid in graphically identifying
points with which to measure. Lat/Long, distance and elevation data for the Measure Pointer is provided in a
window at the top of the navigation map.
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
1) Press the MENU Key (with the Navigation Map Page displayed).
EAS
2) Highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ field.
3) Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s present position.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location. The bearing and distance are displayed
at the top of the map. Elevation at the current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key changes
the starting point for measuring.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, press the Joystick; or select ‘Stop Measuring’ from the Page
Menu and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Measurement
Information
Pointer Lat/Long
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Measurement Line
INDEX
Figure 5-13 Navigation Map - Measuring Bearing and Distance
162
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Topography
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All navigation maps can display various shades of topography colors representing land elevation, similar
to aviation sectional charts. Topographic data can be displayed or removed as described in the following
procedures.
Navigation Map
Topographic Data
Navigation Map
Black Background
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TOPO Softkey
Not Enabled
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TOPO Softkey
Enabled
TOPO Off
TOPO On
Figure 5-14 Navigation Map - Topographic Data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying/removing topographic data on all pages displaying navigation maps:
1) Select the MAP Softkey (the INSET Softkey for the PFD Inset Map).
2) Select the TOPO Softkey.
3) Select the TOPO Softkey again to remove topographic data from the Navigation Map. When topographic data
is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
AFCS
Displaying/removing topographic data (TOPO DATA) using the Navigation Map Page Menu:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ field.
APPENDICES
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
163
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
TOPO DATA
On/Off
TOPO DATA
Range
Figure 5-15 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO DATA Setup
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The topographic data range is the maximum map range on which topographic data is displayed.
Note: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a setting
of 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map
removes the same item at 50 nm).
Selecting a topographical data range (TOPO DATA):
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
AFCS
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ range field. TOPO ranges are from 500 ft to 2000 nm.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) To change the TOPO range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
7) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
In addition, the Navigation Map can display a topographic scale (located in the lower right hand side of the
map) showing a scale of the terrain elevation and current elevation values as shown following.
164
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Maximum Displayed Elevation
Minimum Displayed Elevation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Aircraft Altitude (MSL)
Range of
Displayed
Elevations
EAS
Ground Elevation at Map Pointer
Location (only visible when Map
Pointer is displayed)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-16 Navigation Map - TOPO SCALE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Displaying/removing the topographic scale (TOPO SCALE):
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Highlight the ‘TOPO SCALE’ field.
5) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
TOPO SCALE
On/Off
Figure 5-17 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO SCALE Setup
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
165
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Map Symbols
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section discusses the types of land and aviation symbols that can be displayed. Each listed type of symbol
can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display each symbol can be set. The decluttering of the
symbols from the map using the DCLTR Softkey is also discussed.
Land Symbols
The following items are configured on the land menu:
Land Symbols
EAS
(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med), or Large
(Lrg)
Symbol
Latitude/Longitude (LAT/LON)
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
Off
2000
Interstate Highway (FREEWAY)
300
800
International Highway (FREEWAY)
300
800
US Highway (NATIONAL HWY)
30
80
State Highway (LOCAL HWY)
15
30
8
15
Railroads (RAILROAD)
15
30
LARGE CITY (> 200,000)
800
1500
MEDIUM CITY (> 50,000)
100
200
SMALL CITY (> 5,000)
States and Provinces (STATE/PROV)
20
800
50
1500
Rivers and Lakes (RIVER/LAKE)
200
500
USER WAYPOINT
150
300
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Highways and Roads
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Local Road (LOCAL ROAD)
N/A
INDEX
APPENDICES
Table 5-1 Land Symbol Information
166
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Aviation Symbols
The following items are configured on the aviation menu:
Aviation Symbols
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
2000
500
300
100
20
100
30
Non-directional Beacon (NDB WAYPOINT)
15
30
VOR (VOR WAYPOINT)
150
300
Class B Airspace/TMA (CLASS B/TMA)
200
500
Class C Airspace/TCA (CLASS C/TCA)
200
500
Class D Airspace (CLASS D)
150
300
Restricted Area (RESTRICTED)
200
500
Military Operations Area [MOA(MILITARY)]
200
500
Other/Air Defense Interdiction Zone (OTHER/ADIZ)
200
500
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
500
2000
See Airports, NAVAIDs
See Additional Features
N/A
APPENDICES
2000
250
150
50
3
Off
15
Active Flight Plan Waypoint (ACTIVE FPL WPT)
Large Airports (LARGE APT)
Medium Airports (MEDIUM APT)
Small Airports (SMALL APT)
Taxiways (SAFETAXI)
Runway Extension (RWY EXTENSION)
Intersection (INT WAYPOINT)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2000
AFCS
2000
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2000
EAS
Active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med),
or Large (Lrg)
Table 5-2 Aviation Symbol Information
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
167
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Symbol Setup
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All pages with maps can display land symbols (roads, lakes, borders, etc). Land symbols can be removed
totally (turned off).
Displaying/removing all land symbols:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The Page Menu is displayed and the cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Group Menu is displayed and the cursor flashes on the ‘Map’ option.
EAS
3) Highlight the ‘LAND DATA’ field.
4) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LAND DATA
On/Off
AFCS
Figure 5-18 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND DATA Setup
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The label size (TEXT) sets the size at which labels appear on the display (none, small, medium, and large).
The range (RNG) sets the maximum range at which items appear on the display.
Selecting a ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group item text size and range:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
APPENDICES
3) Select the ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5) Select the desired land option.
6) Select the desired text size.
INDEX
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected size.
6) Select the desired range.
168
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected range.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Maximum Display Range
EAS
Text Label Size
(None, Small Med, or Lrg)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-19 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND GROUP Setup
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Text Label Size
(None, Small Med, or Lrg)
Maximum Display Range
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-20 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AVIATION GROUP Setup
APPENDICES
Note: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the
PFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a setting
of 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map
removes the same item at 50 nm).
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
169
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Map Declutter
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The declutter feature allows the pilot to progressively step through four levels of removing map information.
The declutter level is displayed in the DCLTR Softkey and next to the Declutter Menu Option.
Declutter Level
EAS
DCLTR Softkey
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 5-21 Navigation Map - Declutter Level Indications
Decluttering the map:
Select the DCLTR Softkey with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The current declutter level is shown. With
each softkey selection, another level of map information is removed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed.
2) Select ‘Declutter’. The current declutter level is shown.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the ENT Key.
Decluttering the PFD Inset Map:
1) Press the INSET Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
2) Press the DCLTR Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each selection, another level of map
information is removed.
170
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Table 5-3 lists the items displayed at each declutter level. The ‘X’ represents map items displayed for the
various levels of declutter.
Item
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Flight Plan Route Lines
Flight Plan Route Waypoints
Rivers/Lakes
Topography Data
International Borders
Track Vector
Navigation Range Ring
Fuel Range Ring
Terrain Data
Traffic
Airways
NEXRAD
XM Lightning Data
Airports
Runway Labels
Restricted
MOA (Military)
User Waypoints
Latitude/Longitude Grid
NAVAIDs
Class B Airspaces/TMA
Class C Airspaces/TCA
Class D Airspaces
Other Airspaces/ADIZ
TFRs
Obstacles
Land/Country Text
Cities
Roads
Railroads
State/Province Boundaries
River/Lake Names
No Declutter Declutter-1 Declutter-2 Declutter-3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 5-3 Navigation Map Items Displayed by Declutter Level
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
171
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Airways
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This airways discussion is based upon the North American airway structure. The airway structure in places
other than North America vary by location, etc. and are not discussed in this book. Low Altitude Airways (or
Victor Airways) primarily serve smaller piston-engine, propeller-driven airplanes on shorter routes and at lower
altitudes. Airways are eight nautical miles wide and start 1,200 feet above ground level (AGL) and extend up
to 18,000 feet mean sea level (MSL). Low Altitude Airways are designated with a “V” before the airway number
(hence the name “Victor Airways”) since they run primarily between VORs.
EAS
High Altitude Airways (or Jet Routes) primarily serve airliners, jets, turboprops, and turbocharged piston
aircraft operating above 18,000 feet MSL. Jet Routes start at 18,000 feet MSL and extend upward to 45,000 feet
MSL (altitudes above 18,000 feet are called “flight levels” and are described as FL450 for 45,000 feet MSL). Jet
Routes are designated with a “J” before the route number.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Low Altitude Airways are drawn in gray (the same shade used for roads). High Altitude Airways are drawn
in green. When both types of airways are displayed, High Altitude Airways are drawn on top of Low Altitude
Airways.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When airways are selected for display on the map, the airway waypoints (VORs, NDBs and Intersections) are
also displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Low Altitude
Airway
(Victor Airway)
APPENDICES
High Altitude
Airway
(Jet Route)
INDEX
Figure 5-22 Airways on MFD Navigation Page
172
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Airways may be displayed on the map at the pilot’s discretion using either a combination of AIRWAYS Softkey
selections, or menu selections using the MENU Key from the Navigation Map Page. The Airway range can also
be programmed to only display Airways on the MFD when the map range is at or below a specific number.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displaying/removing airways:
1) Select the MAP Softkey.
2) Select the AIRWAYS Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed (AIRWY ON).
3) Select the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AIRWY LO).
EAS
4) Select the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AIRWY HI).
5) Select the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are displayed (AIRWAYS).
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ group, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘AIRWAYS’ field.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Off’, ‘All’, ‘LO Only’, or ‘HI Only’, and press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Off, All, LO Only, HI Only
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airway Display Selection
Low Altitude Airway Range
High Altitude Airway Range
Figure 5-23 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AIRWAYS Setup
AFCS
The airway range is the maximum map range on which airways are displayed.
Selecting an airway range (LOW ALT AIRWAY or HI ALT AIRWAY):
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Airway’ group.
APPENDICES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘LOW ALT AIRWAY’ or ‘HI ALT AIRWAY’ range field.
6) To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
7) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
INDEX
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
173
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
The following range items are configurable on the airways menu:
Airway Type
Symbol
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Low Altitude Airway (LOW ALT AIRWAY)
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
200
500
High Altitude Airway (HI ALT AIRWAY)
300
500
EAS
Table 5-4 Airway Range Information
Track Vector
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Navigation Map can display a track vector that is useful in minimizing track angle error. The track vector
is a solid light blue line segment extended to a predicted location. The track vector look-ahead time is selectable
(30 sec, 60 sec (default), 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 20 min) and determines the length of the track vector. The track
vector shows up to 90 degrees of a turn for the 30 and 60 second time settings.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Track Vector
Figure 5-24 Navigation Map -Track Vector
Displaying/removing the track vector:
AFCS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TRACK VECTOR’ field.
APPENDICES
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the look
ahead time field. Use the FMS Knob to select the desired time. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
174
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nav Range Ring On/Off
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Wind Vector On/Off
Track Vector
- On/Off
- Look Ahead Time
EAS
Fuel Range
- On/Off
- Fuel Reserve Time
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-25 Navigation Map Setup Menu -TRACK VECTOR, WIND VECTOR, NAV RANGE RING, FUEL RANGE RING Setup
Wind Vector
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The map displays a wind vector arrow in the upper right-hand portion of the screen. Wind vector information
is displayed as a white arrow pointing in the direction in which the wind is moving for wind speeds greater than
or equal to 1 kt.
Wind Direction
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Wind Speed
Figure 5-26 Navigation Map - Wind Vector
AFCS
Note: The wind vector is not displayed until the aircraft is moving. It is not displayed on the Waypoint
Information pages.
Displaying/removing the wind vector:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
APPENDICES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘WIND VECTOR’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
175
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Nav Range Ring
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Nav Range Ring shows the direction of travel (ground track) on a rotating compass card. The range is
determined by the map range. The range is 1/4 of the map range (e.g., 37.5 nm on a 150 nm map).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Range (radius)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nav Range Ring
Figure 5-27 Navigation Map - Nav Range Ring
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Note: The Nav Range Ring is not displayed on the Waypoint Information pages, Nearest pages, or Direct-to
Window map.
Displaying/removing the Nav Range Ring:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
AFCS
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘NAV RANGE RING’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Note: The Nav Range Ring is referenced to either magnetic or true north, based on the selection on the AUX
INDEX
- System Setup Page.
176
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Fuel Range Ring
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display a fuel range ring which shows the remaining flight distance. A dashed green circle
indicates the selected range to reserve fuel. A solid green circle indicates the total endurance range. If only
reserve fuel remains, the range is indicated by a solid yellow circle.
Time to Reserve Fuel
EAS
Total Endurance Range
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Range to Reserve Fuel
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-28 Navigation Map - Fuel Range Ring
Displaying/removing the fuel range ring and selecting a fuel range time:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘FUEL RNG (RSV)’ field.
AFCS
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Highlight the fuel reserve time field. This time should be set to the amount of flight time equal to the amount
of fuel reserve desired.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
8) To change the reserve fuel time, enter a time (00:00 to 23:59; hours:minutes). The default setting is 00:45
minutes.
9) Press the ENT Key.
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
177
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Field of View (SVS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display the boundaries of the PFD Synthetic Vision System (SVS) lateral field of view. The field
of view is shown as two dashed lines forming a V shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map. This is only
available if SVS is installed on the aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Lateral Field
of View
Boundaries
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-29 Navigation Map - Field of View
Displaying/removing the field of view:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘FIELD OF VIEW’ field.
AFCS
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
178
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.3 Waypoints
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints are predetermined geographical positions (internal database) or pilot-entered positions, and are
used for all phases of flight planning and navigation.
Communication and navigation frequencies can be tuned “automatically” from various Waypoint Information
(WPT) pages, Nearest (NRST) pages, and the Nearest Airports Window (on PFD). This auto-tuning feature
simplifies frequency entry over manual tuning. Refer to the CNS and Audio Panel section for details on autotuning.
Facility
Entry
Field
- Waypoint Identifier
- Type (symbol)
- Facility Name
- City
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
City Entry Field
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Identifier Entry Field
EAS
Waypoints can be selected by entering the ICAO identifier, entering the name of the facility, or by entering
the city name. See the System Overview section for detailed instructions on entering data in the G1000. As a
waypoint identifier, facility name, or location is entered, the G1000’s Spell’N’Find™ feature scrolls through the
database, displaying those waypoints matching the characters which have been entered to that point. A direct-to
navigation leg to the selected waypoint can be initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on any of the waypoint
pages.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Entered Waypoint
on Map
Map Area Showing
Entered Waypoint
AFCS
Waypoint Location
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-30 Waypoint Information Window
APPENDICES
If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility name or location, additional entries may be viewed by continuing
to turn the small FMS Knob during the selection process. If duplicate entries exist for an identifier, a Duplicate
Waypoints Window is displayed when the ENT Key is pressed.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
179
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Identifier with
Duplicates
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Duplicate
Waypoints
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Duplicate Message
Figure 5-31 Waypoint Information Window - Duplicate Identifier
Airports
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Note: ‘North Up’ orientation on the Airport Information Page cannot be changed; the pilot needs to be
aware of proper orientation if the Navigation Map orientation is different from the Airport Information Page
Map.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The Airport Information Page is the first page in WPT group and allows the pilot to view airport information,
load frequencies (COM, NAV, and lighting), review runways, and review instrument procedures that may be
involved in the flight plan. See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information on loading frequencies
(auto-tuning). After engine startup, the Airport Information Page defaults to the airport where the aircraft is
located. After a flight plan has been loaded, it defaults to the destination airport. On a flight plan with multiple
airports, it defaults to the airport which is the current active waypoint.
INDEX
APPENDICES
In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and surrounding area, the Airport Information
Page displays airport information in three boxes labeled ‘AIRPORT’, ‘RUNWAYS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’. For
airports with multiple runways, information for each runway is available.
180
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Airport Information
Navigation Map
Showing
Selected Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- ID/Facility/City
- Usage Type/Region
- Lat/Long/Elev
- Fuel Available
- Time Zone (UTC Offset)
Runway Information
Airport/
Runway
Diagram
EAS
- Designation
- Length/Width/Surface
- Lighting Available
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COM/NAV Freq. Info.
- Identification
- Frequency
- Availability
- Additional Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Softkeys
Figure 5-32 Airport Information Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Information Page:
• Usage type: Public, Military, or Private
• Runway surface type: Hard, Turf, Sealed, Gravel, Dirt, Soft, Unknown, or Water
AFCS
• Runway lighting type: No Lights, Part Time, Full Time, Unknown, or PCL Freq (for pilot-controlled
lighting)
• COM Availability: TX (transmit only), RX (receive only), PT (part time), i (additional information available)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name, or location:
1) From the Airport Information Page, press the FMS Knob.
2) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Selecting a runway:
1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
INDEX
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box, on the runway designator.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one) for the selected airport.
4) To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
181
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
View a destination airport:
From the Airport Information Page press the MENU Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination
Airport is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Airport Frequencies Box uses the descriptions and abbreviations listed in the following table:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Communication Frequencies
Approach * Control
Pre-Taxi
Arrival *
CTA *
Radar
ASOS
Departure * Ramp
ATIS
Gate
Terminal *
AWOS
Ground
TMA *
Center
Helicopter
Tower
Class B *
Multicom
TRSA *
Class C *
Other
Unicom
Clearance
Navigation Frequencies
ILS
LOC
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
* May include Additional Information
Table 5-5 Airport Frequency Abbreviations
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A departure, arrival, or approach can be loaded using the softkeys on the Airport Information Page. See the
procedures section for details. METARs or TAFs applicable to the selected airport can be selected for display (see
the Hazard Avoidance section for details about weather.
The G1000 provides a NRST Softkey on the PFD, which gives the pilot quick access to nearest airport
information (very useful if an immediate need to land is required). The Nearest Airports Window displays a
list of the 25 nearest airports (three entries can be displayed at one time). If there are more than three they are
displayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200NM” is displayed.
AFCS
Bearing/Distance to Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Airport Identifier/
Type
Approach Available
Length of Longest
Runway
COM Freq. Info.
- Identification
- Frequency
INDEX
APPENDICES
Additional Airports
(within 200 nm)
NRST Softkey
Figure 5-33 Nearest Airports Window on PFD
182
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the ENT Key displays the PFD Airport Information Window for the highlighted airport. Pressing the
ENT Key again returns to the Nearest Airports Window with the cursor on the next airport in the list. Continued
presses of the ENT Key sequences through the information pages for all airports in the Nearest Airports list.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airport Information
- ID/Type/City
- Facility
Airport Information
Airport Information
EAS
- Usage/Time/Elev
- Region
- Lat/Long
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-34 Airport Information Window on PFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Nearest Airports Page on the MFD is first in the group of NRST pages because of its potential use in
the event of an in-flight emergency. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and
surrounding area, the page displays nearest airport information in five boxes labeled ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’,
‘INFORMATION’, ‘RUNWAYS’, ‘FREQUENCIES’, and ‘APPROACHES’.
The selected airport is indicated by a white arrow, and a dashed white line is drawn on the navigation map
from the aircraft position to the nearest airport. Up to five nearest airports, one runway, up to five frequencies,
and up to five approaches are visible at one time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled.
If there are no items for display in a boxed area, text indicating that fact is displayed. The currently selected
airport remains in the list until it is unselected.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
183
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Nearest Airports
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- ID/Type
- Bearing/Distance
Airport Information
- Facility/City/Elevation
Runway Information
- Designation/Surface
- Length/Width
EAS
Nearest Airport
COM/NAV Freq. Info.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Airport
- Identification
- Frequency
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Approaches Available
LD APR Softkey (only
available if an approach
is highlighted)
Window Selection
Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-35 Nearest Airport Page
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey to display the Nearest Airports Window.
AFCS
2) Highlight the airport identifier with the FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to display the Airport Information
Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) To return to the Nearest Airports Window press the ENT Key (with the cursor on ‘BACK’) or press the CLR
Key. The cursor is now on the next airport in the nearest airports list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key
moves through the airport list, alternating between the Nearest Airports Window and the Airport Information
Window.)
4) Press the CLR Key to close the PFD Nearest Airports Window.
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:
APPENDICES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Nearest Airports Page (it is the first page of the group, so it may already
be selected. If there are no Nearest Airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200 NM” is displayed.
INDEX
3) Select the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and
press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports
list is highlighted.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key also moves to the next airport)
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
184
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, select the RNWY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select
Runway Window’; and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for frequency selection and the Procedures section for approaches.
EAS
The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface type
used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that are
not appropriately surfaced from being displayed. Default settings are 0 feet (or meters) for runway length and
“HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting nearest airport surface matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (ANY, HARD ONLY, HARD/SOFT, WATER).
5) Press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box.
AFCS
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet) and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Nearest Airport Criteria
- Type of Runway Surface
- Minimum Runway Length
INDEX
Figure 5-36 System Setup Page - Nearest Airport Selection Criteria
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
185
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Intersections
Note: The VOR displayed on the Intersection Information Page is the nearest VOR, not necessarily the VOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
used to define the intersection.
The Intersection Information Page is used to view information about intersections. In addition to displaying
a map of the currently selected intersection and surrounding area, the Intersection Information Page displays
intersection information in three boxes labeled ‘INTERSECTION’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘NEAREST VOR’.
EAS
Intersection Identifier
Intersection Info
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
Intersection
- Region
- Lat/Long
Nearest VOR Info
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Radial to VOR
- Distance to VOR
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Intersection
AFCS
Figure 5-37 Intersection Information Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Select an intersection:
1) With the Intersection Information Page displayed, enter an identifier in the Intersection Box.
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
Or:
1) With the Nearest Intersections Page displayed, press the FMS Knob
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest Intersection Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
186
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Nearest Intersections Page can be used to quickly find an intersection close to the flight path. In addition
to displaying a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest intersections in
three boxes labeled ‘NEAREST INT’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘REFERENCE VOR’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The selected intersection is indicated by a white arrow. Up to seventeen intersections are visible at a time. If
there are more than can be shown, the list can be scrolled. If there are no items for display, text indicating that
fact is displayed
Note: The list only includes waypoints that are within 200 nm.
EAS
Intersection Information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Identifier/Symbol
- Bearing/Distance to
intersection from
aircraft position
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Intersection
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Intersection Lat/Long
Nearest VOR Info
Nearest
Intersection
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- VOR Frequency
- Bearing/Distance to VOR
AFCS
Figure 5-38 Nearest Intersections Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
187
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
NDBs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The NDB Information Page is used to view information about NDBs. In addition to displaying a map of
the currently selected NDB and surrounding area, the page displays NDB information in four boxes labeled
‘NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST AIRPORT.
NDB Identifier/Type
- Facility Name
- Nearest City
EAS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
NDB
NDB Information
- Type
- Region
- Lat/Long
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NDB Frequency
Nearest Airport Info
Selected NDB
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Bearing/Distance to
Airport
Figure 5-39 NDB Information Page
AFCS
Note: Compass locator (LOM): a low power, low or medium frequency radio beacon installed in conjunction
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
with the instrument landing system. When LOM is used, the locator is at the Outer Marker; when LMM is
used, the locator is at the Middle Marker.
Select an NDB:
1) With the NDB Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the NDB, or the city in which it’s
located in the NDB Box.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1) With the Nearest NDB Page displayed, press the FMS Knob
INDEX
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest NDB Box.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
188
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Nearest NDB Page can be used to quickly find a NDB close to the flight path. In addition to displaying
a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest NDBs in three boxes labeled
‘NEAREST NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’.
A white arrow before the NDB identifier indicates the selected NDB. Up to seventeen NDBs are visible at a
time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. The list only includes waypoints that are
within 200nm. If there are no NDBs in the list, text indicating that there are no nearest NDBs is displayed. If
there are no nearest NDBs in the list, the information and frequency fields are dashed.
EAS
NDB Identifier/Symbol
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
NDB
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Bearing/Distance to
NDB from aircraft
position
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nearest NDB
NDB Information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Facility Name/City
- Type
- Lat/Long
NDB Frequency
AFCS
Figure 5-40 Nearest NDB Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
189
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
VORs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The VOR Information Page can be used to view information about VOR and ILS signals (since ILS signals
can be received on a NAV receiver), or to quickly auto-tune a VOR or ILS frequency. Localizer information
cannot be viewed on the VOR Information Page. If a VOR station is combined with a TACAN station it is
listed as a VORTAC on the VOR Information Page and if it includes only DME, it’s displayed as VOR-DME.
In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected VOR and surrounding area, the VOR Information
Page displays VOR information in four boxes labeled ‘VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST
AIRPORT’.
EAS
VOR Identifier/Type
- Facility Name
- Nearest City
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing
Selected VOR
VOR Information
- Class/Magnetic Variation
- Region
- Lat/Long
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VOR Frequency
Nearest Airport Info
Selected VOR
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Bearing/Distance to
Airport
Figure 5-41 VOR Information Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The VOR classes used in the VOR information box are: LOW ALTITUDE, HIGH ALTITUDE, and
TERMINAL
Select a VOR:
APPENDICES
1) With the VOR Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the VOR, or the city in which it’s
located in the VOR Box.
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
INDEX
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the FMS Knob or select the VOR Softkey.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Or:
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT VOR WINDOW’, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EAS
The Nearest VOR Page can be used to quickly find a VOR station close to the aircraft. Also, a NAV frequency
from a selected VOR station can be loaded from the Nearest VOR Page. In addition to displaying a map of
the surrounding area, the Nearest VOR Page displays information for up to 25 nearest VOR stations in three
boxes labeled ‘NEAREST VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’. The list only includes waypoints that
are within 200 nm.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
A white arrow before the VOR identifier indicates the selected VOR. Up to seventeen VORs are visible at
a time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. If there are no VORs in the list, text
indicating that there are no nearest VORs is displayed. If there are no nearest VORs in the list, the information
is dashed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VOR Identifier/Symbol
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
VOR
- Bearing/Distance to VOR
from aircraft position
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
VOR Information
- Facility Name/City
- Class/Magnetic Variation
- Lat/Long
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Nearest VOR
VOR Frequency
APPENDICES
Figure 5-42 Nearest VOR Page
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
191
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
User Waypoints
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can create and store up to 1,000 user-defined waypoints. User waypoints can be created from
any map page (except PFD Inset Map, AUX-Trip Planning Page, or Procedure Pages) by selecting a position on
the map using the Joystick, or from the User Waypoint Information Page by referencing a bearing/distance
from an existing waypoint or bearing from two existing waypoints. Once a waypoint has been created, it can
be renamed, deleted, or moved.
EAS
User Waypoint Info
- Identifier
- Temporary/Normal
- Waypoint Type
User Wpt Comment
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
User Waypoint
Reference Wpt/Info
- Identifier/Rad/Dist or
- Identifiers/Radials or
- Region/Lat/Long
User Waypoint List
- Identifier
- Comment
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected User
Waypoint
# User Wpts Used
Displayed if User Wpt
was created on map
page
Softkeys
AFCS
Figure 5-43 User Waypoint Information Page
Select a User Waypoint:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, enter the name of the User Waypoint, or scroll to the
desired waypoint in the User Waypoint List using the large FMS Knob.
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
Or:
1) With the Nearest User Waypoint Page displayed, press the FMS Knob
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest USR Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
192
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nearest User Wpt List
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- Identifier
- Bearing/Distance from
aircraft position
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
User Waypoint
EAS
Selected User
Waypoint
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
User Waypoint Info
- Comment
- Lat/Long
Reference Wpt Info
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier
- Radial/Distance
Figure 5-44 Nearest User Waypoint Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Creating User Waypoints
User waypoints can be created from the User Waypoint Information Page in the following ways:
Creating user waypoints from the User Waypoint Information Page:
1) Select the NEW Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New User Waypoint’.
AFCS
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3) Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of the new waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
APPENDICES
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
INDEX
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
193
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
6) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
EAS
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new User Waypoint AAAAAA?’ is
displayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
Figure 5-45 User Waypoint Information Page Menu
194
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key. The User Waypoint Information Page is displayed with the captured position.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: If the pointer has highlighted a map database feature, one of three things happens upon pressing
the ENT Key: 1) information about the selected feature is displayed instead of initiating a new waypoint,
2) a menu pops up allowing a choice between ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’, or 3) a new
waypoint is initiated with the default name being the selected map item.
EAS
3) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint box is highlighted.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
9) Press the GO BACK Softkey to return to the map page.
Editing User Waypoints
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Move the cursor to the desired field.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to make any changes.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
195
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Renaming user waypoints:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Management
2) Enter a new name.
1) Highlight a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List. Select the RENAME Softkey, or press the MENU Key and
select ‘Rename User Waypoint’
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Do you want to rename the user waypoint AAAAAA to BBBBBB?’ is
displayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
EAS
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Changing the location of an existing waypoint to the aircraft present position:
1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Use Present Position’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice. The new waypoint’s location is saved.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
A system generated comment for a user waypoint incorporates the reference waypoint identifier, bearing,
and distance. If a system generated comment has been edited, a new comment can be generated.
Resetting the comment field to the system generated comment:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Auto Comment’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The generated comment is based on the reference point used to define the waypoint.
AFCS
The default type of user waypoint (normal or temporary) can be changed using the user waypoint information
page menu. Temporary user waypoints are automatically deleted upon the next power cycle.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default setting:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Move the cursor to select ‘Waypoint Setup’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select ‘NORMAL’ or ‘TEMPORARY’ as desired, and press the ENT Key
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the User Waypoint Information Page.
196
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Deleting User Waypoints
Deleting a single user waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field.
2) Select the DELETE Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘Yes’ is highlighted in the confirmation window.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
EAS
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Deleting all user waypoints
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Delete All User Waypoints’
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
197
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
5.4 Airspaces
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can display the following types of airspaces: Class B/TMA, Class C/TCA, Class D, Restricted, MOA
(Military), Other Airspace, Air Defense Interdiction Zone (ADIZ), and Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR).
Class D Airspace
EAS
MOA (Military)
Class B Airspace
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Restricted Area
AFCS
TFR
Alert Area
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Class C Airspace
APPENDICES
ADIZ
INDEX
Warning Area
Figure 5-46 Airspaces
198
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Nearest Airspaces Page, Airspace Alerts Window, and Airspace Alerts on the PFD provide additional
information about airspaces and the location of the aircraft in relationship to them.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on or off.
This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries depicted on the
Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft is approaching or near an
airspace.
EAS
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For example,
if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an alert message is
not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected to enter it, the pilot
is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200 feet.
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Turning an airspace alert on or off:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
199
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Airspace Alerts Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
- Airspace Altitude Buffer
- Alert On/Off
(Default Settings Shown)
DFLTS Softkey
Figure 5-47 System Setup Page - Airspace Alerts
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map ranges for the airspace boundaries are selected from the Aviation Group in the Map Setup Menu: See Table
5-2 for the default and maximum ranges for each type of airspace and the symbol used to define the airspace
area.
200
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Nearest Airspaces Page can be used to quickly find airspaces close to the flight path. In addition, a selected
frequency associated with the airspace can be loaded from the Nearest Airspaces Page. In addition to displaying
a map of airspace boundaries and surrounding area, the Nearest Airspaces Page displays airspace information in
four boxes labeled ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’, ‘AIRSPACE, AGENCY’, VERTICAL LIMITS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airspace Alerts Info
- Name
- Proximity (Ahead, Inside,
Ahead < 2nm, Within 2nm)
- Time till Intercept (only if
Ahead or Ahead < 2nm)
EAS
Airspace/Agency Info
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Airspace Type
- Controlling Agency
Airspace 1
Airspace Vertical Limits
- Ceiling
- Floor
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Associated Frequencies
- Type
- Availability/Info
- Frequency
Airspace 2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Softkeys
Figure 5-48 Nearest Airspaces Page
AFCS
Airspace alerts and associated frequencies are shown in scrollable lists on the Nearest Airspaces Page. The
ALERTS and FREQ softkeys place the cursor in the respective list. The FREQ Softkey is enabled only if one or
more frequencies exist for a selected airspace.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated information:
1) Select the Nearest Airspace Page.
2) Select the ALERTS Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Alerts Window’,
and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’ Box.
APPENDICES
3) Select the desired airspace.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
201
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Pressing the PFD MSG Softkey displays the message window on the PFD. The following airspace alerts are
displayed in the message window:
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead –
less than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near –
less than 2 nm.
Comments
The aircraft is inside the special use airspace.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft penetrates the airspace within 10
minutes.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 5-6 PFD Airspace Alert Messages
202
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.5 Direct-to-Navigation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Direct-to method of navigation, initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on either the MFD or PFD, is
quicker to use than a flight plan when the desire is to navigate to a single point such as a nearby airport.
Once a direct-to is activated, the G1000 establishes a point-to-point course line from the present position to the
selected direct-to destination. Course guidance is provided until the direct-to is replaced with a new direct-to or
flight plan, or cancelled.
EAS
A vertical navigation (VNV) direct-to creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the current altitude to a selected altitude at the direct-to waypoint. Vertical navigation is based on barometric
altitudes, not on GPS altitude, and is used for cruise and descent phases of flight.
The Direct-to Window allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation. The Direct-to Window displays
selected direct-to waypoint data on the PFD and the MFD.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Direct-to Point Info
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier/Symbol/Region
- Facility Name
- City
Map of Selected Point
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Location of Destination
AFCS
- Bearing/Distance
Desired Course
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-49 Direct-to Window - MFD
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
203
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Direct-to Point Info
- Identifier/Symbol/City
- Facility Name
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
Direct-to Point Info
- Bearing/Distance
- Desired Course
EAS
Activation Command
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-50 Direct-to Window - PFD
Any waypoint can be entered as a direct-to destination from the Direct-to Window.
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a direct-to destination:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan wayoint as the default
selection or a blank waypoint field if no flight plan is active).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier (turning it counter-clockwise brings
up the waypoint selection submenu - press the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the
facility name, or city field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering a facility name or city. If duplicate
entries exist for the entered facility or city name, additional entries can be viewed by turning the small FMS
Knob during the selection process.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
AFCS
Any waypoint contained in the active flight plan can be selected as a direct-to waypoint from the Direct-to
Window, the Active Flight Plan Page, or the Active Flight Plan Window.
Waypoint Submenu
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Flight Plan Waypoints
- Nearest Waypoints
- Recent Waypoints
- User Waypoints
- Airway Waypoints
(only available when
active leg is part of an
airway)
Figure 5-51 Waypoint Submenu
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to destination:
INDEX
1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the
active flight plan waypoint as the default selection.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated
only when navigating a flight plan).
204
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Select the desired waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, or the Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD.
2) Select the desired waypoint.
3) Press the Direct-to Key.
EAS
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Any NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoint can be selected as a direct-to destination in the Direct-to
Window.
Selecting a NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoint as a direct-to destination:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan destination as the
default selection or a blank destination if no flight plan is active).
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated
only when navigating a flight plan).
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
AFCS
The Direct-to Window can be displayed from any page and allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation.
If the direct-to is initiated from any page except the WPT pages, the default waypoint is the active flight plan
waypoint (if a flight plan is active) or a blank waypoint field. Direct-to requests on any WPT page defaults to the
displayed waypoint.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select the desired waypoint.
2) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected waypoint as the direct-to
destination.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
4) Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the Nearest Airports Page.
INDEX
2) Select the desired airport (the nearest one is already selected).
3) Press the Direct-to Key.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
205
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Direct-to destinations may also be selected by using the pointer on the navigation map pages. If no airport,
NAVAID, or user waypoint exists at the desired location, a temporary waypoint named ‘MAPWPT’ is automatically
created at the location of the map arrow.
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the pointer:
1) From a navigation map page, press the Joystick to display the pointer.
EAS
2) Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
3) If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint, the waypoint name is highlighted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected point entered as the direct-to
destination.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Cancelling a Direct-to:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is still active, the G1000 resumes
navigating the flight plan along the closest leg.
Page Menu
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
- Cancel Direct-To
Navigation
Figure 5-52 Direct-to Window - Cancelling Direct-to Navigation
206
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When navigating a direct-to, the G1000 sets a direct great circle course to the selected destination. The course
to a destination can also be manually selected using the course field (‘COURSE’) on the Direct-to Window.
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted.
2) Highlight the course field.
3) Enter the desired course.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
EAS
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
3) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A direct-to with altitude constraints creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the aircraft’s current altitude to the altitude of the direct-to waypoint. The altitude is reached at the waypoint,
or at the specified distance along the flight path if an offset distance has been entered. All VNV altitudes prior
to the direct-to destination are removed from the active flight plan upon successful activation of the direct-to.
All VNV altitudes following the direct-to waypoint are retained. See the section on Vertical Navigation for more
information regarding the use and purpose of VNV altitudes and offset distances.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the waypoint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ altitude field.
3) Enter the desired altitude.
AFCS
4) Press the ENT Key. The option to select MSL or AGL is now displayed.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now flashing in the VNV offset distance field.
7) Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint.
8) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
9) Press the ENT Key to activate.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
207
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Removing a VNV altitude constraint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Page Menu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
- Clear Vertical Navigation
Constraints
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-53 Direct-to Window - Clearing Vertical Constraints
208
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.6 Flight Planning
Flight Plan Leg Type
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight planning on the G1000 consists of building a flight plan by entering waypoints one at a time, adding
waypoints along airways, and inserting departures, airways, arrivals, or approaches as needed. The G1000 allows
flight planning information to be entered from either the MFD or PFD. The flight plan is displayed on maps using
different line widths, colors, and types, based on the type of leg and the segment of the flight plan currently being
flown (departure, enroute, arrival, approach, or missed approach).
Symbol
EAS
Active non-heading Leg
Active heading Leg
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-heading Leg in the current flight segment
Heading Leg not in the current flight segment
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Non-heading leg not in the active flight segment
Turn Anticipation Arc
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 5-7 Flight Plan Leg Symbols
AFCS
Up to 99 flight plans with up to 99 waypoints each can be created and stored in memory. One flight plan can be
activated at a time and becomes the active flight plan. The active flight plan is erased when the system is turned
off and overwritten when another flight plan is activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, departure,
or arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the
database is changed or updated, the G1000 automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been
modified. If an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is no longer available, the procedure is deleted from the
affected stored flight plan(s), and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous System Messages) advising that one or
more stored flight plans need to be edited.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Whenever an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach,
departure, or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line describing the instrument
procedure the pilot selected. The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active (unless an instrument
procedure is activated) when the procedure is loaded.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
When the database is updated, the airways need to be reloaded also. Each airway segment is reloaded from
the database given the entry waypoint, the airway identifier and the exit waypoint. This re-loads the sequence of
waypoints between the entry and exit waypoints (the sequence may change when the database is updated). The
update of an airway can fail during this process. If that happens, the airway waypoints are changed to regular
(non-airway) flight plan waypoints, and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous System Messages).
209
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
The following could cause the airway update to fail:
• Airway identifier, entry waypoint or exit waypoint not found in the new database.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Airway entry/exit waypoint is not an acceptable waypoint for the airway – either the waypoint is no longer on
the airway, or there is a new directional restriction that prevents it being used.
• Loading the new airway sequence would exceed the capacity of the flight plan.
Flight Plan Creation
There are three methods to create or modify a flight plan:
EAS
• Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
• Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Flight Plan Catalog Page on the MFD (create/modify a stored flight plan)
Active FPL Waypoint List
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Comment
- Procedure Header
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Vertical Navigation Profile
- Active Vertical WPT Alt/ID
- Vertical Speed Target
- Flight Path Angle
- Vertical Speed Target
- Time to Top of Descent
- Vertical Deviation
AFCS
Turn Anticipation
Arc
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Non-Active,
Flight Plan Leg
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-54 Active Flight Plan Page
210
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Active Flight Plan Comment
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Active Flight Plan Waypoint List
- Waypoint ID
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Airway Identifier
EAS
Figure 5-55 Active Flight Plan Window on PFD
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Catalog Contents
- # Used
- # Empty
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight Plan List
- Comment
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Flight Plan
Map
AFCS
Selected FPL Info
- Departure Waypoint
- Destination Waypoint
- Total Flight Plan Distance
- Enroute Safe Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Softkeys
Figure 5-56 Flight Plan Catalog Page
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
211
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The active flight plan is listed on the active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, and in the Active Flight Plan
Window on the PFD. It is the flight plan to which the G1000 is currently providing guidance, and is shown
on the navigation maps. Stored flight plans are listed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page, and are available for
activation (becomes the active flight plan).
Creating an active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on MFD).
EAS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a
waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, or airway waypoints).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
5) Repeat step numbers 3 and 4 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
6) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Creating a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Select the NEW Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key to
display a blank flight plan for the first empty storage location.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a
waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, or airway waypoints).
AFCS
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key.
6) Repeat step numbers 4 and 5 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page. The new
flight plan is now in the list.
212
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight plans can be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card from the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key on the Control Unit to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
EAS
6) Press the IMPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight Plan”, and press the ENT Key.
If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD card will be displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
If an existing flight plan is selected, an “Overwrite existing flight plan? OK or CANCEL” prompt is displayed.
Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite the selected flight plan and see the list of available flight plans on the
SD card. If overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select “CANCEL” using the FMS Knob, press the
ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the IMPORT Softkey again.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.
9) Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Import/Export Softkeys
Import Successful
INDEX
List of Flight Plans to Import &
Details for the Selected File
Figure 5-57 Flight Plan Import
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
213
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Note: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that duplicates the name of a waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
already stored on the system, the system compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of
the existing waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is automatically renamed by
adding characters to the end of the name.
Exporting a Flight Plan to an SD Card
1) Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key on the Control Unit to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
EAS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6) Press the EXPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Export Flight Plan”.
7) If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS Knob to the left to highlight the
name, then use the small and large FMS knobs to enter the new name, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9) Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
Import/Export Softkeys
Stored Flight Plan to be Exported &
Exported Flight Plan Name
Export Successful
INDEX
Figure 5-58 Flight Plan Export
214
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adding Waypoints to an Existing Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose the flight plan, select the
desired point of insertion, enter the waypoint, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. Flight plans
are limited to 99 waypoints (including waypoints within airways and procedures). If the number of waypoints
in the flight plan exceeds 99, the message “Flight plan is full. Remove unnecessary waypoints.” appears and the
new waypoint(s) are not added to the flight plan.
Stored Flight Plan Selected
EAS
- Memory Slot
- Comment
- Procedure Identifier
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Softkeys
Figure 5-59 Stored Flight Plan Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Flight Plan Full Message
INDEX
Figure 5-60 Active Flight Plan Page - FPL Full
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
215
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan:
1) On the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select “EDIT” and press
the ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed.
4) Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the
highlighted waypoint.
EAS
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city of the new waypoint.
6) Press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now exists in the flight plan.
Note: If the identifier entered in the Waypoint Information Window has duplicates, a Duplicate Waypoint
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Window is displayed. Use the FMS Knob to select the correct waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-61 Duplicate Waypoints Window
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
APPENDICES
3) Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly
in front of the highlighted waypoint.
INDEX
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a
waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, or airway waypoints).
216
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight plan:
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function on the Active Flight Plan Page and pan to the map location
of the desired user waypoint.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The user
waypoint is created with a name of USRxxx (using the next available in sequence) and is added to the end of
the active flight plan.
Adding Airways to a Flight Plan
EAS
Airways can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose a flight plan (add the desired
airway entry point if not already in the flight plan), select the waypoint after the desired airway entry point,
select the airway, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. An airway can only be loaded if there is a
waypoint in the flight plan that is part of the desired airway and is not part of an arrival or approach procedure.
The G1000 also anticipates the desired airway and exit point based on loaded flight plan waypoints.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airway Entry Waypoint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Airway
Airways Available at TOP
Airway Waypoint Sequence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Preview of
Selected Airway
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-62 Select Airway Page - Selecting Airway
APPENDICES
Adding an airway to a flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway entry point. If this waypoint is not
a valid airway entry point, a valid entry point should be entered at this time.
217
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and select the LD AIRWY Softkey, or press the MENU Key and
select “Load Airway”. The Select Airway Page is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the “Load Airway” menu
item is available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has been chosen (the waypoint ahead of the cursor
position).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Management
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT Key. Low altitude airways are
shown first in the list, followed by “all” altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.
6) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is
highlighted.
EAS
7) Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new airway inserted.
Airway Entry Waypoint
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected Airway
Selected Exit Point
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Preview of
Selected Airway
Airway Exit Points
Available
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Airway Exit
Point
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-63 Select Airway Page - Selecting Exit Point
218
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Inserted Airway Header
- Airway Identifier: [airway
identifier].[exit waypoint identifier]
(e.g., V4.SLN)
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-64 Active Flight Plan Page - Airway Inserted
Restrictions on Adding Airways
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Some airways have directional restrictions on all or part of the route. Airway “A2” in Europe has a directional
restriction over the whole route such that it can be flown only in the direction MTD-ABB-BNE-DEVAL.
Airway “UR975” in North Africa has more complicated directional restrictions within the list of airway
waypoints AMANO, VAKOR, LIBRO NELDA, DIRKA, GZO, KOSET, and SARKI:
• Starting from AMANO, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
AFCS
• Starting from SARKI, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
• Between NELDA and GZO, the airway can be flown in either direction.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In the US, airways that are “one-way” for specified hours of operation are not uncommon. These airways
are always bidirectional in the G1000 database.
The system only allows correct airway sequences to be inserted. If the pilot subsequently inverts the flight
plan, the system inverts the airway waypoint sequence and removes the airway header.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
219
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Adding Procedures to a Stored Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 allows the pilot to insert pre-defined instrument procedures from the navigation database into a
flight plan. The procedures are designed to facilitate routing of traffic leaving an airport (departure), arriving at
an airport (arrival), and landing at an airport (approach). See the procedures section for more details.
EAS
Flight Plan Name
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flight Plan Waypoint
List
Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach Activate Flight Plan
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-65 Stored Flight Plan Page
220
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Departure (DP)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can
be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.
Departure Airport
EAS
Selected
Departure
Departures Available at
KMCI
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of
Selected
Departure
Departure Waypoint
Sequence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-66 Departure Loading Page - Selecting the Departure
Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
AFCS
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘EDIT FLIGHT PLAN’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Select the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Departure”, and press the ENT Key. The
Departure Loading Page is displayed.
4) Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
5) Select a transition for the selected departure. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
221
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Departure Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Departure
Selected Runway
Preview of
Selected
Departure
Selected Transition
Departure Transition Points
Available
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Selected
Departure End
Point
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-67 Departure Loading Page - Selecting Transition
Inserted Departure Header
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
- Departure Identifier: [departure
airport]-[departure runway].
[departure transition].
[departure end point]
(e.g., KMKC-ALL.WLDCT2.SLN)
INDEX
Figure 5-68 Stored Flight Plan Page - Departure Inserted
222
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Arrival (STAR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) is loaded at the destination airport in the flight plan. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.
Destination Airport
Selected Arrival
EAS
Arrivals Available at KCOS
Selected Runway
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Arrival Waypoint Sequence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Preview of
Selected Arrival
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-69 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Arrival
Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
AFCS
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘EDIT FLIGHT PLAN’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Select the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”, and press the ENT Key. The Arrival
Loading Page is displayed.
4) Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
5) Select a transition for the selected arrival. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
223
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Destination Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Arrival
Selected Transition
Transitions Available with
DBRY1
EAS
Arrival Waypoint Sequence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of
Selected Arrival
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-70 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Transition
Inserted Arrival Header
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Arrival Identifier:
[arrival airport]-[arrival transition].
[arrival].[arrival runway]
(e.g., KCOS-TBE.DBRY1.ALL)
INDEX
Figure 5-71 Stored Flight Plan Page - Arrival Inserted
224
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Approach (APPR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has an approach available. Only one
approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route for a selected approach is defined by designating
transition waypoints.
Destination Airport
EAS
Selected
Approach
Approaches Available at
KCOS
Preview of
Selected
Approach
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
BARO Minimum
Approach Waypoint
Sequence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-72 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Approach
AFCS
Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘EDIT FLIGHT PLAN’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Select the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Approach”, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page is displayed.
4) Select an approach. Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
5) Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.
6) Press the ENT Key to load the selected approval procedure.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
225
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Destination Airport
Selected
Approach
Selected Transition
Transitions Available with
Selected Approach
Approach Waypoint
Sequence
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Preview of
Selected
Approach
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Load Approach?
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-73 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Transition
Inserted Approach Header
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Approach Identifier: [approach
airport].[runway and approach type]
(e.g., KCOS-RNAV 35RGPS LPV)
INDEX
Figure 5-74 Stored Flight Plan Page - Approach Inserted
226
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Plan Storage
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can store up to 99 flight plans, numbered 1 through 99. The active flight plan is erased when
the G1000 is powered off or when another flight plan is activated. Details about each stored flight plan can be
viewed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page and on the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
EAS
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
4) The Flight Plan Information is displayed showing departure, destination, total distance, and enroute safe altitude
information for the selected Flight Plan.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Select the EDIT Softkey to open the Stored Flight Plan Page and view the waypoints in the flight plan.
6) Press the FMS Knob to exit the Stored Flight Plan Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight Plan Name
(Comment)
Preview of Selected
Flight Plan
Selected Flight Plan
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Stored Flight Plan Info
Stored FPL Editing
Softkeys
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Departure Airport
- Destination Airport
- Total Flight Plan Distance
- Enroute Safe Altitude
Figure 5-75 Stored Flight Plan Information
APPENDICES
Storing an active flight plan from the Active Flight Plan Page or the Active Flight Plan Window:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
INDEX
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the next available position in the flight
plan list on the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
227
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Sort Flight Plans
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The stored flight plans can be sorted alphanumerically based on the flight plan name (comment) assigned
to each flight plan.
Sorting by flight plan name (comment):
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Sort By Comment’ and press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed.
EAS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to change flight plan ordering. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Activate a Flight Plan
Activating a stored flight plan erases the active flight plan and replaces it with the flight plan being activated.
Inverting a stored flight plan reverses the waypoint order and activates it.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Select the ACTIVE Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Activate Stored Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Select the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Copy a Flight Plan
APPENDICES
The G1000 allows copying a flight plan into a new flight plan memory slot, allowing editing, etc., without
affecting the original flight plan. This can be used to duplicate an existing stored flight plan for use in creating
a modified version of the original stored flight plan.
Copying a stored flight plan on the MFD:
INDEX
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
228
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Select the COPY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Copy to Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Delete a Stored Flight Plan
Individual or all stored flight plans can be deleted from the G1000 memory.
Deleting a stored flight plan:
EAS
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Select the DELETE Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press
the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Deleting all stored flight plans:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight Plan Editing
AFCS
The active flight plan or any stored flight plan can be edited. The edits made to the active flight plan affect
navigation as soon as they are entered.
Deleting the Active Flight Plan
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The G1000 allows deleting an active flight plan. Deleting the active flight plan suspends navigation by the
G1000.
Deleting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
APPENDICES
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete all waypoints in flight
plan?’ window is displayed.
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
229
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Deleting Flight Plan Items
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Individual waypoints, entire airways, and entire procedures can be deleted from a flight plan. Some waypoints
in the final approach segment (such as the FAF or MAP) can not be deleted individually. Attempting to delete
a waypoint that is not allowed results in a window displaying ‘Invalid flight plan modification.’
Deleting an individual waypoint from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
EAS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire airway from the active flight plan:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the white header of the airway to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire procedure from the active flight plan:
AFCS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the white header of the procedure to be deleted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
INDEX
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
230
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Deleting an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
EAS
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the airway to be deleted.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
Deleting an entire procedure from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
APPENDICES
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the procedure to be deleted.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
231
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’.
6) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
EAS
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing Flight Plan Comments (Names)
The comment field (or name) of each flight plan can be changed to something that is useful for identification
and sorting.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Changing the active flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
3) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Changing a stored flight plan comment:
AFCS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Along Track Offsets
INDEX
A waypoint having an “along track offset” distance from an existing waypoint can be entered into a flight plan.
Along track offset waypoints lie along the path of the existing flight plan, and can be used to make the system
reach a specified altitude before or after reaching the specified flight plan waypoint. Offset distances can be
entered from 1 to 99 nm in increments of 1 nm. Entering a negative offset distance results in an along track
232
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
offset waypoint inserted before the selected waypoint, whereas entering a positive offset distance results in an
along track offset waypoint inserted after the selected waypoint. Multiple offset waypoints are allowed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A waypoint must be adjacent to its parent waypoint in the flight plan, so the system limits the along-track
distance to less than the length of the leg before or after the selected waypoint. If the selected waypoint is the
active waypoint, the distance is limited to less than the distance to go to the active waypoint. Assigning an along
track offset to a leg with indeterminate length is not permitted. An along track offset is not allowed at or after
the final approach fix of an approach.
EAS
An along track offset distance cannot be modified once entered. If the along track offset distance must be
changed, the existing along track offset waypoint must be deleted and a new one created with the new offset
distance.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Along Track Offset
Waypoint and Distance
from Flight Plan Waypoint
Along Track
Offset Waypoint
and Distance
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-76 Along Track Offset
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Entering an along track offset distance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint for the along track offset.
3) Select the ATK OFST Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and
press the ENT Key.
4) Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of +/- 1 to 99 nm (limited by leg distances).
INDEX
5) Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
233
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Parallel Track
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Parallel Track (PTK) feature allows creation of a parallel course offset of 1 to 50 nm left or right of the
current flight plan. When Parallel Track is activated, the course line drawn on the map pages shows the parallel
course, and waypoint names have a lower case “p” placed after the identifier.
Using direct-to, loading an approach, a holding pattern, or editing and activating the flight plan automatically
cancels Parallel Track. Parallel Track is also cancelled if a course change occurs greater than 120° or the parallel
tracks overlap as a result of the course change.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Note: Vertical navigation is unavailable while the Parallel Track feature is active.
Active Flight Plan prior to Parallel Track
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selecting Parallel
Track
AFCS
Figure 5-77 Active Flight Plan Window - Selecting Parallel Track
Activating parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayed
with the direction field highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Left’ or ‘Right’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘DISTANCE’ field is highlighted.
APPENDICES
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the ENT Key. ‘ACTIVATE PARALLEL
TRACK’ is highlighted.
INDEX
5) Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to cancel the parallel track
activation.
234
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Offset Direction
Offset Distance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activation Prompt
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-78 Parallel Track Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Parallel Track Waypoints
Parallel Track
Original Track
AFCS
- TIFTO-p
- TOP-p
- ULNAZ-p
- ...
- LAA-p
Activating Parallel Track
affects the entire active
flight segment (e.g.,
enroute)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-79 Parallel Track Active
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
If the parallel track proposed by the offset direction and distance is not allowed by the system, the activation
prompt is displayed, but disabled. Parallel Track cannot be activated if a course is set using direct-to or if the
active leg is the first leg of the departure procedure. Attempting to activate parallel track with these conditions
results in the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable Invalid Route Geometry’. If an approach leg is active the status
235
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track with the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable
Approach Leg Active’. If the offset direction and distance results in an unreasonable route geometry the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because of invalid geometry.
Subdued Prompt
EAS
(Unavailable)
Unavailable Status
Approach
Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Invalid
Geometry
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-80 Parallel Track Unavailable
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the active leg is not a track between two fixes (TF) or a course to a fix (DF) leg, the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because parallel track is not available for the
active leg type.
Offset Direction &
Distance Subdued
(Unavailable)
AFCS
Cancel Prompt
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Active Status
INDEX
Figure 5-81 Cancelling Parallel Track
236
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Cancelling parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayed
with ‘CANCEL PARALLEL TRACK?’ highlighted.
3) Press the ENT Key.
Activating a Flight Plan Leg
EAS
The G1000 allows selection of a highlighted leg as the “active leg” (the flight plan leg which is currently
used for navigation guidance).
Activating a flight plan leg:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the destination waypoint for the desired leg.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Select the ACT LEG Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key.
A confirmation window is displayed with ‘ACTIVATE’ highlighted.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press
the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Current
Active Leg
Selected Destination
Waypoint
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Activate Leg Softkey
Figure 5-82 Active Flight Plan Page - Selecting the Leg Destination Waypoint
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
237
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
New Active
Flight Plan Leg
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Confirmation Window
Figure 5-83 Active Flight Plan Page - New Active Leg
Inverting a Flight Plan
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Any flight plan may be inverted (reversed) for navigation back to the original departure point.
Inverting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
AFCS
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Invert Active Flight Plan?’
confirmation window is displayed.
3) Select ‘OK’.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be inverted.
4) Select the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Invert & Activate Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key.
An ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
INDEX
5) Select ‘OK’.
6) Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the stored flight plan. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
238
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Plan Views
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information about flight plans can be viewed in more than one way. The active flight plan can be configured
to show cumulative distance over the length of the flight plan or the distance for each leg of the flight plan;
and the active flight plan can be viewed in a narrow or wide view. In the wide view, additional information is
displayed: Fuel Remaining (FUEL REM), Estimated Time Enroute (ETE), Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA), and
Bearing to the waypoint (BRG).
Switching between leg-to-leg waypoint distance and cumulative waypoint distance:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
EAS
2) Select the VIEW Softkey to display the CUM and LEG-LEG Softkeys.
3) Select the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or select the LEG-LEG Softkey to view leg-to-leg
waypoint distance.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Select the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
Active Flight Plan Leg to Leg Distance
Active Flight Plan Cumulative Distance
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey
APPENDICES
Figure 5-84 Active Flight Plan - Leg to Leg vs. Cumulative Distance
Switching between wide and narrow view:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
INDEX
2) Select the VIEW Softkey to display the WIDE and NARROW Softkeys.
3) Select the WIDE Softkey to display the wide view, or select the NARROW Softkey to display the narrow view.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
239
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
4) Select the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
Active Flight Plan Wide View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Active Flight Plan Narrow View
WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-85 Active Flight Plan - Wide vs. Narrow View
Collapsing Airways
AFCS
The G1000 allows airways on the active flight plan to be collapsed or expanded from the Active Flight Plan
Page/Window. When airways have been collapsed, it is indicated on the airway heading.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When airways are collapsed, leg-to-leg computed values such as DIS or ETE shown for the exit waypoint
reflects the total of all the legs on the airway that have been hidden in the collapsed display. The DTK value is
inhibited because it is not usable in this context.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The Active Flight Plan Page always keeps the following three waypoints visible: “From” waypoint, “To”
waypoint, and the “Next” waypoint. To prevent one or more of these waypoints from being hidden in a collapsed
airway segment, the airway segment that contains either the “To” or the “Next” waypoint is automatically
expanded. When an airway is loaded, airways are automatically expanded to facilitate flight plan review.
240
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Q3.FEPOT Airway
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Collapsed View
Expanded View
EAS
Figure 5-86 Expanded/Collapsed Airways
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and press the ENT Key. The airways are
collapsed/expanded.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Closest Point of FPL
‘Closest Point of FPL’ calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes a reference
waypoint, and creates a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location closest to a chosen reference
waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point of FPL’’, and press the ENT Key. A window appears with the
reference waypoint field highlighted.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT Key. The G1000 displays the bearing (BRG) and
distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan to the selected reference waypoint and creates a user
waypoint at this location. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the reference
waypoint.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
241
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
5.7 Vertical Navigation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: The G1000 supports vertical navigation for all lateral leg types except for CA, CI, FA, FM, HA, HM, PI,
VA, VD, VI, VR, and VM. Vertical constraints are not retained in stored flight plans.
EAS
The G1000 system Vertical Navigation (VNV) feature provides vertical profile guidance during the enroute
and teminal phases of flight. Guidance based on specified altitudes at waypoints in the active flight plan or to a
direct-to waypoint is provided. It includes vertical path guidance to a descending path, which is provided as a
linear deviation from the desired path. The desired path is defined by a line joining two waypoints with specified
altitudes or as a vertical angle from a specified waypoint/altitude. The vertical waypoints are integrated into the
active flight plan. Both manual and autopilot-coupled guidance are supported.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Enabled (valid data)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Disabled (fields dashed)
CNCL VNV Softkey
ENBL VNV Softkey
APPENDICES
Figure 5-87 Enabling/Disabling Vertical Navigation
Enabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
INDEX
2) Select the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical
navigation is enabled, and vertical guidance begins with the waypoint shown in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box
(defaults first waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for vertical navigation (e.g., HABUK)).
242
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Disabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select the CNCL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical
navigation is disabled.
EAS
Canceling vertical navigation results in vertical deviation (V DEV), vertical speed required (VS REQ), and time
to top of descent/bottom of descent (TIME TO TOD/BOD) going invalid. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI)
and Vertical Speed Required Indication (VSRI) on the PFD are removed, and the V DEV, VS REQ, and TIME TO
TOD items displayed in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box are dashed. VNV remains disabled until manually
enabled. Vertical guidance in reversionary mode can only be enabled for a direct-to waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The G1000 allows a vertical navigation direct-to to any waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude
constraint “designated” for vertical guidance. Selecting the VNV Direct-to Softkey on the Active Flight Plan Page
allows the flight plan to be flown, while vertical guidance based on the altitude constraint at the VNV direct-to
waypoint is provided. The altitude change begins immediately and is spread along the flight plan from current
position to the vertical direct-to waypoint, not just along the leg for the direct-to waypoint. A direct-to with
altitude constraint activated by pressing the Direct-to Key also provides vertical guidance, but would bypass
flight plan waypoints between the current position in the flight plan and the direct-to waypoint. A top of descent
(TOD) point is computed based on the default flight path angle; descent begins once the TOD is reached.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Prior to VNV Direct-to
After VNV Direct-to
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
VNV Direct-To Softkey
VNV PROF Softkey
Figure 5-88 Vertical Navigation Direct-To
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
243
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
Note: The selected waypoint must have a designated altitude constraint (light blue number) to be used. If
not, the first waypoint in the flight plan with a designated altitude constraint is selected.
3) Select the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key.
An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to: NNNNNFT at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
EAS
4) Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the selected waypoint.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The vertical navigation profile can be modified by directly entering a vertical speed target (VS TGT) and/or flight
path angle (FPA) in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box.
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Select the VNV PROF Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV Profile Window’, and press the
ENT Key. The cursor is now located in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Altitude Constraints
AFCS
The G1000 system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give guidance for vertical
navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance, manually entered or retrieved from the
published altitudes in the navigation database. The navigation database only contains altitudes for procedures
that call for “Cross at” altitudes. If the procedure states “Expect to cross at,” then the altitude is not in the
database. In this case the altitude may be entered manually.
Displayed Text
Examples
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Cross AT
or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Large White Text
Large Light Blue Text
APPENDICES
Cross AT
2,300 ft
Small Light Blue Text
Cross AT
or BELOW
3,000 ft
Small Light Blue
Subdued Text
INDEX
Altitude Constraint
Examples
Small White Text with
Altitude Restriction Bar
Figure 5-89 Waypoint Altitude Constraints
244
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
Light Blue Text
Light Blue Subdued Text
The system cannot use this
altitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition
Small
Text
Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude has been retrieved from the
navigation database or has been entered
manually and matches a published
altitude in the navigation database.
The system cannot use this
altitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition
EAS
Altitude has been entered manually.
Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude does not match the published
altitude in navigation database or no
published altitude exists.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Large Altitude calculated by the system
Text estimating the altitude of the aircraft as
it passes over the navigation point. This
altitude is provided as a reference and is
not designated to be used in determining
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude is not designated to be used in
determining vertical speed and deviation
guidance. Altitude has been retrieved
from the navigation database and is
provided as a reference.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
White Text
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 5-8 Altitude Constraint Size and Color Coding
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitudes associated with arrival and approach procedures are not “auto-designated”. This means the system
does not automatically use the altitudes loaded with the arrival or approach for giving vertical speed and
deviation guidance. Note that these altitudes are displayed as white text up to, but not including the FAF.
The FAF is always a “reference only” altitude and cannot be designated, unless the selected approach does not
provide vertical guidance. In this case, the FAF altitude can be designated.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated” using the CLR Key.
The altitude is now displayed only as a reference. It is not used to give vertical guidance. Other displayed
altitudes may change due to re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude
to a non-designated altitude.
Designating a waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter editing mode.
4) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Designating a procedure waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Altitude constraints are displayed and entered in feet mean sea level (MSL) values to the nearest hundred. An
altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is supported for airports. When a database altitude
restriction is displayed, the G1000 allows entry of a different altitude when creating a waypoint, effectively
overriding the database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude restriction of type “AT or
ABOVE” or “AT or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the restriction to define the vertical
profile.
245
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle or maximum vertical speed to be exceeded
• The altitude constraint results in a TOD behind the aircraft present position
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS
WAAS approach)
EAS
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF.
Entering/modifying an altitude constraint:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes as a flight level, turn the small
FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically
changes to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to highlight the first zero and enter
the three digit flight level.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is an airport, an additional choice
is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight plan. In the event
an altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an altitude restriction for the lateral
waypoint, the G1000 displays the altitude restriction from the database provided no predicted altitude
can be provided. The G1000 also provides a way to reinstate a published altitude constraint that has been
edited.
AFCS
Deleting (un-designating) an altitude constraint provided by the navigation database:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude constraint?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting an altitude constraint that has been manually entered:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
INDEX
4) Select ‘REMOVE’ and press the ENT Key. The manually entered altitude is deleted (it is replaced by a system
calculated altitude, if available).
246
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to the navigation database value:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the navigation database value.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EAS
Modifying a system calculated altitude constraint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the CLR Key. An ‘Edit or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘EDIT’ and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Edit the value using the FMS Knobs, and press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
247
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
5.8 Procedures
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can access the whole range of instrument procedures available. Departures (DPs), arrivals (STARs),
and non-precision and precision approaches (APPRs) are stored within the database and can be loaded using the
Procedures (PROC) Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
The selected procedure for the departure or arrival airport is added to the active flight plan. No waypoints are
required to be in the active flight plan to load procedures; however, if the departure and arrival airport are already
loaded, the procedure loading window defaults to the appropriate airport, saving some time selecting the correct
airport on the Procedure Loading Page. Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate”
is given. “Loading” adds the approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation
guidance. This allows continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps
the procedure available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds
the procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in
the approach.
Departures
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can be
loaded at a time in a flight plan. If a departure is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight
plan, the new departure replaces the previous departure. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Loading a Departure into the Active Flight Plan
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT DEPARTURE’.
AFCS
3) Press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page is displayed.
4) Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
248
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Available Procedure Actions
Departure Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Departure Preview
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Loaded Procedures
Departure Choices
Figure 5-90 Departure Selection
Loaded Departure
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Departure
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Figure 5-91 Departure Loading
249
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing available departures at an airport:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Management
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), select the DP Softkey. The Departure Information
Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure. The departure is previewed on
the map.
EAS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available departures. Press the ENT Key to select the departure. The cursor
moves to the Runway box. The departure is previewed on the map.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Transition box. The departure is previewed on the map.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The departure is previewed on the map.
7) Select the INFO Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Removing a Departure from the Active Flight Plan
When plans change while flying IFR, departures can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing a departure procedure from the active flight plan:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
AFCS
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
250
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Arrivals
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active
flight plan, the new arrival replaces the previous arrival. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
Loading an Arrival into the Active Flight Plan
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
EAS
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT ARRIVAL’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure.
Destination Airport
Available Procedure Actions
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Arrival Preview
APPENDICES
Loaded Procedures
Arrival Choices
Figure 5-92 Arrival Selection
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
251
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Loaded Arrival
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Arrival
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
Figure 5-93 Arrival Loading
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), select the STAR Softkey. The Arrival Information
Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport Information Page.
AFCS
Viewing available arrivals at an airport:
3) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Arrival. The arrival is previewed on the
map.
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available arrivals. Press the ENT Key to select the arrival. The cursor moves
to the Transition box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Runway box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
APPENDICES
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
INDEX
7) Select the INFO Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
252
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Removing an Arrival from the Active Flight Plan
When plans change while flying IFR, arrivals can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
EAS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the arrival header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Approaches
NOTE: If certain GPS parameters (WAAS, RAIM, etc.) are not available, some published approach procedures
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
for the desired airport may not be displayed in the list of available approaches.
AFCS
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available, and provides guidance
for non-precision and precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures.
Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an approach is loaded when another approach
is already in the active flight plan, the new approach replaces the previous approach. The route is defined by
selection of an approach and the transition waypoints.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate” is given. “Loading” adds the
approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance. This allows
continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps the procedure
available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds the
procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in
the approach.
APPENDICES
When selecting an approach, a “GPS” designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure
can be flown using the GPS receiver. Some procedures do not have this designation, meaning the GPS
receiver can be used for supplemental navigation guidance only. If the GPS receiver cannot be used for
primary guidance, the appropriate navigation receiver must be used for the selected approach (e.g., VOR or
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
253
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
ILS). The final course segment of ILS approaches, for example, must be flown by tuning the NAV receiver to
the proper frequency and selecting that NAV receiver on the CDI.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 WAAS GPS allows for flying LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, and LPV approaches according to the published
chart. LNAV+V is a standard LNAV approach with advisory vertical guidance provided for assistance in
maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope on approach. This guidance is displayed
on the G1000 PFD in the same location as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond. In all cases where
LNAV+V is indicated by the system during an approach, LNAV minima are used. The active approach type
is annunciated on the HSI as shown in the following table:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
HSI Annunciation
Description
LNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV minima
LNAV+V
GPS approach using published LNAV minima.
Advisory vertical guidance is provided
L/VNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV/VNAV
minima
LPV
GPS approach using published LPV minima
Example on HSI
Approach Type
- LNAV
- LNAV+V
- L/VNAV
- LPV
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 5-9 Approach Types
Loading an Approach into the Active Flight Plan
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT APPROACH’, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading Page is displayed.
3) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
4) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
5) Minimums
a) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘RAD ALT’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the
small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Or:
b) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
6) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the arrival procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED
INDEX
FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV
receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
254
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Destination Airport
Available Procedure Actions
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Approach Preview
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Loaded Procedures
Approach Choices
Figure 5-94 Approach Selection
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Approach
Loaded Approach
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
LOAD or ACTIVATE? Annunciation
INDEX
Figure 5-95 Approach Loading
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
255
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing available approaches at an airport:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Management
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), select the APR Softkey. The Departure
Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Approach. The approach is previewed on
the map.
EAS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available approaches. Press the ENT Key to select the approach. The
cursor moves to the Runway box. The approach is previewed on the map.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Transition box. The approach is previewed on the map.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on the map.
7) Select the INFO Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the Nearest Airport Page:
1) Select the Nearest Airports Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired nearest airport. The airport is
previewed on the map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Select the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach Window’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
5) Select the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page is displayed with the transitions field highlighted.
AFCS
6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition.
5) Minimums
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘RAD ALT’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the
small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Or:
b) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ field is highlighted.
INDEX
APPENDICES
8) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the arrival procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure. The G1000 continues
navigating the current flight plan until the approach is activated. When GPS is not approved for the selected
final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the
approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
256
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Activating an Approach
A previously loaded approach can be activated from the Procedures Window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activating a previously loaded approach:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed with ‘Activate Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
EAS
In many cases, it may be easiest to “load” the full approach while still some distance away, enroute to the
destination airport. Later, if vectored to final, use the steps above to select ‘Activate Vector-To-Final’ — which
makes the inbound course to the FAF waypoint active.
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final:
1) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’ and press the ENT Key.
Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From the Approach Loading Page, press the MENU Key. The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT
APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to
a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Removing an Approach from the Active Flight Plan
When plans change while flying IFR, approaches can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
AFCS
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the approach header in the active flight plan.
APPENDICES
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
257
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Missed Approach
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the PROC Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE MISSED APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Or:
EAS
Press the Go-Around Button.
Course To Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is
not part of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along
the runway centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded.
This altitude is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for
this approach. In this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing
the MAP, a direct-to is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is
reached. After reaching 6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL).
If the aircraft altitude is above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the
published fix (MOGAL) to begin the missed approach procedure.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure.
For example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach
Hold Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the
aircraft altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg
when the missed approach procedure is activated.
APPENDICES
Course to Altitude Leg
INDEX
Figure 5-96 Course to Altitude
258
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.9 Trip Planning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 allows the pilot to view trip planning information, fuel information, and other information for
a specified flight plan or flight plan leg based on automatic data, or based on manually entered data. Weight
planning is also available, based on fuel sensor data and the active flight plan (to estimate remaining fuel).
Trip Planning
All of the input of data needed for calculation and viewing of the statistics is done on the Trip Planning Page
located in the AUX Page Group.
EAS
Selected Flight Plan Segment
- FPL Number/Cumulative Legs (CUM or REM) or Leg Number (NN)
- Waypoints Defining Selected Flight Plan/Flight Plan Leg
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Trip Planning Page Mode
- Automatic/Manual
Trip Input Data (sensor/pilot)
Trip Statistics
Desired Track Distance Est. Time Enroute Est. Time of Arrival Enroute Safe Altitude
Sunrise Time (local) Sunset Time (local) -
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Departure Time (local)
- Ground Speed
- Fuel Flow
- Fuel On Board Aircraft
- Calibrated Airspeed
- Indicated Altitude
- Barometric Pressure
- Total Air Temperature
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Preview of Selected
Flight Plan/
Flight Plan Leg
Other Statistics
- Density Altitude
- True Airspeed (TAS)
AFCS
Fuel Statistics
Softkeys
- Automatic/Manual Page Mode
- Flight Plan/Waypoint Mode
APPENDICES
Figure 5-97 Trip Planning Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Efficiency Total Endurance Remaining Fuel Remaining Endurance
Fuel Required Total Range -
The trip planning inputs are based on sensor inputs (automatic page mode) or on pilot inputs (manual page
mode). Some additional explanation of the sources for some of the inputs is as follows:
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
259
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Departure time (DEP TIME) - This defaults to the current time in automatic page mode. The computations
are from the aircraft present position, so the aircraft is always just departing.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Management
• Indicated altitude (IND ALTITUDE) - The primary source is the barometric altitude, and the secondary source
of information is GPS altitude.
• Calibrated airspeed (CALIBRATED AS) - The primary source is from the air data system, and the secondary
source of information is GPS ground speed.
Trip Statistics
EAS
The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and the entire flight plan (CUM) selected,
the waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the selected flight plan.
In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the
waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and the remaining flight plan (REM)
selected, the ‘from’ waypoint is the present position of the aircraft and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the
active flight plan.
In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the
‘from’ waypoint is the current aircraft position and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the selected leg.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In waypoint (WPTS) mode these are manually selected waypoints (if there is an active flight plan, these
default to the endpoints of the active leg).
Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has already
been flown.
AFCS
• Desired Track (DTK) - DTK is shown as nnn° and is the desired track between the selected waypoints. It is dashed unless only a single leg is selected.
• Distance (DIS) - The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9, and in whole units up to 9999. ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Estimated time enroute (ETE) - ETE is shown as hours:minutes until less than an hour, then it is shown
as minutes:seconds.
• Estimated time of arrival (ETA) - ETA is shown as hours:minutes and is the local time at the
destination.
- If in waypoint mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the departure time.
APPENDICES
- If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the ETA by adding to the departure
time all of the ETEs of the legs up to the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA
is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected.
INDEX
- If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position of the aircraft and the current
leg being flown. The ETA is calculated by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to
and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA is calculated as if the
last leg of the flight plan was selected.
• Enroute safe altitude (ESA) - The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT
260
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Destination sunrise and sunset times (SUNRISE, SUNSET) - These times are shown as hours:minutes
and are the local time at the destination.
Fuel Statistics
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The fuel statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs. Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has
already been flown.
• Fuel efficiency (EFFICIENCY) - This value is calculated by dividing the current ground speed by the
current fuel flow.
EAS
• Time of fuel endurance (TOTAL ENDUR) - This time is shown as hours:minutes. This value is obtained
by dividing the amount of fuel on board by the current fuel flow.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Fuel on board upon reaching end of selected leg (REM FUEL) - This value is calculated by taking the
amount of fuel onboard and subtracting the fuel required for trip.
• Fuel endurance remaining at end of selected leg (REM ENDUR) - This value is calculated by subtracting
the time of fuel endurance by the amount of time to go.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Fuel required for trip (FUEL REQ) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time to go by the fuel
flow.
• Total range at entered fuel flow (TOTAL RANGE) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time of fuel
endurance by the ground speed.
Other Statistics
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
These statistics are calculated based on the system sensor inputs or the manual trip planning inputs.
• Density altitude (DENSITY ALT)
• True airspeed (TRUE AIRSPEED)
Selected Flight Plan NN -
AFCS
The pilot may select automatic (AUTO) or manual (MANUAL) page mode, and flight plan (FPL) or waypoint
(WPTS) mode. In automatic page mode, only the FPL, LEG, or waypoint IDs are editable (based on FPL/WPTS
selection).
Selected Leg(s)
Starting and Ending Waypoint of
Selected Flight Plan Segment
Stored Flight Plan
- CUM: Beginning to End of FPL
- NN: Beginning to End of Selected Leg
Active Flight Plan
- REM: Pres. Pos. to End of FPL
- NN: Pres. Pos. to End of Selected Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
00 is Active FPL
01-99 are Stored FPLs
APPENDICES
Figure 5-98 Trip Planning Page - Flight Plan Mode
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
261
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Selected Flight Plan
Selected Leg(s)
Not Available
Not Available
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Starting and Ending Waypoints
Figure 5-99 Trip Planning Page - Waypoint Mode
Selecting automatic or manual page mode:
EAS
Select the AUTO Softkey or the MANUAL Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Select the FPL Softkey or the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the flight plan number field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for each leg can be viewed by turning the
small FMS Knob to select the desired leg. The Inset Map also displays the selected data.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:
1) Select the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The
cursor is positioned in the waypoint field directly below the FPL field.
AFCS
2) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’
if that is what is desired), and press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
3) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key. The statistics for the selected leg
are displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In manual page mode, the other eight trip input data fields must be entered by the pilot, in addition to flight
plan and leg selection.
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
APPENDICES
1) Select the MANUAL Softkey or select ‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu, and press the ENT Key. The cursor
may now be positioned in any field in the top right two boxes.
INDEX
2) Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the DEP TIME field and enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key.
The statistics are calculated using the new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat until all
desired values have been entered.
262
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Weight Planning
Note: All weight planning page data fields displays data rounded to the nearest 10 pounds or 5
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
kilograms.
Fuel Weight Calculator
A/C Payload Calculator
EAS
- Zero Fuel Weight Calculation
- Fuel on Board Entry (or sync)
- Aircraft Weight Calculation
- Est. Landing Weight Calculation
- Estimated Landing Fuel Calculation
- Fuel Reserve Entry
- Excess Fuel Calculation
Basic Empty Weight Entry Pilot & Stores Weight Entry Basic Operating Weight Calc. Passenger(s) Weight Entry Cargo Weight Entry Zero Fuel Weight Calculation -
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Empty Weight Softkey
Entering basic empty weight:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Fuel On Board Sync Softkey
(sets FOB to sensor actual)
(selects Basic Empty
Weight)
Figure 5-100 Weight Planning Page
AFCS
1) Select the EMPTY WT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Basic Empty Weight’, and press the ENT
Key to select the BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the basic empty weight.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering a pilot and stores weight:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘PILOT AND STORES’ field.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the pilot and stores weight.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
263
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
The basic operating weight is calculated by adding the basic empty weight and the pilot and stores weight.
Entering the number of passengers:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘PASSENGERS #’ field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the number of passengers.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EAS
Entering the average passenger weight:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the passenger weight field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the average passenger weight.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The total weight of passengers is calculated by multiplying the number of passengers by the average passenger
weight.
Entering the cargo weight:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘CARGO’ field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the cargo weight.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
The ‘ZERO FUEL WEIGHT’ is calculated by adding the basic empty, pilot and stores, passenger, and cargo
weights.
AFCS
Entering a fuel on board weight:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘FUEL ON BOARD’ field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel on board.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering fuel reserve:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘FUEL RESERVES’ field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel reserves amount.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
INDEX
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor
264
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Synchronizing the fuel on board with the actual measured fuel on board:
Select the FOB SYNC Softkey; or press the MENU Softkey, highlight ‘Synchronize Fuel on Board’, and press the
ENT Key. The actual measured fuel on board is displayed in the fuel on board field.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the aircraft is in the air and a destination waypoint has been entered, the fuel calculations can be
completed.
• Estimated landing weight = zero fuel weight + estimated landing fuel weight. • Estimated landing fuel weight = fuel on board weight - (fuel flow x ETE)
• Excess fuel weight = estimated landing fuel weight - fuel reserves weight
EAS
If the aircraft is on the ground or a destination waypoint has not been entered, the following fields display
invalid values consisting of six dashes:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Estimated landing weight
• Estimated landing fuel weight
• Excess fuel weight
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Weight Caution And Warning Conditions
If the zero fuel weight is greater than the maximum allowable zero fuel weight, then the zero fuel weight is
displayed in amber.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the aircraft weight is greater than the maximum allowable takeoff weight, then the aircraft weight is displayed
in amber.
If the estimated landing weight is greater than the maximum allowable landing weight, then the estimated
landing weight is displayed in amber.
If the estimated landing fuel weight is positive, but less than or equal to the fuel reserves weight, the following
values are displayed in amber:
AFCS
• Estimated fuel at landing weight
• Excess fuel weight
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
If the estimated landing fuel weight is zero or negative, then the following values are displayed in red:
• Estimated fuel at landing weight
• Excess fuel weight
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
265
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
5.10 RAIM Prediction
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to calculate
a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nm for oceanic, 2.0 nm for enroute, 1.0 nm for terminal,
and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of flight, RAIM is
available nearly 100% of the time. The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a
specified date and time. RAIM computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival
date and time. Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not
available. RAIM prediction must be initiated manually if there is concern over WAAS coverage at the destination
or some other reason that compromises navigation precision. If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the
final approach course, the approach does not become active. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF, the
missed approach procedure must be flown.
RAIM PREDICTION Box
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Prediction Waypoint
- Arrival Time
- Arrival Date
- RAIM Status
RAIM Softkey
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
(displays RAIM
PREDICTION)
APPENDICES
Figure 5-101 RAIM Prediction
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
INDEX
2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
266
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window with a
waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, or airway waypoints).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint; or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation.
EAS
Predicting RAIM availability at the aircraft present position:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set WPT to Present Position’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation.
Status of the RAIM computation for the selected waypoint, time, and date is displayed at the bottom of the
RAIM PREDICTION Box as follows:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ - RAIM has not been computed.
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’ - RAIM calculation is in progress.
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be available.
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be unavailable.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
267
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) provides increased navigation accuracy when available. SBAS
can be enabled or disabled manually on the GPS Status Page.
SBAS Status
SBAS SELECTION Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
- WAAS Enable/Disable
RAIM Softkey
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
(displays RAIM
PREDICTION)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-102 SBAS Display - Active
268
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Enabling/Disabling SBAS:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob. The SBAS SELECTION ‘WAAS’ field is highlighted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key to disable SBAS. Press the ENT Key again to enable SBAS.
SBAS Status
EAS
SBAS SELECTION Box
- WAAS Enable/Disable
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
RAIM Softkey
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
(displays RAIM
PREDICTION)
Figure 5-103 SBAS Display - Disabled
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
269
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
5.11 Navigating a Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following discussion is an example of navigating a flight plan with the WAAS capable GPS system while the
G1000 provides vertical guidance through descents. A lateral flight plan (LNAV) would be navigated in much the
same way, but would not include vertical guidance when the final approach course is active.
nOTE: The following example flight plan is for instructional purposes only. All database information depicted
should be considered not current.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Prior to departure, the TIFTO2 departure, the airways, and the DBRY1 arrival at KCOS are loaded. See the
Procedures section for loading departures and arrivals. Note the magenta arrow in Figure 5-104 indicating the
active departure leg.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
EAS
The example is a flight plan from KMKC to KCOS filed using the TIFTO2 departure, various Victor Airways,
and the DBRY1 arrival with the transition at TBE. The flight plan includes an enroute altitude of 12,000 feet, an
LPV (WAAS) approach selected for runway 35R, and a missed approach executed at the Missed Approach Point
(MAP). A few enroute changes are demonstrated.
2) Figure 5-104 shows the aircraft on the assigned heading of 240º. ‘TERM’ (Terminal) is the current CDI flight
phase displayed on the HSI indicating 1.0 nm CDI scaling.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After takeoff, ATC assigns a heading of 240º.
INDEX
Figure 5-104 Assigned Heading of 240º
270
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) ATC now assigns routing to join V4. A heading of 290º is assigned to intercept V4. The aircraft turns to heading
290° as seen in Figure 5-105.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-105 Assigned Heading of 290º
4) Enter V4 into the flight plan.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
271
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) The desired entry point for V4 (TOP) must be entered. Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight
plan insertion point (SLN) as shown in Figure 5-106. When the V4 entry point (TOP) is inserted, it is placed
immediately above the highlighted waypoint (SLN).
Figure 5-106 Begin Adding V4 to the Flight Plan
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. Enter the desired entry point for V4,
Topeka VOR (TOP), as shown in Figure 5-107.
INDEX
Figure 5-107 Entering V4 Entry Point
272
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
d) Press the ENT Key. TOP is inserted into the flight plan as in Figure 5-108.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-108 TOP Inserted into the Flight Plan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
e) With SLN still highlighted as in Figure 5-108, turn the small FMS Knob clockwise. The Waypoint Information
Page is displayed and the LD AIRWY Softkey is now available.
f) Select the LD AIRWY Softkey to display the list of available airways for TOP as seen in Figure 5-109.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-109 List of Available Airways for TOP
g) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight V4 in the list as seen in Figure 5-109.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
273
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
h) Press the ENT Key. The list of available exits for V4 is now displayed as in Figure 5-110.
Figure 5-110 List of Available Exits for V4
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
i) If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to select the desired exit. In this case Salina VOR (SLN) is selected as in
Figure 5-110.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
j) Press the ENT Key. The selected airway and exit are displayed, and the prompt “LOAD?” highlighted as in
Figure 5-111.
Figure 5-111 Ready to Load V4
INDEX
k) Press the ENT Key.
274
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
l) V4 is now loaded into the flight plan as shown in Figure 5-112.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-112 V4 is Loaded in the Flight Plan
5) Making V4 the active leg of the flight plan.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ULNAZ. The TO waypoint of the leg is selected in order to activate the
leg.
c) Select the ACT LEG Softkey. The confirmation window is now displayed as in Figure 5-113. Note the TOP to
ULNAZ leg is actually part of V4.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-113 Comfirm Active Leg
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
275
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
d) Verify the displayed leg is the desired leg and press the ENT Key. Note in Figure 5-114, the magenta arrow in
the flight plan window and magenta line on the map indicating V4 is now the active flight plan leg.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note the phase of flight remained in Terminal (TERM) mode up to this point because a departure leg was active.
Since a leg after the departure is now active, the current CDI flight phase is ENR (Enroute) and CDI scaling has
changed to 2.0 nm.
Figure 5-114 V4 Now Active Leg
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
6) The aircraft continues on heading 290º. When crosstrack distance is less than 2.0 nm, the XTK disappears from
the HSI and the CDI is positioned on the last dot indicating a 2.0 nm distance from the centerline of the next
course.
276
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) As the CDI approaches center, the aircraft turns onto the active leg as seen in Figure 5-115.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-115 Turn on to Active Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) At SLN, Victor Airway 244 (V244) is intercepted. Turn prompts are displayed in the PFD Navigation Status Box
as seen in Figure 5-116.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-116 Turn to Intercept V244
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
277
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
9) As seen in Figure 5-117, V244 is now the active flight plan leg.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-117 V244 Now Active Leg
278
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
10) At Lamar VOR (LAA) V263 is intercepted. See Figure 5-118.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-118 HYS to LAA Leg Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11) ATC grants clearance to proceed direct to the OPSHN intersection to begin the arrival procedure. ATC advises
to expect an altitude of 10,000 feet at OPSHN.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to select OPSHN in the flight plan list.
) Key. The Direct-to Window is now displayed as shown in Figure 5-119.
AFCS
c) Press the Direct-to (
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-119 Direct To OPSHN
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
279
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
d) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the VNV altitude field as shown in Figure 5-120.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-120 Enter VNV Altitude
e) An altitude of 10,000 feet is entered as requested by ATC.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
f) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the VNV offset field as shown in Figure 5-121.
Figure 5-121 Enter VNV Offset Distance
INDEX
g) Enter the offset, or distance from the waypoint at which to reach the pressed altitude. In this case, three miles
prior to OPSHN is entered. In other words, the G1000 gives vertical guidance so the aircraft arrives at an
altitude of 10,000 feet three miles prior to OPSHN.
280
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
h) Press the ENT Key twice to activate the direct-to. Note, in Figure 5-122, the magenta arrow indicating the directto OPSHN after the offset waypoint for OPSHN. The preceding offset waypoint indicates the offset distance
and altitude that were previously entered. The remaining waypoints in the loaded arrival procedure have no
database specified altitudes, therefore, dashes are displayed. Keep the CDI centered and maintain a track along
the magenta line to OPSHN.
Note the Direct-to waypoint is within the loaded arrival procedure, therefore, phase of flight scaling for the CDI
changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
NOTE: If the loaded arrival procedure has waypoints with altitude constraints retrieved from the database
EAS
to be used as is, the altitude must be manually accepted by placing the cursor over the desired altitude,
then pressing the ENT Key. The altitude is now displayed as light blue meaning it is used by the system to
determine vertical speed and deviation guidance.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-122 Direct-to Active
12) The aircraft is proceeding to OPSHN. The expected approach is the RNAV LPV approach to runway 35R, so it is
selected.
APPENDICES
a) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
281
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) ‘SELECT APPROACH’ should be highlighted as shown in Figure 5-123.
Figure 5-123 Procedures Window
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Press the ENT Key. A list of available approaches for the destination airport is displayed as in Figure 5-124.
Figure 5-124 List of Available Approaches
INDEX
d) Turn either FMS Knob to select the LPV approach for 35R as shown in Figure 5-124.
282
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
e) Press the ENT Key. A list of available transitions for the selected approach is displayed as in Figure 5-125.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-125 List of Available Transitions
f) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired transition. In this case, the Initial Approach Fix (IAF) at HABUK is
used.
g) Press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
h) Barometric Minimums
To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Or:
AFCS
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
283
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Figure 5-126 Barometric Minimums Set
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
i) With ‘LOAD?’ highlighted, again press the ENT Key. The selected approach is added to the flight plan as seen
in Figure 5-127.
Figure 5-127 Loaded Approach
284
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
13) Note the altitude constraints associated with each of the approach waypoints as seen in Figure 5-128. These
altitudes are loaded from the database and are initially displayed as white text, indicating these values are not
used in computing vertical deviation guidance. The altitude values must be designated for use by the pilot if
they are to be used in computing vertical guidance.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the altitude field associated with the IAF at HABUK as in Figure
5-128.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-128 Designate HABUK Altitude Constraint
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Press the ENT Key. Note the altitude is now displayed as light blue text, indicating that the value is now used
in computing vertical guidance. The G1000 is using baro corrected altitude when giving vertical guidance to
these waypoints.
d) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the altitude constraint associated with FALUR as seen in Figure 5-129.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-129 Designate FALUR Altitude Constraint
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
e) Press the ENT Key to designate this altitude constraint value for use in computing vertical guidance. This
altitude value is now displayed as light blue text. Note that altitude values are now filled in for waypoints back
to where the previous altitude value was entered for OPSHN.
285
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude constraint values associated with the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and waypoints beyond the FAF cannot
be designated for vertical guidance. These altitude values are always displayed as white text. Vertical guidance
from the FAF and on to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) is given using the WAAS GPS altitude source, therefore,
the displayed altitude values are for reference only.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-130 Vertical Guidance is Active to the FAF
286
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
14) As the aircraft approaches OPSHN, it may be desirable to adjust the speed, or steepness of the upcoming
descent. The default Flight Path Angle (FPA) is -3.0 degrees and a required vertical speed is computed to
maintain the -3.0 FPA. To change the vertical flight path, perform the following steps.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Select the VNV PROF Softkey to place the cursor in the target vertical speed field (VS TGT) as shown in Figure
5-131.
b) At this point, the descent vertical speed can be selected, or the FPA can be selected. Turn the large FMS Knob
to select the desired selection field, then turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired value.
EAS
Note the information now displayed in the ‘CURRENT VNV PROFILE’ box. Also, note the offset waypoint (orange
box) and gray circle are now displayed on the map. The gray circle marks the Top of Descent (TOD). In this
example, vertical guidance is provided at the TOD that results in a -3.0 degree FPA descent to an altitude of
10,000 feet upon reaching the offset waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-131 Adjusting the Descent
c) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
287
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
15) As seen in Figure 5-132, the aircraft is approaching TOD. Note the target vertical speed required to reached
the selected altitude. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) and the Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) are
now displayed on the PFD as shown in Figure 5-133. When the aircraft is within one minute of the TOD, it is
annunciated as shown in Figure 5-133, and an aural alert ‘Vertical track’ will be heard.
Figure 5-132 Approaching Top of Descent (TOD)
AFCS
Target Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Vertical Deviation
Indicator (VDI)
APPENDICES
Required Vertical
Speed Indicator
(RVSI)
INDEX
Figure 5-133 VDI & RVSI When Approaching Top of Descent (TOD)
288
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
16) Upon reaching TOD, a descent vertical speed is established which places the VSI pointer in line with the RVSI as
shown in Figure 5-134.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
Keep Vertical Deviation
Indicator Centered
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Align Actual Vertical Speed
with
Required Vertical Speed
Figure 5-134 VDI & RVSI Showing Correctly Established Descent
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
17) When the aircraft is one minute from the bottom of descent (BOD) it is annunciated as shown in Figure 5-135.
Upon reaching the offset waypoint for OPSHN, the aircraft is at 10,000 feet.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-135 Approaching Bottom of Descent (BOD) at OPSHN Offset Waypoint
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
289
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
18) The aircraft is approaching OPSHN. The upcoming turn and next heading are annunciated at the top left of the
PFD as seen in Figure 5-136. Initiate the turn and maneuver the aircraft on a track through the turn radius to
intercept the magenta line for the OPSHN to FSHER leg and center the CDI.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-136 Turn to intercept OPSHN to FSHER Leg
290
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
19) After passing OPSHN, the next leg of the arrival turns magenta as shown in Figure 5-137. The magenta arrow
in the flight plan list now indicates the OPSHN to FSHER leg of the arrival procedure is now active.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-137 Tracking the OPSHN to FSHER Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
20) The flight continues through the arrival procedure to PYNON (see Figure 5-138). At a point 31 nm from the
destination airport, the phase of flight scaling for the CDI changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by
displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
AFCS
A descent to HABUK is in the next leg. Note the TOD point on the map. Annunciations for the upcoming turn
and descent, as well as the VDI and RVSI, appear on the PFD as the flight progresses.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
291
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
Figure 5-138 Approaching PYNON
292
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
21) Upon passing PYNON the approach procedure automatically becomes active. The approach may be activated
at any point to proceed directly to the IAF. In this example, the aircraft has progressed through the final
waypoint of the arrival and the flight plan has automatically sequenced to the IAF as the active leg, activating
the approach procedure (see Figure 5-139).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-139 Approach is Now Active
Note: To manually activate the approach procedure, perform the following steps:
a) Press the PROC Key.
AFCS
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ as shown in Figure 5-140.
c) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-140 Manually Activate Approach
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
293
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
22) The IAF is the next waypoint. At the TOD, establish a descent vertical speed as previously discussed in Step 16.
The aircraft altitude is 9,000 feet upon reaching HABUK.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-141 Descending Turn to the Initial Approach Fix (IAF)
294
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
23) After crossing FALUR the next waypoint is the FAF. The flight phase changes to LPV on the HSI indicating the
current phase of flight is in Approach Mode and the approach type is LPV. CDI scaling changes accordingly and is
used much like a localizer when flying an ILS approach. The RVSI is no longer displayed and the VDI changes to
the Glidepath Indicator (as shown in Figure 5-142) when the final approach course becomes active.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-142 Descending to the FAF
AFCS
The descent continues through the FAF (CEGIX) using the Glidepath Indicator, as one would use a glideslope
indicator, to obtain an altitude “AT” 7,800 feet at the FAF. Note the altitude restriction lines over and under (At)
the altitude in the ‘ALT’ field in Figure 5-142.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
295
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
24) After crossing CEGIX, the aircraft continues following the glidepath to maintain the descent to “AT or ABOVE”
6,370 feet at the Missed Approach Point (MAP) (RW35R) as seen in Figure 5-143.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-143 Descending to the Missed Approach Point
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is not part
of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along the runway
centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded. This altitude
is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for this approach. In
this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing the MAP, a direct-to
is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is reached. After reaching
6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL). If the aircraft altitude is
above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the published fix (MOGAL) to
begin the missed approach procedure.
INDEX
APPENDICES
In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure. For
example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach Hold
Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the aircraft
altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg when the
missed approach procedure is activated.
296
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
25) Upon reaching the MAP, it is decided to execute a missed approach. Automatic waypoint sequencing is
suspended past the MAP. Press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD to resume automatic waypoint sequencing
through the missed approach procedure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A direct-to is initiated to MOGAL, which is the Missed Approach Hold Point (MAHP) as seen in Figure 5-144.
The aircraft is climbing to 10,000 feet. The CDI flight phase now changes from LPV to MAPR as seen on the
HSI.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Figure 5-144 Missed Approach Active
297
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
26) The aircraft continues climbing to “AT or ABOVE” 10,000 feet at MOGAL. A holding pattern is established at
the MAHP (MOGAL) as shown in Figure 5-145.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-145 Establishing the Holding Pattern
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
27) The aircraft maintains 10,000 feet while following the magenta line through the hold as in Figure 5-146.
Figure 5-146 Hold Established
298
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Flight Management
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.12 Abnormal Operation
This section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent indications.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN) phase of flight. In all other
phases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS POSITION” annunciation on the map and the G1000
stops using GPS.
EAS
While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the G1000 detects an invalid GPS solution or is unable to
calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the G1000
uses its last-known position combined with continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to
calculate and display the aircraft’s current estimated position.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the G1000 in DR Mode may become increasingly
unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data
is also lost or not available, the DR function may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and,
consequently, the system may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimated
position information displayed by the G1000 through DR while there is no heading and/or airspeed data available
should not be used for navigation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/WAAS Mode due to the lack of satellite measurements
needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind direction compound the relative inaccuracy
of DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy, other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position
awareness until GPS-derived position data is restored.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
DR Mode is indicated on the G1000 by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed in yellow over the
‘own aircraft’ symbol as shown in Figure 5-147. In addition, ‘DR’ is prominently displayed in yellow on the HSI
slightly above and to the right of the aircraft symbol on the CDI as shown in Figure 5-147. The CDI deviation
bar remains, but is removed from the display after 20 minutes in DR Mode. The autopilot will remain coupled
in DR mode as long as the deviation info is available (20 min.) Lastly, but at the same time, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’
alert message appears on the PFD. Normal navigation using GPS/WAAS source data resumes automatically once
a valid GPS solution is restored.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an estimated position and
is displayed as yellow text on the display to denote degraded navigation source information as shown in Figure
5-147.
Also, while the G1000 is in DR Mode, TAWS, Terrain SVS or Terrain Proximity are disabled. Additionally, the
accuracy of all nearest information (airports, airspaces, and waypoints) is questionable. Finally, airspace alerts
continue to function, but with degraded accuracy.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
299
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Distance &
Bearing
EAS
Dead Reckoning
Annunciaion
Wind Data
GPS Navigation
Lost Message
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Current
Track
Indicator
Deviation Bar
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Bearing
Pointer/
Distance
Wind Data
Nav. Data Bar
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
All data except
Active Leg, TAS,
and DTK are in
yellow
AFCS
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Subdued Aircraft
Symbol
Figure 5-147 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Yellow
INDEX
Note: The Inset Map is removed from the PFD any time aircraft pitch is greater than +30° or less than –20°,
or when a 65° bank angle is reached.
300
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 6 Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 hazard avoidance features are designed to provide advisory information of potential hazards to flight
safety associated with weather, terrain, and air traffic.
This section is divided into the following groups:
Weather
• GDL 69/69A XM® Satellite Weather
EAS
• GWX 68 Airborne Color Weather Radar
• L-3 STORMSCOPE® WX-500 Series II Weather Mapping Sensor (Optional)
Terrain Avoidance
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Terrain Proximity
• TERRAIN-SVS (Standard with SVS Option)
• Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS) (Optional)
Traffic
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• TIS (Traffic Information Service)
• Honeywell® KTA 870 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) (Optional)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6.1 XM Satellite Weather
Note: XM Satellite Weather data provides information for avoiding hazardous weather. It is not meant for
use to penetrate hazardous weather.
AFCS
XM Satellite Weather is provided through the GDL 69/69A, a remote-mounted data-link satellite receiver.
Received graphical weather information and associated text is displayed on the Multi Function Display (MFD) and
the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Inset Map. The GDL 69A can also receive XM Satellite Radio® entertainment
services. Both weather data and entertainment programming operate in the S-band frequency range to provide
continuous reception capabilities at any altitude throughout North America.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
XM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit
www.xmradio.com.
Activating XM Satellite Services
APPENDICES
Before XM Satellite Weather and XM Satellite Radio can be used, the service must be activated. Service is
activated by providing coded IDs unique to the installed GDL 69/69A. XM Satellite Radio and XM Satellite
Weather services each have coded IDs. The Data and Audio Radio IDs must be provided to activate the weather
service and entertainment subscriptions, respectively. These IDs are located on:
• The label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
INDEX
• The XM Information Page on the MFD
• The XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com,
P/N 190-00355-04)
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
301
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Contact the installer if the Audio and Data Radio IDs cannot be located.
XM Satellite Radio uses the coded IDs to send an activation signal that allows the G1000 to display weather
data and/or entertainment programming provided through the GDL 69A.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activating the XM Satellite Weather and XM Satellite Radio Services:
1) Contact XM Satellite Radio by email (address listed on their website, www.xmradio.com) or by the customer
service phone number listed on the website. Follow the instructions provided by XM Satellite Radio services.
2) Select the next-to-last page in the AUX page group.
EAS
3) Select the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
4) Verify that the desired services are activated.
5) Select the LOCK Softkey to lock subscription information.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight YES.
7) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
Audio Radio
ID (for XM
Satellite Radio)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Data Radio
ID (for XM
Weather)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Weather Products
(Available
Products for
Service Class
Indicated in
Green)
Figure 6-1 XM Information Page
Select LOCK
Softkey to Lock
Subscription
Information
INDEX
APPENDICES
Select INFO
Softkey to
Display XM
Information Page
302
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Using XM SATELLITE Weather Products
The primary map for viewing XM Weather data is the Weather Data Link Page in the Map Page Group. This
is the only G1000 map display capable of showing information for all available XM weather products.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Viewing the Weather Data Link Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link Page.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD
Weather
Product Age
and Legend
NEXRAD
Weather Product
Display Enabled
AFCS
Figure 6-2 Weather Data Link Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When a weather product is active on the Weather Data Link Page or the Navigation Map Page, the age of the
data is displayed on the screen. The age of the product is based on the time difference between when the data
was assembled on the ground and the current GPS time. Weather products are refreshed at specific intervals
(defined in the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-1).
APPENDICES
If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the 30-, 60-, or 90-minute Expiration Time
intervals, the data is considered expired and is removed from the display. This ensures that the displayed data
is consistent with what is currently being broadcast by XM Satellite Radio services. If more than half of the
expiration time has elapsed, the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Table 6-1 shows the weather product symbols, the expiration time and the refresh rate. The refresh rate
represents the interval at which XM Satellite Radio broadcasts new signals that may or may not contain new
weather data. It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by the
Data Link Receiver. Weather data is refreshed at intervals that are defined and controlled by XM Satellite Radio
and its data vendors.
303
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Weather Product
Symbol
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Next-generation Radar
(NEXRAD)
Cloud Top
(CLD TOP)
Echo Top
(ECHO TOP)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
XM Lightning
(LTNG)
Cell Movement
(CELL MOV)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs)
City Forecast
(CITY)
Surface Analysis
(SFC)
Freezing Levels
(FRZ LVL)
Winds Aloft
(WIND)
County Warnings
(COUNTY)
Cyclone Warnings
(CYCLONE)
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
(ICNG)
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
Air Report
(AIREPs)
Turbulence
(TURB)
Radar Coverage
no product image
(RADAR CVRG)
Temporary Flight Restrictions
no product image
(TFRs)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports
no product image
(TAFs)
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
30
5
60
15
30
7.5
30
5
30
12
60
12
90
12
60
12
60
12
60
12
60
12
60
5
60
12
90
22
90
12
90
12
180
18
30
5
60
12
60
12
Table 6-1 Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
304
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
+
Echo Top (ECHO TOP)
+
Nearest Page Group
Flight Plan Pages
+
AUX - Trip Planning
Page
Weather Data Link
Page
+
Weather Information
Page
Navigation Map Page
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Cell Movement (CELL MOV)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/AIR)
+
METARs
+
City Forecast (CITY)
+
Surface Analysis (SFC)
+
Freezing Levels (FRZ LVL)
+
Winds Aloft (WIND)
+
County Warnings (COUNTY)
+
Cyclone Warnings (CYCLONE)
+
Icing Potential (ICNG)
+
PIREPs
+
+
AIREPs
+
+
Turbulence (TURB)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
+
AFCS
TAFs
+
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TFRs
+
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Radar Coverage
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
XM Lightning (LTNG)
EAS
NEXRAD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Weather Product
PFD Inset Map
This table shows which XM products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on specific maps.
Table 6-2 Weather Product Display Maps
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
305
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Weather Softkeys on the Weather Data Link Page
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Softkeys control the display of weather information on most MFD pages and the PFD Inset Map (The figure
shows the weather product softkeys for the Weather Data Link Page). When a weather product is selected for
display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray to indicate the product is enabled. Unavailable weather
products have subdued softkey labels (softkeys are disabled from selection).
SYSTEM
CAS
NEXRAD ECHO TOP CLD TOP
FRZ LVL
METAR
LEGEND MORE WX CHKLIST
WIND OFF ICNG OFF TURB OFF AIREPS
PIREPS
COUNTY
CELL MOV
BACK
EAS
CYCLONE SFC OFF
SIG/AIR
LTNG
SFC Softkey label changes
to reflect current selection.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WIND/ICNG/TURB Softkey labels
change to reflect current selection.
CURRENT
OFF
12 HR
24 HR
36 HR
48 HR
Select the BACK Softkey
to move up one level.
LEGEND
BACK
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PREV and NEXT Softkeys cycle through Winds Aloft,
Icing, and Turbulence altitude selection softkeys.
PREV
OFF
SFC
3000
6000
9000
12000
15000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
36000
39000
42000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
1000
3000
6000
9000
12000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
39000
42000
45000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
15000
36000
APPENDICES
Figure 6-3 Weather Data Link Weather Product Softkeys
INDEX
The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page and the Weather Data Link Page control the map range settings
above which weather products data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the weather
product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map. The menus also
provide a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling display of weather products.
306
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-4).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘XM Product Group 1’ or ‘XM Product Group 2’, and press the ENT Key
(Figure 6-5).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
EAS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page with the changed settings.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-4 Weather Data Link Page Menu
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-5 Weather Data Link Page Setup Menu
Restoring default Weather Data Link Page settings:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page with the FMS Knob.
APPENDICES
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Weather Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
307
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Maps other than the Weather Data Link Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map
Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-6).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-7).
EAS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-8).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-6 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-8 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-7 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
308
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Each active weather product has an associated legend which can be displayed on the Weather Data Link
Page.
Viewing legends for displayed weather products
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page with the FMS Knob.
2) Select the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
EAS
2) Select Weather Legend and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in the window.
4) To remove the Legend Window, select the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
• METARs
• Cell Movement
• County Warnings
• SIGMETs
• TFRs
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Echo Tops
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Additional information about the following can be displayed by panning over the display on the map:
• AIRMETs
The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob. The map range is adjusted by turning
the RANGE Knob. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map
Pointer.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Additional
Information on
Weather Feature
Selected with
Map Pointer
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Flash Flood
Warning
Selected With
Map Pointer
INDEX
Figure 6-9 Panning on the Weather Data Link Page
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
309
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEXRAD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hazard Avoidance
WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar), is a network of 158 high-resolution Doppler radar
systems that are operated by the National Weather Service (NWS). NEXRAD data provides centralized
meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The maximum
range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 nm. In addition to a wide array of services, the NEXRAD network
provides important information about severe weather for air traffic safety.
NOTE: NEXRAD cannot be displayed at the same time as map topography and/or terrain.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
NEXRAD data is not real-time. The lapsed time between collection, processing, and dissemination of
NEXRAD images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis. Due to the inherent delays
and the relative age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only. Never use NEXRAD
data or any radar data to penetrate hazardous weather. Instead, use it in an early-warning capacity of predeparture and enroute evaluation.
Figure 6-10 NEXRAD Data on the Weather Data Link Page
APPENDICES
NEXRAD data can be displayed on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Weather Data Link Page
• Flight Plan Pages
INDEX
• Airport Information Page
310
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying NEXRAD weather information:
1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select the NEXRAD Softkey.
Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown. This data is composed of
the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps. The display of the information is color-coded
to indicate the weather severity level. All weather product legends can be viewed on the Weather Data Link
Page. For the NEXRAD legend, select the LEGEND Softkey when NEXRAD is selected for display.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
No Radar
Coverage
AFCS
Figure 6-11 NEXRAD Data with Legend
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display of radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or ECHO TOPS is selected. Areas
where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected
are indicated in grayish-purple. Radar capability exists in these areas, but it is not active or is off-line.
Reflectivity
APPENDICES
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the NEXRAD
display directly correlate to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous weather
can be very complex.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather
reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
311
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics. For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet hail, and rain.
EAS
• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle. An individual NEXRAD
site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over
the site.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers. The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data
sampled within the area.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Each block
covers an Area
of 4 sq. km
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-12 NEXRAD Data - Zoomed
312
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:
• Ground clutter
• Strobes and spurious radar data
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
NEXRAD Limitations (Canada)
EAS
• Radar coverage extends to 55ºN.
• Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is displayed as mixed because it is unknown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
No Coverage Above 55ºN
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Precipitation
Above 52ºN
Appears Mixed
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-13 NEXRAD Data - Canada
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
313
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ECHO TOPs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hazard Avoidance
Echo Tops data (Figure 6-14) shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest radar echo. The
highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or clouds; rather it indicates the highest altitude at
which precipitation is detected. Information is derived from NEXRAD data.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Note: Display of Echo Tops is mutually exclusive with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD.
Figure 6-14 Echo Tops Data
AFCS
Displaying Echo Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page with the FMS Knob.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Select the ECHO TOP Softkey.
APPENDICES
To display the Echo Tops legend, select the LEGEND Softkey when Echo Tops is selected for display. Since
Echo Tops and Cloud Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these weather products
is mutually exclusive. When Echo Tops is activated, NEXRAD and Cloud Tops data are removed.
INDEX
No Radar
Coverage
Figure 6-15 ECHO TOPS Legend
314
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The display of radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or ECHO TOPS is selected. Areas
where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected
are indicated in grayish-purple. Radar capability exists in these areas, but it is not active or is off-line.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Cloud TOPs
Note: Cloud Tops and Echo Tops cannot be displayed at the same time.
Cloud Tops data (Figure 6-16) depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite imagery.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-16 Cloud Tops Data
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page with the FMS Knob.
2) Select the CLD TOP Softkey.
APPENDICES
To display the Cloud Tops legend, select the LEGEND Softkey when Cloud Tops is selected for display.
Since Cloud Tops and Echo Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these weather
products is mutually exclusive. When Cloud Tops is activated, Echo Tops data is removed.
INDEX
Figure 6-17 Cloud Tops Legend
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
315
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
XM Lightning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hazard Avoidance
Lightning data (Figure 6-18) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning strikes. A strike
icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two-kilometer region. The exact location of the lightning
strike is not displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Note: XM Lightning and optional L-3 STORMSCOPE® WX-500 Lightning are mutually exclusive.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Lightning
Strikes
AFCS
Figure 6-18 Lightning Data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
XM Lightning data displays on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Weather Data Link Page
• Flight Plan Pages
Displaying XM Lightning information:
APPENDICES
1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link Page.
2) Select the XM LTNG Softkey (LTNG Softkey on the Weather Data Link Page).
INDEX
To display the XM Lightning legend on the Weather Data Link Page, select the LEGEND Softkey when XM
Lightning is selected for display.
Figure 6-19 Lightning Legend
316
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Cell Movement
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Cell Movement data (Figure 6-20) shows the location and movement of storm cells as identified by the
ground-based system. Cells are represented by yellow squares, with direction of movement indicated with
short, orange arrows.
EAS
Storm
Cells
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-20 Cell Movement Data
• PFD Inset Map
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
•Navigation Map
• Nearest Pages
AFCS
On most applicable maps, Cell Movement data is selected for display along with NEXRAD. On the Weather
Data Link Page, Cell Movement data can be selected independently. Cell Movement data can be displayed
on the following maps:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying Cell Movement information:
1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link Page.
APPENDICES
2) Select the NEXRAD Softkey (CEL MOV Softkey on the Weather Data Link Page). For Cell Movement to be
displayed on maps other than the Weather Data Link Page, Cell Movement must be turned on in the Navigation
Map Setup Menu (see “Setting Up XM Satellite Weather”).
To display the Cell Movement legend on the Weather Data Link Page, select the LEGEND Softkey when
Cell Movement is selected for display.
INDEX
Figure 6-21 Cell Movement Legend
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
317
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
SIGMETS and AIRMETS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s METeorological Information)
are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather considered of extreme importance to all aircraft. A Convective
SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective weather. A localized SIGMET is a significant weather condition
occurring at a localized geographical position.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Convective
Sigmet
Figure 6-22 SIGMET/AIRMET Data
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
AFCS
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page with the FMS Knob.
2) Select the SIG/AIR Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the RANGE Knob and move the Map Pointer over the icon.
4) Press the ENT key. The figure below shows a sample of SIGMET text.
INDEX
APPENDICES
To display the SIGMET and AIRMET legend, select the LEGEND Softkey when SIGMETs and AIRMETs are
selected for display.
Sample SIGMET Text
SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
Figure 6-23 SIGMET/AIRMET Text and Legend
318
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
METARs and TAFs
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure reported for METARs is given in hectopascals (hPa), except in the United
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
States, where it is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
Note: METAR information is only displayed within the installed aviation database service area.
EAS
METAR (METeorological Aerodrome Report) is the standard format for weather briefings. METARs are
updated hourly and are considered current. METARs typically contain information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure. They can also
contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical data. METARs are shown as
colored flags at airports that provide them.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Instructions
for Viewing
METAR and
TAF Text
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Airport
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-24 METAR Flags on the Weather Data Link Page
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
319
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
TAF (Terminal Area Forecast) is the standard format for 24-hour weather forecasts. TAFs may contain some
METAR data, but generally cover a smaller area. It typically forecasts significant weather changes, temporary
changes, probable changes, and expected changes in weather conditions.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
METAR and TAF text are displayed on the Weather Information Page. METAR data is displayed first in a
decoded fashion, then as raw text. TAF information is displayed only in its raw form.
Displaying METAR and TAF text:
1) On the Weather Data Link Page, select the METAR Softkey.
EAS
2) Select the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired airport.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text is placed ahead of
the TAF text.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page.
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Select the Weather Information Page.
2) Select the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
4) Using the FMS Knob, enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Scroll through the METAR and TAF text with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key. Scroll through all of the METAR
text to get to the TAF text.
320
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
METAR Text
EAS
METAR
Symbol
TAF Text
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-25 METAR and TAF with Text
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link Page, press the LEGEND Softkey when METARs
are selected for display.
The METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text. The METAR flag is gray when
the METAR text does not contain adequate information.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-26 METAR Legend
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
321
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Surface Analysis and City Forecast
Note: Surface Analysis and City Forecast data are displayed only within the installed Aviation Database
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
service area.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Surface Analysis and City Forecast information (Figure 6-27) is available for current and forecast weather
conditions. Forecasts are available for intervals of 12, 24, 36, and 48 hours.
AFCS
Figure 6-27 Surface Analysis Data - 36-Hour
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page with the FMS Knob.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Select the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Select the SFC Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Select the forecast time: CURRENT, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR, or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes to reflect
the forecast time selected.
322
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
To display the Surface Analysis and City Forecast legend, select the LEGEND Softkey when Surface Analysis
and City Forecast are selected for display.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-28 Surface Analysis
and City Forecast Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
323
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Freezing Level
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Freezing Level data (Figure 6-29) shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and location at
which the first isotherm is found. When no data is displayed for a given altitude, the data for that altitude
has not been received, or is out of date and has been removed from the display. New data appears at the next
update.
Figure 6-29 Freeze Level Data
AFCS
Displaying Freezing Level information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page with the FMS Knob.
2) Select the MORE WX Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Select the FRZ LVL Softkey.
APPENDICES
To display the Freezing Level legend (Figure 6-30), select the LEGEND Softkey when Freezing Level data
is selected to be displayed.
INDEX
Figure 6-30 Freezing Level Legend
324
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Winds Aloft
Winds Aloft data (Figure 6-31) shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected
altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3000-foot increments up to 42,000 feet MSL.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displaying Winds Aloft data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page with the FMS Knob.
2) Select the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Select the WIND Softkey.
EAS
4) Select the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet. Select the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The WIND Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-31 Winds Aloft at 27,000 Feet
To display the Winds Aloft legend (Figure 6-32), select the LEGEND Softkey when Winds Aloft is
selected for display.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-32 Winds Aloft Data with Legend
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
325
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
County Warnings
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
County data (Figure 6-33) provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings from the
National Weather Service (NWS). This can include information on fires, tornadoes, severe thunderstorms,
flood conditions, and other natural disasters.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flood
Warnings
Figure 6-33 County Flood Warnings
Displaying County Warning information:
AFCS
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page with the FMS Knob.
2) Select the MORE WX Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Select the COUNTY Softkey.
APPENDICES
To display the County Warnings legend (Figure 6-34), select the LEGEND Softkey when County Warnings
are selected to be displayed.
INDEX
Figure 6-34 County Warnings Legend
326
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Cyclone
The Cyclone weather product (Figure 6-35) shows the current location of cyclones (hurricanes) and their
projected tracks.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Cyclone
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-35 Cyclone Data Selected for Display
Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page with the FMS Knob.
AFCS
2) Select the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Select the CYCLONE Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Cyclone legend (Figure 6-36), select the LEGEND Softkey when Cyclones are selected to
be displayed.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-36 Cyclone Legend
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
327
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Icing (CIP & SLD)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Current Icing Product (CIP) data (Figure 6-37) shows a graphical view of the current icing environment.
Icing severity is displayed in four categories: light, moderate, severe, and extreme (not specific to aircraft type).
The CIP product is not a forecast, but a presentation of the current conditions at the time of the analysis.
Supercooled Large Droplet (SLD) icing conditions are characterized by the presence of relatively large,
super cooled water droplets indicative of freezing drizzle and freezing rain aloft. SLD threat areas are depicted
as magenta dots over the CIP colors.
Displaying Icing data:
EAS
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the ICNG Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Select the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle through
the altitude softkeys. The ICNG Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Supercooled
large droplets
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Icing
APPENDICES
Figure 6-37 Icing Data at 9,000 Feet
INDEX
To display the Icing Potential legend (Figure 6-38), select the LEGEND Softkey when Icing is selected for
display.
Figure 6-38 Icing Potential Legend
328
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Turbulence
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Turbulence data (Figure 6-39) identifies the potential for erratic movement of high-altitude air mass
associated winds. Turbulence is classified as light, moderate, severe or extreme, at altitudes between 21,000
and 45,000 feet.Turbulence data is intended to supplement AIRMETs and SIGMETs.
Displaying Turbulence data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Select the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Select the TURB Softkey.
EAS
4) Select the desired altitude level: 21,000 feet up to 45,000 feet. Select the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The TURB Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Severe
Turbulence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Moderate
Turbulence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Light
Turbulence
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-39 Turbulence Data at 30,000 Feet
To display the Turbulence legend (Figure 6-40), select the LEGEND Softkey when Turbulence is selected
for display.
APPENDICES
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Figure 6-40 Turbulence Legend
329
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
PIREPs and AIREPs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) (Figure 6-41) provide timely weather information for a particular route of
flight. When significant weather conditions are reported or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are
required to solicit PIREPs. A PIREP may contain unforecast adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight
visibility, icing conditions, wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent
(UUA).
EAS
Another type of PIREP is an Air Report (AIREP). AIREPs are used almost exclusively by commerical
airlines.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Instructions for
Viewing PIREP
and AIREP Text
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AIREP
Selected
PIREP
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Urgent
PIREP
Figure 6-41 AIREPs and PIREPs on the Weather Data Link Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Select the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Select the AIREPS or PIREPS Softkey.
APPENDICES
4) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will appear around the weather
report when it is selected.
5) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or AIREP text. The data is first displayed
in a decoded fashion, then as raw text.
INDEX
6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP text.
7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page.
330
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Decoded PIREP Text
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Raw PIREP Text
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-42 PIREP Text on the Weather Data Link Page
AFCS
To display the PIREP or AIREP legend (Figure 6-43), select the LEGEND Softkey when PIREPs or AIREPs
are selected for display.
The PIREP color is determined by the type (routine or urgent).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-43 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
331
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
6.2 Airborne Color Weather Radar
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Description
The Garmin GWX 68 Airborne Color Weather Radar is a four-color digital pulsed radar with 6.5 kilowatts
of output power. It combines excellent range and adjustable scanning profiles with a high-definition target
display. The pulse width is four microseconds (µs) on all ranges except the 2.5 nm range. The GWX 68 uses a
one µs pulse width at this range to reduce the targets smearing together on the display for better target definition
at close range.
EAS
The Socata TBM 850 uses a 10-inch phased array antenna that is fully stabilized to accommodate 30º of pitch
and roll.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
To focus radar scanning on specific areas, Sector Scanning offers pilot-adjustable horizontal scan angles of
20º, 40º, 60º, or 90º. A vertical scanning function helps to analyze storm tops, gradients, and cell buildup
activity at various altitudes.
Radar features include:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Extended Sensitivity Time Constant (STC) logic that automatically correlates distance of the return echo with
intensity, so cells do not suddenly appear to get larger as they get closer.
• WATCH® (Weather ATtenuated Color Highlight) helps identify possible shadowing effects of short-range cell
activity, identifying areas where radar return signals are weakened or attenuated by intense precipitation (or
large areas of lesser precipitation) and may not fully reflect the weather behind a storm.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Weather Alert that looks ahead for intense cell activity in the 80-320 nm range, even if these ranges are not
being monitored.
Principles of Pulsed Airborne Weather Radar
AFCS
The term RADAR is an acronym for RAdio Detecting And Ranging. Pulsed radar locates targets by transmitting
a microwave pulse beam that, upon encountering a target, is reflected back to the radar receiver as a return
echo. The microwave pulses are focused and radiated by the antenna, with the most intense energy in the
center of the beam and decreasing intensity near the edge. The same antenna is used for both transmitting and
receiving. The returned signal is then processed and displayed on the G1000 MFD.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Radar detection is a two-way process that requires 12.36 µs for the transmitted microwave pulses to travel out
and back for each nautical mile of target range. It takes 123.6 µs for a transmitted pulse to make the round trip
if a target is ten nautical miles away.
APPENDICES
Airborne weather radar should be used to avoid severe weather, not for penetrating severe weather. The
decision to fly into an area of radar targets depends on target intensity, spacing between the targets, aircraft
capabilities, and pilot experience. Pulse type weather radar detects only precipitation, not clouds or turbulence.
The display may indicate clear areas between intense returns, but this does not necessarily mean it is safe to fly
between them. Only Doppler radar can detect turbulence.
INDEX
Airborne weather radar has other capabilities beyond weather detection. It also has the ability to detect and
provide distance to cities, mountains, coastlines, rivers, lakes, and oceans.
332
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEXRAD and Airborne Weather Radar
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Both Airborne Weather Radar and NEXRAD measure weather reflectivity in decibels (dB). A decibel is a
logarithmic expression of the ratio of two quantities. Airborne Weather Radar measures the ratio of power
against the gain of the antenna, while NEXRAD measures the energy reflected back to the radar, or the radar
reflectivity ratio.
Both systems use colors to identify the different echo intensities, but the colors are not interchangeable.
Airborne color radar values used by Garmin Airborne Color Weather Radar should not be confused with
NEXRAD radar values.
EAS
Antenna Beam Illumination
18,000 ft.
0
15
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
0
Half Power
Antenna at Zero Tilt
8°
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitude (x1000 ft.)
80
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The radar beam is much like the beam of a spotlight. The further the beam travels, the wider it becomes.
The radar is only capable of seeing what is inside the boundaries of the beam. The figure below depicts a radar
beam’s characteristics. The figure illustrates vertical dimensions of the radar beam, although the same holds
true for the horizontal dimensions. In other words, the beam is as wide as it is tall. Note that it is possible to
miss areas of precipitation on the radar display because of the antenna tilt setting. With the antenna tilt set
to zero in this illustration, the beam overshoots the precipitation at 15 nautical miles.
Max Power at Beam Center
18,000 ft.
30
45
60
75
90
Range (nautical miles)
AFCS
Figure 6-44 Radar Beam from a 10 inch Antenna
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The curvature of the earth can also be a factor in missing areas of precipitation, especially at range settings
of 150 nautical miles or more. Here the beam overshoots the precipitation at less than 320 nautical miles.
APPENDICES
NM
INDEX
Figure 6-45 Radar Beam in Relation to the Curvature of the Earth
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
333
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Radar Signal Attenuation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The phenomenon of radar signal attenuation affects the operation of weather radar. When the radar signal
is transmitted, it is progressively absorbed and scattered, making the signal weaker. This weakening, or
attenuation, is caused by two primary sources, distance and precipitation.
EAS
Attenuation because of distance is due to the fact that the radar energy leaving the antenna is inversely
proportional to the square of the distance. The reflected radar energy from a target 40 miles away that fills
the radar beam is one fourth the energy reflected from an equivalent target 20 miles away. This would appear
to the operator that the storm is gaining intensity as the aircraft gets closer. Internal signal processing within
the GWX 68 system compensates for much of this distance attenuation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Attenuation due to precipitation is not as predictable as distance attenuation. It is also more intense. As the
radar signal passes through moisture, a portion of the radar energy is reflected back to the antenna. However,
much of the energy is absorbed. If precipitation is very heavy, or covers a large area, the signal may not
reach completely through the area of precipitation. The weather radar system cannot distinguish between an
attenuated signal and an area of no precipitation. If the signal has been fully attenuated, the radar displays
a radar shadow. This appears as an end to the precipitation when, in fact, the heavy rain may extend much
further. A cell containing heavy precipitation may block another cell located behind the first, preventing it
from being displayed on the radar. Never fly into these shadowed areas and never assume that all of the heavy
precipitation is being displayed unless another cell or a ground target can be seen beyond the heavy cell. The
WATCH® feature of the GWX 68 Weather Radar system can help in identifying these shadowed areas. Areas
in question appear as shadowed or gray on the radar display. Proper use of the antenna tilt control can also
help detect radar shadows.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Attenuation can also be due to poor maintenance or degradation of the radome. Even the smallest amount of
wear and scratching, pitting, and pinholes on the radome surface can cause damage and system inefficiency.
AFCS
Radar Signal Reflectivity
Precipitation
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Precipitation or objects more dense than water, such as the surface of the earth or solid structures, are
detected by the weather radar. The weather radar does not detect clouds, thunderstorms, or turbulence
directly. It detects precipitation associated with clouds, thunderstorms, and turbulence. The best radar
signal reflectors are raindrops, wet snow, or wet hail. The larger the raindrop, the better the reflectivity. The
size of the precipitation droplet is the most important factor in radar reflectivity. Because large drops in a
small concentrated area are characteristic of a severe thunderstorm, the radar displays the storm as a strong
return. Ice crystals, dry snow, and dry hail have low levels of reflectivity as shown in the illustration, and
often is not displayed by the radar. Additionally, a cloud that contains only small raindrops, such as fog or
drizzle, does not reflect enough radar energy to produce a measurable target return.
334
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-46 Precipitation Type and Reflectivity
Ground Returns
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The intensity of ground target returns depends upon the angle at which the radar beam strikes the
ground target (Angle of Incidence) and the reflective properties of that target. The gain can be adjusted so
shorelines, rivers, lakes, and cities are well-defined. Increasing the gain too much causes the display to fill
in between targets, thus obscuring some landmarks.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Cities normally provide a strong return signal. While large buildings and structures provide good returns,
small buildings can be shadowed from the radar beam by the taller buildings. As the aircraft approaches
and shorter ranges are selected, details become more noticeable as the highly reflective regular lines and
edges of the city become more defined.
AFCS
Bodies of water such as lakes, rivers, and oceans are not good reflectors and normally do not provide good
returns. The energy is reflected in a forward scatter angle with inadequate energy being returned. They
can appear as dark areas on the display. However, rough or choppy water is a better reflector and provides
stronger returns from the downwind sides of the waves.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Mountains also provide strong return signals to the antenna, but also block the areas behind. However,
over mountainous terrain, the radar beam can be reflected back and forth in the mountain passes or off
canyon walls, using up all or most of the radar energy. In this case, no return signal is received from this
area, causing the display to show a dark spot which could indicate a pass where no pass exists.
Angle of Incidence
APPENDICES
The angle at which the radar beam strikes the target is called the Angle of Incidence. The figure illustrates
the incident angle (‘A’). This directly affects the detectable range, the area of illumination, and the intensity
of the displayed target returns. A large incident angle gives the radar system a smaller detectable range and
lower display intensity due to minimized reflection of the radar energy.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
335
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-47 Angle of Incidence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A smaller incident angle gives the radar a larger detectable range of operation and the target display shows
a higher intensity. Since more radar energy is reflected back to the antenna with a low incident angle, the
resulting detectable range is increased for mountainous terrain.
Safe Operating Distance
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The following information establishes a minimum safe distance from the antenna for personnel near
operating weather radar. The minimum safe distance is based on the FCC’s exposure limit at 9.3 to 9.5 GHz for
general population/uncontrolled environments, which is 1 mW/cm2. See Advisory Circular 20-68B for more
information on safe distance determination.
Maximum Permissible Exposure Level (MPEL)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The zone in which the radiation level exceeds the US Government standard of 1 mW/cm2 is the semicircular
area of at least 9.16 feet from the 10-inch antenna. All personnel must remain outside of this zone. With a
scanning or rotating beam, the averaged power density at the MPEL boundary is significantly reduced.
336
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
MPEL
Boundary
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
9.16 ft. for 10”
antenna
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-48 MPEL Boundary
Basic Antenna Tilt Setup
AFCS
The following discussion is a simple method for setting up the weather radar antenna tilt for most situations.
It is not to be considered an all encompassing setup that works in all situations, but this method does provide
good overall parameters for the monitoring of threats. Ultimately, it is desired to have the antenna tilted so that
the bottom of the radar beam is four degrees below parallel with the ground. The following example explains
one way of achieving this.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
With the aircraft flying level, adjust the antenna tilt so ground returns are displayed at a distance that equals
the aircraft’s current altitude (AGL) divided by 1,000. For example, if the aircraft is at 14,000 feet, adjust the
tilt so the front edge of ground returns are displayed at 14 nautical miles. Note this antenna tilt angle setting.
Now, raise the antenna tilt 6 degrees above this setting. The bottom of the radar beam is now angled down 4º
from parallel with the ground.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
337
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Practical Application Using the Basic Tilt Setup
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
With the antenna tilt set as previously described, any displayed target return should be scrutinized when
flying at altitudes between 2,000 and 30,000 feet AGL. If the displayed target advances on the screen to
within 5 nautical miles of the aircraft, avoid it. This may be either weather or ground returns that are 2,000
feet or less below the aircraft. Raising the antenna tilt 4 degrees can help separate ground returns from
weather returns in relatively flat terrain. This aligns the bottom of the radar beam parallel with the ground.
Return the antenna tilt to the previous setting after a few sweeps.
EAS
If the aircraft is above 29,000 feet, be cautious of any target return that gets to within 30 nautical miles.
This is likely a thunderstorm that has a top high enough that the aircraft cannot fly over it safely.
If the aircraft altitude is 15,000 feet or lower, setting the displayed range to 60 miles may be more helpful.
Closely monitor anything that enters the display.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4000
Change in Antenna Tilt
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
+4°
+3°
+2°
+1°
0°
-1°
-2°
-3°
-4°
3000
2000
1000
0
1000
2000
3000
10 nm
4000
Vertical Change of Radar Beam (feet)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Also, after setting up the antenna tilt angle as described previously, ground returns can be monitored for
possible threats. The relationship between antenna tilt angle, altitude, and distance is one degree of tilt equals
100 feet of altitude for every one nautical mile.
AFCS
Figure 6-49 Vertical Change in Radar Beam per Nautical Mile
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Therefore, with the antenna tilt set so that the bottom of the beam is four degrees below parallel with the
ground, a target return at 10 nm is approximately 4,000 feet below the aircraft; at 20 nm, 8,000 feet; at 50 nm,
20,000 feet. In other words, at this tilt setting, a ground return (such as a mountain peak) being displayed
at 10 nm would have a maximum distance below the aircraft of 4,000 feet. When that ground target return
moves to 5 nm, the maximum distance below the aircraft is 2,000 feet.
INDEX
APPENDICES
This setup provides a good starting point for practical use of the GWX 68. There are many other factors to
consider in order to become proficient at using weather radar in all situations.
338
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Weather Mapping and Interpretation
Weather Display Interpretation
Black
Green
Yellow
Red
Magenta
< 23 dBZ
23 dBZ to < 32 dBZ
32 dBZ to < 41 dBZ
41 dBZ to < 50 dBZ
50 dBZ and greater
Approximate
Precipitation Rate
(in/hr.)
< .01.
.01 - 0.1.
0.1 - 0.5
0.5 - 2
>2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Intensity
EAS
Weather Mode Color
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When evaluating various target returns on the weather radar display, the colors denote precipitation intensity
and rates shown in the table.
Table 6-3 Precipitation Intensity Levels
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Thunderstorms
Updrafts and downdrafts in thunderstorms carry water through the cloud. The more severe the drafts, the
greater the number and size of the precipitation droplets. With this in mind, the following interpretations
can be made from what is displayed on the weather radar. Avoid these areas by an extra wide margin.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• In areas where the displayed target intensity is red or magenta (indicating large amounts of precipitation),
the turbulence is considered severe.
• Areas that show steep color gradients (intense color changes) over thin bands or short distances suggest
irregular rainfall rate and strong turbulence.
AFCS
• Areas that show red or magenta are associated with hail or turbulence, as well as heavy precipitation. Vertical
scanning and antenna tilt management may be necessary to identify areas of maximum intensity.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
339
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Along squall lines (multiple cells or clusters of cells in a line) individual cells may be in different stages
of development. Areas between closely spaced, intense targets may contain developing clouds not having
enough moisture to produce a return. However, these areas could have strong updrafts or downdrafts.
Targets showing wide areas of green are generally precipitation without severe turbulence.
Irregularities in the target return may also indicate turbulence, appearing as hooks, fingers, or scalloped
edges. These irregularities may be present in green areas with no yellow, red, or magenta areas and should
be treated as highly dangerous areas. Avoid these areas as if they are red or magenta.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Squall Line
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Steep Gradient
Hook or Finger
Scalloped Edge
Figure 6-50 Cell Irregularities
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Thunderstorm development is rapid. A course may become blocked within a short time. When displaying
shorter ranges, periodically select a longer range to see if problems are developing further out. That can
help prevent getting trapped in a blind alley or an area that is closed at one end by convective weather.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-51 The Blind Alley - Horizontal Scan
340
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
In areas of multiple heavy cells, use the Vertical Scan feature along with antenna tilt management to
examine the areas. Remember to avoid shadowed areas behind targets.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
The Large Storm Behind
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Blind Alley at Close Range
Figure 6-52 The Blind Alley
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Tornadoes
There are no conclusive radar target return characteristics which identify a tornado. However, tornadoes
may be present if the following characteristics are observed:
• A narrow, finger-like portion extends and in a short time curls into a hook and closes on itself.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• A hook, which may be in the general shape of the numeral 6 (9 in the southern hemisphere), especially
if bright and projecting from the southwest quadrant (northeast quadrant in the southern hemisphere) of
a major thunderstorm.
• V-shaped notches.
• Doughnut shapes.
AFCS
These shapes do not always indicate tornadoes, and tornado returns are not limited to these characteristics.
Confirmed radar observations of tornadoes most often have not shown shapes different from those of a
normal thunderstorm display.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Hail
APPENDICES
Hail results from updrafts carrying water high enough to freeze. Therefore, the higher the top of a
thunderstorm, the greater the probability that it contains hail. Vertically scanning the target return can
give the radar top of a thunderstorm that contains hail. Radar top is the top of a storm cell as detected by
radar. It is not the actual top, or true top of the storm. The actual top of a storm cell is seen with the eyes
in clear air and may be much higher than the radar top. The actual top does not indicate the top of the
hazardous area.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Hail can fall below the minimum reflectivity threshold for radar detection. It can have a film of water on
its surface, making its reflective characteristics similar to a very large water droplet. Because of this film of
water, and because hail stones usually are larger than water droplets, thunderstorms with large amounts
of wet hail return stronger signals than those with rain. Some hail shafts are extremely narrow (100 yards
341
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
or less) and make poor radar targets. In the upper regions of a cell where ice particles are dry (no liquid
coating), target returns are less intense.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hail shafts are associated with the same radar target return characteristics as tornados. U-shaped cloud
edges three to seven miles across can also indicate hail. These target returns appear quite suddenly along
any edge of the cell outline. They also change in intensity and shape in a matter of seconds, making vigilant
monitoring essential.
Operation in Weather Mode
EAS
WARNING: Begin transmitting only when it is safe to do so. When transmitting while the aircraft is on the
ground, no personnel or objects should be within 9.16 feet of the antenna.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
CAUTION: In Standby mode, the antenna is parked at the center line. It is always a good idea to put the
radar in Standby mode before taxiing the aircraft to prevent the antenna from bouncing on the bottom stop
and possibly causing damage to the radar assembly.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the weather radar system is in the Weather or Ground Map mode, the system automatically switches
to Standby mode on landing.
In Reversionary mode, the weather radar system automatically switches to Standby mode. The system
remains in Standby mode until both displays are restored. In Reversionary mode, the weather radar system
cannot be controlled.
Scan Line
Antenna Stabilization Status
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Radar Mode
INDEX
Figure 6-53 Horizontal Scan Display
342
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying weather on the Weather Radar Page:
1) Select the Weather Radar Page in the Map Page Group with the FMS Knob.
2) Select the MODE Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) While on the ground, select the STANDBY Softkey. A one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown is
displayed on the screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar enters the Standby Mode.
a) Select the WEATHER Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-54 Confirming Activating Radar
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight YES and press the ENT Key to continue radar activation.
OR:
If the aircraft is airborne, select the WEATHER Softkey. A one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown
is displayed on the screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar begins transmitting.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the RANGE Knob to select the desired map range.
5) The horizontal scan is initially displayed (Figure 6-55). If desired, select the VERTICAL Softkey to change to
vertical scanning.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
343
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Vertically scanning a storm cell:
NOTE: Vertical scanning of a storm cell should be done with the aircraft wings level to avoid constant
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
adjustment of the Bearing Line.
1) While in the Horizontal Scan view, select the BRG Softkey. This places the cursor in the BEARING field and
displays the Bearing Line.
If the Bearing Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Bearing
Line. Press the ENT Key.
EAS
2) Press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line on the desired storm cell or other area to be vertically
scanned.
Bearing Line
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Scan Line
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-55 Bearing Line on Horizontal Scan
4) Select the VERTICAL Softkey. A vertical scan of the selected area is now displayed (Figure 6-56).
5) The small FMS Knob may be used to move the scanned bearing line a few degrees right or left.
APPENDICES
6) Turn the RANGE Knob to adjust the range.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
8) To select a new area to be vertically scanned, select the HORIZON Softkey to return to the Horizontal Scan view
and repeat the previous steps.
INDEX
The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust bearing from left to right.
344
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-56 Vertical Scan Display
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Adjusting Antenna Tilt Angle
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In order to make an accurate interpretation of a storm cell, the radar beam should be pointed at the wet
part of the weather cell to record the proper rainfall intensity (color level). The ideal aiming point is just
below the freezing level of the storm. The best way to find this point is to use the Vertical Scan feature. The
antenna tilt angle can be centered on the strongest return area in the vertical scan to get a more accurate
view of the coverage and intensity of the target in the horizontal scan.
Adjusting antenna tilt on the Horizontal Scan display:
AFCS
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the TILT field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired antenna tilt angle.
3) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust tilt up and down.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
345
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Adjusting antenna tilt on the Vertical Scan display:
1) Select the TILT Softkey to activate the cursor in the TILT field and display the Tilt Line.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the Tilt Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Tilt Line. Press
the ENT Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the antenna tilt angle. The selected tilt angle is implemented when Horizontal
Scan is again selected.
The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust tilt.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Tilt Line
AFCS
Scan Line
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-57 Adjusting Tilt on Vertical Scan Display
346
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adjusting Gain
WARNING: Changing the gain in weather mode causes precipitation intensity to be displayed as a color
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
not representative of the true intensity. Remember to return the gain setting to Calibrated for viewing the
actual intensity of precipitation.
1) Select the GAIN Softkey to activate the cursor in the GAIN field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the gain for the desirable level. The gain setting is visible in the GAIN field
as a movable horizontal bar in a flashing box. The line pointer is a reference depicting the calibrated position.
EAS
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
4) Select the GAIN Softkey again to recalibrate the gain. CALIBRATED is displayed in the GAIN field.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Manual Gain Set Below Calibrated
Calibrated Gain
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-58 Gain Calibration
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
347
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Sector Scan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While in horizontal scan mode, press the BRG Softkey to display the Bearing Line and place the cursor in the
BEARING field. If the Bearing Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select
Show Bearing Line.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
2) Press the ENT Key.
Figure 6-59 Selecting Sector Scan Position
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line in the desired position. The location of the Bearing Line
becomes the center point of the Sector Scan.
AFCS
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the SECTOR SCAN field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select FULL, 60˚, 40˚, or 20˚ scan.
6) If desired, readjust the Bearing Line as discussed previously to change the center of the Sector Scan.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Select the BRG Softkey again to remove the Bearing Line and cursor. The bearing reference is also reset to 0º.
348
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-60 40˚ Sector Scan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Antenna Stabilization
1) To activate or deactivate the antenna stabilization, select the MODE Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Select the STAB ON Softkey to activate antenna stabilization or select the STAB OFF Softkey to deactivate. The
current stabilization condition is shown in the upper right of the weather radar display.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
349
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Weather Attenuated Color Highlight (WATCH®)
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While in horizontal scan mode, this feature can be used as a tool to determine areas of possible inaccuracies
in displayed intensity due to weakening of the radar energy. This weakening is known as attenuation. The
radar energy weakens as it passes through areas of intense precipitation, large areas of lesser precipitation,
and distance. Issues with the radome also attenuates the radar energy. All these factors have an effect on the
return intensity. The more energy that dissipates, the lesser the displayed intensity of the return. Accuracy
of the displayed intensity of returns located in the shaded areas are suspect. Make maneuvering decisions
with this information in mind. Proper antenna tilt management should still be employed to determine the
extent of attenuation in a shaded area.
To activate or deactivate the WATCH® feature, select the WATCH Softkey.
Areas of
Attenuated Signal
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Displayed intensity is questionable.
Potentially stronger than displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Horizontal Scan Without WATCH®
Horizontal Scan With WATCH®
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-61 Horizontal Scan Without and With WATCH™
350
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Weather Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Weather Alert feature indicates the presence of heavy precipitation between the ranges of 80 and 320
nm regardless of the currently displayed range. Weather Alert targets appear as red bands along the outer
range ring at the approximate azimuth of the detected returns.
If a Weather Alert is detected within ±10° of the aircraft heading, an alert is displayed on the PFD in the
Messages Window.
If the antenna tilt is adjusted too low, a weather alert can be generated by ground returns. To avoid
unwanted weather alerts, deselect the WX ALRT Softkey..
EAS
Weather Alerts
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-62 Weather Alert Indications
To activate or deactivate Weather Alerts, select the WX ALRT Softkey. Activating and deactivating also
enables or inhibits the alert on the PFD.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-63 Weather Alert on PFD
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
351
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Ground Mapping and Interpretation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A secondary use of the weather radar system is for the presentation of terrain. This can be a useful tool for
verifying aircraft position. A picture of the ground is represented much like a topographical map that can be
used as a supplement to the navigation map on the MFD.
EAS
Ground Map mode uses a different gain range than Weather mode. Different colors are also used to represent
the intensity levels. The displayed intensity of ground target returns are defined in the table below. Use of the
GAIN and TILT controls helps improve contrast so that specific ground targets can be recognized more easily.
As previously discussed, the type and orientation of the target in relation to the aircraft affects the intensity
displayed.
When the weather radar system is in either the Weather or Ground Map mode, the system automatically
switches to Standby mode upon landing.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Ground Map
Mode Color
Black
Light blue
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Yellow
Magenta
Blue
Intensity
0 dB
> 0 dB to < 9 dB
9 dB to < 18 dB
18 dB to < 27 dB
27 dB and greater
Table 6-4 Ground Target Return Intensity Levels
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Operation in Ground Map Mode
1) Select the MODE Softkey.
2) Select the GROUND Softkey to place the radar in Ground Map mode.
3) Select the BACK Softkey.
AFCS
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the TILT field.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Adjust the antenna tilt angle by turning the small FMS Knob to display ground returns at the desired distance.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
352
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.3 Stormscope
NOTE: The Stormscope system is not intended for hazardous thunderstorm penetration. Weather information
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
on the G1000 MFD is approved for weather avoidance only. Refer to the WX-500 User’s Guide for a detailed
description of Stormscope operation.
Note: L-3 STORMSCOPE® WX-500 Lightning and GDL 69/69A XM® Satellite Weather Lightning are
mutually exclusive.
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
• Nearest Pages
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• PFD Inset Map
• Stormscope Page
• Navigation Map
EAS
The following pages can display Stormscope data:
To display Stormscope data on any map besides the Stormscope Page, press the MAP Softkey (or the INSET
Softkey for the PFD Inset Map), then press the STRMSCP Softkey. These pages can also display cell or strike data
using the yellow lightning strike symbology shown in Table 6-5.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Lightning Age
Symbol
Strike is less than 6 seconds old
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Strike is between 6 and 60 seconds old
Strike is between 1 and 2 minutes old
AFCS
Strike is between 2 and 3 minutes old
Table 6-5 Lightning Age and Symbols
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Setting Up Stormscope on the Navigation Map
Setting up Stormscope options on the Navigation Map:
1) On the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key.
APPENDICES
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected (Figure 6-64), press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Weather’
(Figure 6-65), and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move between the product selections.
INDEX
5) When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the option.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page (Figure 6-66).
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
353
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
The following Stormscope options are available (Figure 6-65):
• STRMSCP LTNG – Turns the display of Stormscope data on or off.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• STRMSCP MODE – Selects the CELL or STRIKE mode of lightning activity. Cell mode identifies clusters
or cells of electrical activity. Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning strikes.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
• STRMSCP SMBL – Selects the range at which Stormscope data displays. Stormscope data is removed
when a map range greater than the STRMSCP SMBL value is selected.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-64 Page Menu
INDEX
Figure 6-65 Map Setup Menu
354
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Cell and Strike Mode on the Navigation Map
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
On the Navigation Map, cell mode identifies cells of lightning activity (Figure 6-66). Stormscope identifies
clusters of electrical activity that indicate cells. Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning
strikes.
Selecting the ‘cell’ or ‘strike’ mode on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected, press the ENT Key.
3) Select the ‘Weather’ group.
EAS
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on ‘STRMSCP LTNG’.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘STRMSCP MODE’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to change between ‘CELL’ and ‘STRIKE’ options. When an item is selected, press the
ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map
Orientation
Stormscope
Mode
Strike Rate
per Minute
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Stormscope
Icon
80 nm Map
Range
APPENDICES
Figure 6-66 Navigation Map Page with Stormscope
Lightning Data
If heading input is lost, strikes and/or cells must be cleared manually after the execution of each turn
(Figure 6-67). This is to ensure that the strike and/or cell positions are depicted accurately in relation to the
nose of the aircraft.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
355
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Manually clearing Stormscope data on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select ‘Clear Stormscope Lightning’.
EAS
3) Press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-67 Navigation Map Page Options Menu
Zoom Range on the Navigation Map
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Stormscope lightning data can be displayed up to 800 nm zoom range (in North Up orientation) on the
Navigation Map Page. However, in Track Up orientation at the 500 nm range, a portion of Stormscope lightning
data can be behind the aircraft and therefore not visible on the Navigation Map. Since the range for Stormscope
data is 400 nm diameter total (200 nm in front and 200 nm behind), the 500 nm range in North Up orientation
shows all the data.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
At a map range of less than 25 nm, Stormscope lightning data is not displayed, but can still be present. The
presence of Stormscope lightning data is indicated by the annunciation ‘LTNG < 25 nm’ in the upper right
corner (Figure 6-68).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-68 Lightning Display Range Annunciation
INDEX
APPENDICES
The maximum zoom range can also be set on the Navigation Map. Note that Stormscope data above the
selected maximum zoom range is decluttered.
356
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting a Stormscope range on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘MAP SETUP’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Select the ‘Weather’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘STRMSCP SMBL’.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the maximum display range.
EAS
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
To change the display range on the Navigation Map Page, turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to zoom out or
counter-clockwise to zoom in.
Selecting the Stormscope Page
Stormscope lightning data can be displayed at the ranges of 25 nm, 50 nm, 100 nm, and 200 nm.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Stormscope Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) To change the map range, turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to zoom out or counter-clockwise to zoom in.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-69 Stormscope Page
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
357
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Changing between ‘cell’ and ‘strike’ mode:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select the MODE Softkey. The CELL and STRIKE softkeys are displayed.
3) Select the CELL Softkey to display ‘CELL’ data or select the STRIKE Softkey to display ‘STRIKE’ data. ‘CELL’ or
‘STRIKE’ is displayed in the mode box in the upper left corner of the Stormscope Page.
4) Select the BACK Softkey to return to the Stormscope Page.
Or:
EAS
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between ‘CELL’ and ‘STRIKE’ options.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) When an item is selected, press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If heading input is lost, strikes and/or cells must be cleared manually after the execution of each turn
(Figure 6-70). This is to ensure that the strike and/or cell positions are depicted accurately in relation to the
nose of the aircraft.
Manually clearing Stormscope data:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Clear Stormscope Lightning’.
4) Press the ENT Key.
Or:
AFCS
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the CLEAR Softkey.
INDEX
Figure 6-70 Navigation Map Page Options Menu
358
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing the viewing mode between 360˚ and 120˚:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
2) Select the VIEW Softkey. The 360 and ARC softkeys are displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Select the 360 Softkey to display a 360˚ viewing area or select the ARC Softkey to display a 120˚ viewing
area.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the Stormscope Page.
Or:
EAS
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between ‘View Arc’ and ‘View 360˚ options.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) When an item is selected, press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
359
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
6.4 Terrain Proximity
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Warning: Do not use Terrain Proximity information for primary terrain avoidance. Terrain Proximity is
intended only to enhance situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75° North or 60° South.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
G1000 Terrain Proximity is a terrain awareness system that does not comply with TSO-C151b certification
standards. It increases situational awareness and aids in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). Do not
confuse Terrain Proximity with Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS). TAWS is more sophisticated
and robust, and it is TSO-C151b certified. Terrain Proximity does not provide warning annunciations or voice
alerts. It only provides color indications on map displays when terrain and obstacles are within a certain altitude
threshold from the aircraft. Although the terrain and obstacle color map displays are the same, TAWS uses more
sophisticated algorithms to assess aircraft distance from terrain and obstacles.
Terrain Proximity requires the following components to operate properly:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Valid 3-D GPS position
• Valid terrain/obstacle database
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain Proximity displays altitudes of terrain and obstructions relative to the aircraft position and altitude with
reference to a database that may contain inaccuracies. Terrain and obstructions are shown only if they are in the
database. Terrain and obstacle information should be used as an aid to situational awareness. They should never
be used to navigate or maneuver around terrain.
Note that all obstructions may not be available in the terrain and obstacle database. No terrain and obstacle
information is shown without a valid 3-D GPS position.
AFCS
The G1000 GPS receiver provides the horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
position. GPS altitude is then converted to a mean sea level (MSL)-based altitude (GPS-MSL altitude) and is used
to determine terrain and obstacle proximity. GPS-MSL altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not
subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GPS-MSL altitude
does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Terrain and obstacle databases are referenced to MSL. Using the GPS position and altitude, the Terrain Proximity
feature portrays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the
aircraft. GPS position and GPS-MSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircraft’s flight path in relation
to the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this way, the pilot can view predicted dangerous terrain and obstacle
conditions.
360
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying Terrain Proximity Data
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The symbols and colors in Figure 6-71 and Table 6-6 are used to represent obstacles and aircraft altitude
when the Terrain Proximity Page is selected for display. Terrain Proximity uses black, yellow, and red to
represent terrain information relative to aircraft altitude. The color of each obstacle is associated with the
altitude of the aircraft.
Terrain Above Aircraft Altitude
Red terrain is above
or within 100 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude
100 ft Threshold
EAS
1000 ft
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Yellow terrain is between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Black terrain is more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-71 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity
Obstacle Location
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and
1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
AFCS
Table 6-6 Terrain Proximity Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Terrain and obstacle information can be displayed on the following pages:
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Flight Plan Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• PFD Inset Map
• Terrain Proximity Page
Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the Terrain Proximity Page):
APPENDICES
1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey).
2) Select the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.
When Terrain Proximity is selected on maps other than the Terrain Proximity Page, an icon to indicate the
feature is enabled for display and a legend for Terrain Proximity colors are shown (Figure 6-67).
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and
obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map.
361
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles recognized by
Terrain Proximity as yellow or red are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within
the setting limit.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Maps besides the Terrain Proximity Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
The maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the
Navigation Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20
nm, the highest obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
EAS
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-72).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-73).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-74).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is
shown
• OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are
shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-72 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-73 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
362
Figure 6-74 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional information about obstacles can be displayed by panning over the display on the map. The map
panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob. The map range is adjusted by turning the RANGE
Knob. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Additional Information
on Obstacle Selected
with Map Pointer
Red Terrain Area
(Above or Within 100’
Below Aircraft Altitude)
Yellow Terrain Area
(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft Altitude)
EAS
Red Lighted Obstacles
(Above or Within 100’
Below Aircraft Altitude)
Lighted Obstacle Selected
with Map Pointer
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain Display Enabled
Terrain Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-75 Terrain Information on the Navigation Map Page
Terrain Proximity Page
AFCS
The Terrain Proximity Page is specialized to show terrain and obstacle data in relation to the aircraft’s current
altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) can be displayed
for reference.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are available
relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range
is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).
Displaying the Terrain Proximity Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Terrain Proximity Page.
3) To change the view,
a) Press the VIEW Softkey.
b) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
INDEX
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘View 120º’ or ‘View 360º’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
363
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Showing/hiding aviation information on the Terrain Proximity Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft GPSderived MSL Altitude
Red Terrain
(Above or Within 100’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Range Rings
Terrain Legend
Figure 6-76 Terrain Proximity Page
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
Red Terrain
(Above or Within 100’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range Arcs
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft Altitude)
INDEX
Black Terrain
(Terrain More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Figure 6-77 Terrain Proximity Page (ARC View)
364
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.5 Terrain-SVS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Warning: Do not use TERRAIN-SVS information for primary terrain avoidance. TERRAIN-SVS is intended
only to enhance situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75° North or 60° South.
EAS
NOTE: TERRAIN-SVS is standard when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is installed. The TAWS
option will take precedence over TERRAIN-SVS.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
G1000 TERRAIN-SVS is a terrain awareness system available with the Synthetic Vision System (SVS). SVS
functionality is offered as an optional enhancement. Optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)
or standard TERRAIN-SVS is integrated within SVS to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the presence
of threatening terrain relevant to the projected flight path. For detailed information regarding SVS, refer to the
Synthetic Vision System (SVS) section of the G1000 Pilot’s Guide.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TERRAIN-SVS does not comply with TSO-C151b certification standards. It increases situational awareness and
aids in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). Do not confuse TERRAIN-SVS with Terrain Awareness and
Warning System (TAWS). TAWS is more sophisticated and robust, and it is TSO-C151b certified. Although the
terrain and obstacle color map displays are the same, TAWS uses more sophisticated algorithms to assess aircraft
distance from terrain and obstacles.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TERRAIN-SVS does not provide the following:
• Premature Descent Alerting (PDA)
• Excessive Descent Rate (EDR)
• Negative Climb Rate (NCR)
AFCS
• Descent to 500 Feet Callout (DFC)
TERRAIN-SVS requires the following components to operate properly:
• Valid 3-D GPS position
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Valid terrain/obstacle database
APPENDICES
TERRAIN-SVS displays altitudes of terrain and obstructions relative to the aircraft position and altitude with
reference to a database that may contain inaccuracies. Terrain and obstructions are shown only if they are in the
database. Terrain and obstacle information should be used as an aid to situational awareness. They should never
be used to navigate or maneuver around terrain.
Note that all obstructions may not be available in the terrain and obstacle database. No terrain and obstacle
information is shown without a valid 3-D GPS position.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
The G1000 GPS receiver provides the horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
position. GPS altitude is then converted to a mean sea level (MSL)-based altitude (GPS-MSL altitude) and is used
to determine terrain and obstacle proximity. GPS-MSL altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not
365
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GPS-MSL altitude
does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain and obstacle databases are referenced to MSL. Using the GPS position and altitude, the TERRAIN-SVS
feature portrays a 3-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the
aircraft. GPS position and GPS-MSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircraft’s flight path in relation
to the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this way, the pilot can view predicted dangerous terrain and obstacle
conditions.
Displaying TERRAIN-SVS Data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
TERRAIN-SVS uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles with heights greater
than 200 feet above ground level, AGL. Alerts are given relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted
automatically as the aircraft altitude changes. The colors and symbols shown in the figure and table below are
used to represent terrain, obstacles, and potential impact points.
Figure 6-78 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TERRAIN-SVS
AFCS
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
Potential
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL Impact Points
Obstacle Location
WARNING: Red obstacle is above or within
100’ below current aircraft altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
CAUTION: Yellow obstacle is between 100’
and 1000’ below current aircraft altitude
INDEX
APPENDICES
Table 6-7 TERRAIN-SVS Obstacle Colors and Symbology
366
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TERRAIN-SVS information can be displayed on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Flight Plan Pages
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• TERRAIN-SVS Page
Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the TERRAIN-SVS Page):
1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey).
2) Select the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.
EAS
When TERRAIN-SVS is selected on maps other than the TERRAIN-SVS Page, an icon to indicate the feature
is enabled for display and a legend for TERRAIN-SVS terrain colors is shown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and
obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles for which warnings
and cautions are issued are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within the setting
limit.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Maps other than the TERRAIN-SVS Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
The maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the
Navigation Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20 nm,
the highest obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
367
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-79).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Map Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-80).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-81.
• TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown
EAS
• OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-79 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-80 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-81 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group
APPENDICES
TERRAIN-SVS Page
INDEX
The TERRAIN-SVS Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point data in relation
to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other
NAVAIDs) can be displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect,
the display automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TERRAIN-SVS Page.
368
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are available
relative to the position of the aircraft; the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range
is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings or arcs.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displaying the TERRAIN-SVS Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the TERRAIN-SVS Page.
Changing the TERRAIN-SVS Page view:
EAS
1) Select the VIEW Softkey.
2) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘View 120º’ or ‘View 360º’, dependent on current state, and press the ENT Key to change the view.
Showing/hiding aviation information on the TERRAIN-SVS Page:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’, dependent on current state, and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft GPSderived MSL Altitude
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
AFCS
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range Rings
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Red Terrain
(Above or Within 100’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
APPENDICES
Terrain Legend
Annunciation Window
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Figure 6-82 TERRAIN-SVS Page, 360º View
369
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Map Range Arcs
Red Terrain
(Above or Within 100’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
Annunciation Window
Figure 6-83 TERRAIN-SVS Page (ARC View)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TERRAIN-SVS Alerts
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within TERRAIN-SVS software
algorithms. TERRAIN-SVS alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both.
When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. Table
6-8 shows TERRAIN-SVS alert types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages.
AFCS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft Altitude)
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The TERRAIN-SVS Alert Annunciation
is shown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD. If the
TERRAIN-SVS Page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To acknowledge the
pop-up alert:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
INDEX
APPENDICES
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the TERRAIN-SVS Page)
370
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Alert Annunciation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-84 Alert Annunciation on the PFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-85 Alert Pop-up on the MFD
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
371
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Potential
Impact Points
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Alert
Annunciation
Figure 6-86 TERRAIN-SVS Alert Annunciation on the MFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TERRAIN-SVS Inhibit
AFCS
FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Use caution when inhibiting TERRAIN-SVS as the
system should be enabled when appropriate. When TERRAIN-SVS is inhibited, the alert annunciation TER
INH is shown on the PFD and MFD.
Figure 6-87 TERRAIN-SVS Alerting Disabled
(TERRAIN-SVS Inhibited) Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Inhibiting/enabling TERRAIN-SVS alerting:
1) Select the TERRAIN-SVS Page.
2) Select the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit or enable TERRAIN-SVS (choice dependent on current state).
APPENDICES
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
INDEX
b) Select ‘Inhibit TERRAIN-SVS’ or ‘Enable TERRAIN-SVS’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT
Key.
372
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If TERRAIN-SVS alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint during a GPS
WAAS approach, a LOW ALT annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the altimeter if the current aircraft
altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix. See the Flight Instruments
Section for details.
PFD/MFD
Alert
Annunciation
MFD
Pop-Up Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
Aural Message
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
EAS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-8 TERRAIN-SVS Alerts Summary
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
373
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum
clearance values in Figure 6-88. When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the
TERRAIN-SVS Page.
EAS
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the
aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI and IOI alerts
are accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TERRAIN-SVS Page. The alert is annunciated
when the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Figure
6-88.
Required Terrain Clearance
RTC Level (FT)
RTC Descending (FT)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
800
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Required
Terrain
Clearance
(FT)
Required
Terrain Clearance
(FT)
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
5
10
15
20
Distance From Runway (NM)
Distance
From Runway (NM)
25
30
AFCS
Figure 6-88 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway
elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends.
374
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Status
During power-up, TERRAIN-SVS conducts a self-test of its aural and visual annunciations. An aural alert is
issued at test completion.
PFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation
Aural Message
System Test in Progress
System Test Pass
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
None
None
Terrain System Test Fail
“Terrain System Test OK”
“Terrain System Failure”
EAS
Table 6-9 TERRAIN-SVS System Test Status Annunciations
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TERRAIN-SVS continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status,
and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the aural message “Terrain System Failure”
is generated along with the ‘TER FAIL’ alert annunciation.
Alert Type
No GPS position
Excessively degraded GPS signal
GPS signal re-established
Aural Message
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TERRAIN-SVS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums.
Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the
annunciation ‘TER N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the TERRAIN-SVS Page. The aural
message “Terrain System Not Available” is generated. When the GPS signal is re-established and the aircraft
is within the database coverage area, the aural message “Terrain System Available” is generated.
“Terrain System Not Available”
None
“Terrain System Available”
AFCS
Table 6-10 TERRAIN-SVS Status Annunciations
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
375
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
6.6 Terrain Awareness & Warning System (TAWS)
Warning: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75° North or 60° South.
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS-B databases comes from government agencies. Garmin accurately
EAS
processes and cross-validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TAWS-B (Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B) is an optional feature to increase situational awareness
and aid in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when
terrain and obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft. The displayed alerts and warnings
are advisory in nature only.
TAWS satisfies TSO-C151b Class B requirements for certification.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TAWS requires the following to operate properly:
• A valid terrain/obstacle/airport terrain database
• A valid 3-D GPS position solution
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources. Terrain information is based on
terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown
if available in the database. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content, per
TSO-C151b. However, the displayed information should never be understood as being all-inclusive and data
may be inaccurate.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
TAWS uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS
altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is converted to a mean sea level (MSL)-based
altitude (GPS-MSL altitude) and is used to determine TAWS alerts. GPS-MSL altitude accuracy is affected by
factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally
affect pressure altitude devices. GPS-MSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude. Therefore, GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain
and obstacle alerts.
APPENDICES
The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS are referenced to mean sea level (MSL). Using the GPS
position and GPS-MSL altitude, TAWS displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative
to the position and altitude of the aircraft. Furthermore, the GPS position and GPS-MSL altitude are used to
calculate and “predict” the aircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this
manner, TAWS can provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions.
INDEX
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmospheric
conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter
setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual atmosphere conditions
seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where
pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude (as read
376
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
from the altimeter) to differ from the GPS-MSL altitude. This variation results in the aircraft’s true altitude
differing from the baro-corrected altitude.
Displaying TAWS Data
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TAWS uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greater than
200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as the
aircraft altitude changes. The colors and symbols in Figure 6-89 and Table 6-11 are used to represent terrain,
obstacles, and potential impact points.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
.
Figure 6-89 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
Potential
Impact
Points
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Obstacle Location
WARNING: Red obstacle is above or within
100’ below current aircraft altitude
AFCS
CAUTION: Yellow obstacle is between 100’
and 1000’ below current aircraft altitude
Table 6-11 TAWS Obstacle Colors and Symbology
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TAWS information can be displayed on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Flight Plan Page
APPENDICES
• TAWS-B Page
Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the TAWS-B Page):
1) Select the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey).
2) Select the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.
INDEX
When TAWS is selected on maps other than the TAWS-B Page, an icon to indicate the feature is enabled for
display and a legend for TAWS terrain colors are shown (Figure 6-90).
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
377
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
EAS
Figure 6-90 TAWS Icon and Legend
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and
obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map.
Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles for which warnings
and cautions are issued are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within the setting
limit.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Maps besides the TAWS-B Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. The
maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the Navigation
Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest
obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-91).
AFCS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-92).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-93).
• TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
378
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-91 Navigation Map Page Menu
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-92 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-93 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS-B Page
The TAWS-B Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point data in relation to the
aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs)
can be displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display
automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TAWS-B Page.
AFCS
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are available
relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range
is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying the TAWS-B Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the TAWS-B Page.
Changing the TAWS-B Page view:
APPENDICES
1) Select the VIEW Softkey.
2) Select the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
Or:
INDEX
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘View 120º’ or ‘View 360º’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
379
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Showing/hiding aviation information on the TAWS-B Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’, dependent on current state, and press the ENT Key.
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft GPSderived MSL Altitude
EAS
Red Terrain
(Above or Within 100’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range Rings
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft Altitude)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain Legend
Figure 6-94 TAWS-B Page, 360º View
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
Red Terrain
(Above or Within 100’
Below the Aircraft Altitude)
APPENDICES
Map Range Arcs
INDEX
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Figure 6-95 TAWS-B Page (ARC View)
380
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS Alerts
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within TAWS software algorithms.
TAWS alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both. When an alert is issued,
visual annunciations are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. Table 6-9 shows TAWS alert
types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages.
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The TAWS Alert Annunciation is
shown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD. If the TAWS-B
Page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
EAS
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the TAWS-B Page)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Alert Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-96 Alert Annunciation on the PFD
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-97 Alert Pop-up on the MFD
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
381
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Potential
Impact Point
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Alert
Annunciation
Figure 6-98 TAWS PULL UP Alert Annunciation on the MFD
TAWS Inhibit
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Use caution when inhibiting TAWS as the
system should be enabled when appropriate. When TAWS is inhibited, the alert annunciation TAWS INH is
shown on the PFD and MFD.
Figure 6-99 TAWS Alerting Disabled (TAWS Inhibited) Annunciation
Inhibiting/enabling TAWS alerting:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the TAWS Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select Inhibit TAWS or Enable TAWS, depending on the current state, and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
Or:
Select the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit TAWS.
INDEX
If TAWS alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint during a GPS WAAS
approach, a LOW ALT annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the altimeter if the current aircraft
altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix. See the Flight Instruments
Section for details.
382
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
MFD Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
Excessive Descent Rate Warning
(EDR)
“Pull Up”
or
*
or
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
or
* “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”*
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
*
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”*
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
*
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
*
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution
(ITI)
or
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution (ROC)
or
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
or
AFCS
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”*
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
*
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)
or
* “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”*
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
None
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
“Five-Hundred”
“Sink Rate”
or
“Don’t Sink”*
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
APPENDICES
*
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are installation-dependent. Alerts for the default
configuration are indicated with asterisks.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Table 6-12 TAWS Alerts Summary
190-00709-02 Rev. B
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning (ROC)
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up’*
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
EAS
Imminent Terrain Impact
Warning (ITI)
Negative Climb Rate Caution
(NCR)
* “Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”*
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)
Premature Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”
Excessive Descent Rate Caution
(EDR)
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation
Alert Type
383
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Excessive Descent Rate Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide suitable notification when the
aircraft is determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain at an excessive speed. Figure 6-79 shows the
parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151b.
6000
5500
5000
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
4500
EAS
4000
NK
: “SI
ion
Caut
3500
”
RATE
3000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2500
2000
Warning: “PULL UP”
1500
1000
12000
11000
Descent Rate (FPM)
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
500
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-100 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria
Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
AFCS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum
clearance values in Figure 6-101. When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the
TAWS-B Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the
aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI and IOI alerts are
accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TAWS-B Page. The alert is annunciated when the
projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Figure 6-101.
384
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Required Terrain Clearance
RTC Level (FT)
RTC Descending (FT)
800
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
600
500
400
300
EAS
Required
Terrain
Clearance
(FT)
Required
Terrain Clearance
(FT)
700
200
100
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
Distance From Runway (NM)
Distance
From Runway (NM)
30
Figure 6-101 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway
elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends.
Premature Descent Alerting
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly
below the normal approach path to a runway (Figure 6-102).
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is below 700 feet AGL within 15 nm of the destination airport and
ends when the aircraft is 0.5 nm from the runway threshold.
800
AFCS
600
500
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
400
300
PDA Alerting Area
200
APPENDICES
Height Above Destination (Feet)
700
100
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Distance to Destination (NM)
Figure 6-102 PDA Alerting Threshold
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
385
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion should be used when inhibiting
TAWS-B and the system should be enabled when appropriate. When TAWS is inhibited, the alert annunciation
‘TAWS INH’ is shown on the PFD and MFD (Figure 6-103).
Figure 6-103 TAWS Alerting Disabled
(TAWS Inhibited) Annunciation
EAS
Inhibiting/enabling TAWS-B alerting:
1) Select the TAWS-B Page.
2) Select the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice dependent on current state).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Inhibit TAWS’ or ‘Enable TAWS’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If TAWS alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint in a GPS WAAS approach,
a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the Altimeter if the current aircraft altitude is at
least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix. See the Flight Instruments Section for
details.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Five-Hundred Aural Alert
The purpose of the aural alert message “Five-hundred” is to provide an advisory alert that the aircraft is
500 feet above terrain or the destination runway elevation. When the aircraft reaches this altitude, the aural
message “Five-hundred” is generated. There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts that accompany
the aural message.
AFCS
Negative Climb Rate After Takeoff Alert (NCR)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Takeoff alert (also referred to as “Altitude Loss After Takeoff”)
provides alerts when the system determines the aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff.
The aural message “Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a pop-up terrain
alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing from an airport and when the following
conditions are met:
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
APPENDICES
• Distance from the departure airport is 5 nm or less
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110 degrees
INDEX
Figures 6-104 and 6-105 show the NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151b
386
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1000
800
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
900
700
600
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
500
400
300
EAS
200
100
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
0
Altitude Loss (Feet)
Figure 6-104 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
1000
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
800
700
600
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
500
400
300
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
900
200
100
AFCS
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
Sink Rate (FPM)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-105 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
387
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
System Status
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During G1000 power-up, TAWS conducts a self-test of its aural and visual annunciations. The system test can
also be manually initiated. An aural alert is issued at test completion. TAWS System Testing is disabled when
ground speed exceeds 30 knots.
PFD/MFD Alert TAWS Page
Annunciation Annunciation
Alert Type
System Test in Progress
System Test Pass
None
EAS
TAWS System Test Fail
Aural Message
TAWS TEST
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 6-13 TAWS System Test Status Annunciations
Manually testing the TAWS System:
1) Select the TAWS Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the MENU Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Select Test TAWS System and press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
AFCS
Figure 6-106 TAWS-B Page Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TAWS continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, and GPS
status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is generated
along with the ‘TAWS FAIL’ alert annunciation.
APPENDICES
TAWS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should the
navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation
‘TAWS N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-B Page. The aural message “TAWS Not
Available” is generated. When the GPS signal is re-established and the aircraft is within the database coverage
area, the aural message “TAWS Available” is generated.
PFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation
Alert Type
INDEX
No GPS position
Excessively degraded GPS signal
GPS signal re-established
TAWS Page
Annunciation
Aural Message
NO GPS POSITION “TAWS Not Available”
None
None
“TAWS Available”
Table 6-14 TAWS Status Annunciations
388
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.7 Traffic Information Service (TIS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: The Traffic Information Service (TIS) is intended for advisory use only. TIS is intended to help the
pilot locate traffic visually. It is the responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of a TIS-capable terminal radar
EAS
site. Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to both Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS) and TIS.
Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent
indication.
NOTE: TIS is disabled if a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TIS Symbol
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Information Service (TIS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TIS uses the
Mode S transponder for the traffic data link. TIS receives traffic information from ground stations, and is updated
every 5 seconds. The G1000 displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5-nm radius, from 3000 feet below to
3500 feet above the requesting aircraft. Traffic is displayed according to TCAS symbology.
Description
Non-Threat Traffic
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
AFCS
Table 6-15 TIS Traffic Symbols
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A Traffic Advisory (TA) indicates that the current track of the intruder could result in a collision. When traffic
meets the advisory criteria for the TA, a solid yellow circle symbol is generated. A TA which is detected, but is
outside the range of the map, is indicated with a message in the lower left corner of the map and a half TA symbol
at the relative bearing of the intruder.
APPENDICES
TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the traffic is moving, to the nearest 45°. Traffic
information for which TIS is unable to determine the bearing (non-bearing traffic) is displayed in the center of the
Traffic Map Page (Figure 6-111) or in a banner at the lower left corner of maps other than the Traffic Map Page
on which traffic can be displayed.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
389
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The altitude difference between the requesting aircraft and other intruder aircraft is displayed above/below the
traffic symbol in hundreds of feet. If the other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft, the altitude separation
appears above the traffic symbol; if below, the altitude separation appears below. Altitude trend is displayed as
an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than 500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the target symbol. Traffic
symbols for aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear without altitude separation or climb/descent
information.
Displaying TRAFFIC Data
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps (when TIS is operating):
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Traffic Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is installed
and enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Select the MAP Softkey.
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, an icon is shown to indicate the feature is
enabled for display.
Traffic
Advisory
APPENDICES
Non-Threat
Traffic
INDEX
Traffic
Display
Enabled
Figure 6-107 TIS Traffic on the Navigation Map Page
390
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Select the INSET Softkey.
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.
Customizing traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
EAS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-108).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Traffic’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-109).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-110).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown (with the option to turn off)
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
391
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Figure 6-108 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-109 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-110 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of traffic. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which traffic data (symbols
and labels) are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use settings based on those selected for the
Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
Traffic Map Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Traffic Map Page is specialized to show surrounding TIS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current
position and altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up
unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 12 nm, as indicated
by the map range rings.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. When the aircraft is on the
ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches from Standby to
Operating Mode and the G1000 begins to display traffic information. Refer to the System Status discussion for
more information.
392
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode:
Select the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
EAS
b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ (shown if TIS is in Standby Mode) and press the ENT Key.
Operating
Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Advisory,
Off Scale Aircraft
is Out of Range,
200’ Above and
Descending
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-Threat
Traffic
AFCS
Display
of System
Status
Non-Bearing Traffic (System is Unable to
Determine Bearing), Aircraft Distance is 8.0
nm, 1100’ Above and Descending
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Advisory, Aircraft
is 400’ Below and
Climbing
Mutes “TIS Not
Available” Voice
Alert
Figure 6-111 Traffic Map Page
APPENDICES
TIS Alerts
When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:
• A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated.
INDEX
• A ‘TRAFFIC’ Annunciation appears to the top left of the Attitude Indicator on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds
and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with traffic.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
393
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft, the “Traffic” voice alert is generated only
when the number of TAs increases. For example, when the first TA is displayed, a voice and visual annunciation
are generated. As long as a single TA remains on the display, no additional voice alerts are generated. If a second
TA appears on the display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently increases, another
voice alert is generated.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
Figure 6-112 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert is generated when the TIS service becomes unavailable or is out of
range. TIS may be unavailable in the radar coverage area due to the following:
• Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the TIS-capable Mode S radar site.
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and out of range of an adjacent site.
AFCS
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage. In flat terrain, the coverage extends from about 3000
feet upward at 55 miles. Terrain and obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all
directions.
• Traffic does not have an operating transponder.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert can be manually muted to reduce nuisance alerting. TNA muting
status is shown in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
APPENDICES
Muting the “TIS Not Available” voice alert:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Select the TNA MUTE Softkey. The status is displayed in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Or:
INDEX
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘‘’Not Available” Mute On’ (shown if TNA muting is currently off) and press the ENT Key.
394
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Status
Traffic Map Page
Annunciation
NO DATA
FAILED
Description
Data is not being received from the transponder*
Data is being received from the transponder, but
a failure is detected in the data stream*
EAS
DATA FAILED
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up. If TIS passes the test, TIS enters Standby
Mode (on the ground) or Operating Mode (in the air). If TIS fails the power up test, an annunciation is shown
in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
The transponder has failed*
TIS is unavailable or out of range
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
UNAVAILABLE
* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
Table 6-16 TIS Failure Annunciations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
System Test has Failed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Data Not Received
from Transponder
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-113 TIS Power-up Test Failure
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
395
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. When the aircraft is on the
ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. If traffic is selected for display on another map while Standby
Mode is selected, the traffic display enabled icon is crossed out (also the case whenever TIS has failed). Once
the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic information is displayed. The mode can be
changed manually using softkeys or the page menu.
Mode
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
TIS Operating
OPERATING
TIS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TIS Failed*
FAIL
Traffic Display Enabled Icon
(Other Maps)
* See Table 6-18 for additional failure annunciations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 6-17 TIS Modes
Switching between TIS modes:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Select the STANDBY or OPERATE Softkey to switch between modes. The mode is displayed in the upper left
corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ or ‘Standby Mode’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
396
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed (Table 6-18).
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
TA X.X ± XX ↕
TRFC RMVD
Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting (12 to 60 seconds since last message)
Traffic may exist within the selected display range, but it is not displayed
Traffic data has failed
Traffic has not been detected
The traffic service is unavailable or out of range
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
TRFC UNAVAIL
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TRFC COAST
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and
altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending)
Appears if traffic data is not refreshed within 6 seconds
If after another 6 seconds data is not received, traffic is removed from the display
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced as the age increases
The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since last message)
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when this message is displayed
EAS
AGE MM:SS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TA OFF SCALE
Description
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-18 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
397
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
6.8 Traffic Advisory System (TAS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Honeywell® KTA 870 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed discussion of the KTA 870 TAS.
TAS Symbology
EAS
Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TAS uses an onboard interrogator-processor and the Mode S transponder for the air-to-air traffic data link. Traffic is displayed
according to TCAS symbology using four different symbols.
TAS Symbol
Description
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-Threat Traffic
Proximity Advisory (PA)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-19 TAS Symbol Description
A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, indicates that an intruding aircraft is at greater than
±1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond 5 nm.
A Proximity Advisory indicates that the intruding aircraft is within ±1200 feet and is within 5 nm range, but
is still not considered a threat.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
A Traffic Advisory (TA) alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous intruding aircraft. Closing rate, distance,
and vertical separation meet TA criteria. A Traffic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicated
by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder.
398
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Operation
NOTE: The KTA 870 automatically transitions from STANDBY to OPERATE mode upon takeoff.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The unit must be in operating mode for traffic to be displayed. The ability to switch from standby to operating
mode on the ground is especially useful for scanning the airspace around the airport before takeoff.
Selecting the STANDBY Softkey forces the unit into Standby Mode. Selecting the NORMAL Softkey allows
the KTA 870 to switch from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.
EAS
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
On the Traffic Page, press the NORMAL Softkey
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select Normal Mode.
2) Press the ENT Key to place the KTA 870 in the operating mode.
Switching from operating mode to standby mode:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
On the Traffic Page, press the STANDBY Softkey
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select Standby Mode.
2) Press the ENT Key to place the KTA 870 in the Standby mode.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
System Self Test
1) Set the range to 2/6 nm.
2) Select the TEST Softkey.
AFCS
3) Self test takes approximately eight seconds to complete. When completed successfully, traffic symbols are
displayed and a voice alert “TAS System Test Okay” is heard. In the event that the system test fails, the system
reverts to Standby Mode and a voice alert “TAS System Test Fail” is heard.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Select the NORMAL Softkey to begin displaying traffic. OPERATING is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
APPENDICES
4) Select the ALT MODE Softkey to change the altitude volume.
5) Select the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. STANDBY is displayed in the Traffic
mode field.
6) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
399
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Operating
Mode
Traffic Display
Range
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude
Mode
Traffic Advisory,
Aircraft is
400’ Below,
Climbing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
“Non-Bearing”
Traffic (Bearing
Undetermined),
Distance 8.0 nm,
1100’ Above,
Descending
Proximity
Traffic, 1000’
Above,
Descending
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Off Scale
Traffic
Figure 6-114 Traffic Map Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and
altitude, without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading.
Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings.
The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner.
Displaying TRAFFIC Data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps when the KTA 870 unit is operating:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Traffic Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is
installed and enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details.
APPENDICES
Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Select the MAP Softkey.
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
INDEX
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate TAS is
enabled for display.
400
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Non-Threat
Traffic, 5000'
Above,
Climbing
EAS
Traffic
Advisory,
1200' Above,
Climbing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Proximity
Traffic
TA Off Scale
Banner
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Non-Bearing
Traffic Advisories
Figure 6-115 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Select the INSET Softkey.
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
AFCS
4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic. The setup menu controls the map
range settings. Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than
the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use
settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
401
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Altitude Display
Changing the altitude display mode:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) On the Traffic Page, select the ALT MODE Softkey.
EAS
2) Select one of the following Softkeys:
•
BELOW
•
NORMAL
•
ABOVE
•
UNREST (unrestricted)
3) To return to the Traffic Page, select the BACK Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following:
•
BELOW
•
NORMAL
•
ABOVE
•
UNREST (unrestricted)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the ENT Key.
Traffic Map Page Display Range
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the
RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings.
AFCS
Changing the display range on the Traffic Page:
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
•
2 nm
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
•
12 and 24 nm
•
24 and 40 nm
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) The following range options are available:
402
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-116).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-117).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-118).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA/PA - Displays Traffic Alerts and Proximity Advisories
- TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-116 Navigation Map Page Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-117 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-118 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
403
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
TAS Alerts
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the KTA 870 documentation for information on alerts generated by the TAS equipment.
When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:
• A “Traffic, Traffic” voice alert is generated when the first TA is displayed.
• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds and
remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
EAS
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated when the number of TAs increases.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
Figure 6-119 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
AFCS
System Status
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Mode
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
TAS Self-test Initiated
TEST
(also shown in white in center of page)
INDEX
APPENDICES
TAS Operating
Traffic Display Enabled Icon
(Other Maps)
OPERATING
TAS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Failed*
FAIL
* See Table 6-23 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-20 TAS Modes
404
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
DATA FAILED
FAILED
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic Map Page
Annunciation
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the
unit is self-reporting a failure
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
EAS
Table 6-21 TAS Failure Annunciations
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed.
TA OFF SCALE
NO TRFC DATA
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the
selected display range
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude
separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend
arrow (climbing/descending)
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TRFC FAIL
Description
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TA X.X ± XX ↕
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
AFCS
Table 6-22 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
405
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Hazard Avoidance
Blank Page
406
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 7 Automatic Flight Control System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: The approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) always supersedes this Pilot’s Guide.
The GFC 700 is a digital Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS), fully integrated within the G1000 System
avionics architecture. The System Overview section provides a block diagram to support this system description.
GFC 700 AFCS functionality in the Socata TBM 850 is distributed across the following Line Replaceable Units
(LRUs):
• GSA 81 AFCS Servos (4)
• GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit
• GTA 82 Trim Adapter (1)
• GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units (IAUs) (2)
• GSM 85 Servo Gearboxes (4)
EAS
• GDU 1040A Primary Flight Displays (PFDs) (2)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The GFC 700 AFCS can be divided into these main operating functions:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Flight Director (FD) — The Socata TBM 850 has two flight directors, each operating within an IAU and
referred to as pilot-side and copilot-side. Commands for the selected flight director are displayed on both PFDs.
The flight directors provide:
– Command Bars showing pitch/roll guidance
– Vertical/lateral mode selection and processing
– Autopilot communication
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Autopilot (AP) — Autopilot operation occurs within the pitch, roll, and pitch trim servos and yaw trim
adapter. It also provides servo monitoring and automatic flight control in response to flight director steering
commands, Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) attitude and rate information, and airspeed.
• Yaw Damper (YD) — The yaw servo is self-monitoring and provides Dutch roll damping and turn coordination
in response to yaw rate, roll angle, lateral acceleration, and airspeed.
AFCS
• Manual Electric Pitch Trim (MEPT) — The pitch trim servo provides manual electric pitch trim capability
when the autopilot is not engaged.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Manual Electric Yaw Trim (MEYT) — The yaw trim adapter provides manual electric yaw trim capability
when the autopilot is not engaged.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
407
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
7.1 AFCS Controls
The AFCS Control Unit is positioned above the MFD, and has the following controls:
HDG Key
APR Key
Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode
4
NAV Key
FD Key
5
XFR Key
Selects/deselects Navigation Mode
Activates/deactivates the flight director only
Pressing once turns on the selected flight director in the default vertical and lateral
modes. Pressing again deactivates the flight director and removes the Command
Bars. If the autopilot is engaged, the key is disabled.
Transfers between the pilot and copilot flight directors and controls which flight
director the autopilot is tracking
Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode
Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode
Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode
Adjust the Selected Course (while in VOR, LOC, or OBS Mode) in 1° increments on
the Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) of the corresponding PFD
Press to re-center the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) and return course pointer
directly TO the bearing of the active waypoint/station
Toggles Airspeed Reference between IAS and Mach for Flight Level Change Mode
Adjusts the reference in Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change
modes
Selects/deselects Vertical Path Tracking Mode for Vertical Navigation flight control
Controls the Selected Altitude in 100-ft increments (a finer resolution of 10 feet is
available under approach conditions)
Engages/disengages the yaw damper
Engages/disengages the autopilot
Manually selects/deselects Low Bank Mode
Selects/deselects Backcourse Mode
Adjusts the Selected Heading and bug in 1° increments on the HSI (both PFDs)
Press to synchronize the Selected Heading to the current heading on the pilot-side PFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
3
Selects/deselects Approach Mode
ALT Key
7 VS Key
8 FLC Key
17 CRS Knobs
6
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
9
SPD Key
11 NOSE UP/DN
Wheel
12 VNV Key
13 ALT SEL Knob
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
10
AFCS
14
15
16
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
18
INDEX
APPENDICES
19
YD Key
AP Key
BANK Key
BC Key
HDG Knob
1
2
3
4
19
18
17
16
5
15
14
6
7
13
12
8
11
10
Annunciator Light
9
Figure 7-1 GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit
408
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The following AFCS controls are located separately from the AFCS Control Unit:
An AP DISC Switch is located on each control wheel.
This switch may be used to acknowledge an autopilot disconnect alert and mute the
associated aural tone.
While pressed, allows manual control of the aircraft while the autopilot is engaged and
synchronizes the flight director’s Command Bars with the current aircraft pitch (if
not in a Vertical Navigation, Glideslope, or Glidepath Mode) and roll (if in Roll Hold
Mode)
EAS
CWS Button
(Control Wheel
Steering)
Disengages the autopilot, yaw damper, and flight director and interrupts pitch trim
operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AP DISC Switch
(Autopilot
Disconnect)
A CWS Button is located on each control wheel.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GA Switch
(Go Around)
Upon release of the CWS Button, the flight director may establish new pitch and roll
references, depending on the current vertical and lateral modes. CWS operation
details are discussed in the respective mode sections of this manual.
Disengages the autopilot and selects flight director Takeoff (on ground) or Go Around
(in air) Mode
If an approach procedure is loaded this switch also activates the missed approach when
the selected navigation source is GPS or when the navigation source is VOR/LOC and
a valid frequency has been tuned.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The GA Switch is located on the throttle.
Used to command manual electric pitch trim
AFCS
MEPT Switch
(Manual Electric An MEPT Switch is located on each control wheel.
Pitch Trim)
This composite switch is split into left and right sides. The left switch is the ARM
contact and the right switch controls the DN (forward) and UP (rearward) contacts.
Pushing the MEPT ARM Switch disengages the autopilot, if currently engaged, but
does not affect yaw damper operation. The MEPT ARM Switch may be used to
acknowledge an autopilot disconnect alert and mute the associated aural tone.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Manual trim commands are generated only when both sides of the switch are operated
simultaneously. If either side of the switch is active separately for more than three
seconds, MEPT function is disabled and ‘PTRM’ (Pitch Trim Failure) is displayed as
the AFCS Status Annunciation on the PFDs. The function remains disabled until
both sides of the switch are inactivated.
Used to command manual electric yaw trim
APPENDICES
MEYT Switch
(Manual Electric An MEYT Switch is located on each control wheel.
Yaw Trim)
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
409
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
7.2 Flight Director Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The flight director function provides pitch and roll commands to the AFCS and displays them on the PFDs.
With the flight director active, the aircraft can be hand-flown to follow the path shown by the Command Bars.
Maximum commanded pitch (-15°, +25°) and roll (25°) angles, vertical acceleration, and roll rate are limited to
values established during AFCS certification. The flight director also provides commands to the autopilot.
Activating the Flight Director
EAS
An initial press of a key listed in Table 7-1 (when the flight director is not active) activates the pilot-side flight
director in the listed modes. The flight director may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the
displays by pressing the FD Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is engaged.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Control Pressed
ALT Key
VS Key
VNV Key
Lateral
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
NAV Key
Navigation**
BC Key
Backcourse***
APR Key
Approach**
HDG Key
Heading Select
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FD Key
AP Key
CWS Button
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GA Switch
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Modes Selected
ROL
ROL
ROL
TO
GA
ROL
ROL
ROL
GPS
VOR
LOC
BC
GPS
VOR
LOC
HDG
Vertical
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Takeoff (on ground)
TO
Go Around (in air)
GA
Altitude Hold
ALT
Vertical Speed
VS
Vertical Path Tracking* VPTH
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director.
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS
course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
APPENDICES
***The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key press
activates flight director.
INDEX
Table 7-1 Flight Director Activation
410
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AFCS Status Box
Lateral Modes
Yaw
Autopilot Damper
Status
Status
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight director mode annunciations are displayed on the PFDs when the flight director is active. Flight
director selection and autopilot and yaw damper statuses are shown in the center of the AFCS Status Box.
Lateral flight director modes are displayed on the left and vertical on the right. Armed modes are displayed in
white and active in green.
Vertical Modes
EAS
Armed
Active
Flight Director Active
Indicator Arrow
Mode
Reference
Armed
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AFCS Status Box
Selected
Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Command
Bars
Vertical
Speed
Reference
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GPS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-2 PFD AFCS Display
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
411
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Flight Director Modes
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight director modes are normally selected independently for the pitch and roll axes. Unless otherwise
specified, all mode keys are alternate action (i.e., press on, press off). In the absence of specific mode selection,
the flight director reverts to the default pitch and/or roll mode(s). Mode keys on the AFCS controller are
accompanied by annunciator lights (Figure 7-1) which are illuminated when their respective modes are armed
or active.
EAS
Armed modes are annunciated in white and active in green in the AFCS Status Box. Under normal operation,
when the control for the active flight director mode is pressed, the flight director reverts to the default mode(s)
for the axis(es). Automatic transition from armed to active mode is indicated by the white armed mode
annunciation moving to the green active mode field and flashing for 10 seconds.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If the information required to compute a flight director mode becomes invalid or unavailable, the flight
director automatically reverts to the default mode for that axis. A flashing yellow mode annunciation and
annunciator light indicate loss of sensor (ADC) or navigation data (VOR, LOC, GPS, VNV, WAAS) required to
compute commands. When such a loss occurs, the system automatically begins to roll the wings level (enters
Roll Hold Mode) or maintain the pitch angle (enters Pitch Hold Mode), depending on the affected axis. The
flashing annunciation stops when the affected mode key is pressed or another mode for the axis is selected. If
after 10 seconds no action is taken, the flashing annunciation stops.
Figure 7-3 Loss of VOR Signal
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The flight director is automatically disabled if the attitude information required to compute the default flight
director modes becomes invalid or unavailable.
Switching Flight Directors
AFCS
The GFC 700 in the Socata TBM 850 has two flight directors, each operating within an IAU. The autopilot
follows the selected flight director only, indicated by an arrow pointing toward either the pilot or copilot side, in
the center of the AFCS Status Box. Flight directors may be switched by pressing the XFR Key. The annunciator
light arrow for the selected flight director is also illuminated beside the XFR Key. When the flight directors are
switched, the vertical and lateral modes revert to default.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pilot-side Flight Director
APPENDICES
Copilot-side Flight Director
INDEX
Figure 7-4 Flight Director Selection Indications
412
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Command Bars
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Upon activation of the flight director, Command Bars are displayed in magenta on the PFDs as a single-cue.
The Command Bars do not override the (yellow) Aircraft Symbol. The single-cue Command Bars (Figure 7-5)
move together vertically to indicate pitch commands and bank left or right to indicate roll commands.
Command Bars
EAS
Aircraft Symbol
Figure 7-5 Single-cue Command Bars
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If the attitude information being sent to the flight director becomes invalid or unavailable, the Command Bars
are removed from the display. The flight director Command Bars also disappear if the pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚
or bank exceeds 65˚.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
413
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
7.3 Vertical Modes
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Table 7-2 lists the vertical modes with their corresponding controls and annunciations. The mode reference is
displayed next to the active mode annunciation for Altitude Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes.
The NOSE UP/DN Wheel can be used to change the vertical mode reference while operating under Pitch Hold,
Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode. Increments of change and acceptable ranges of values for each of
these references using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel are also listed in the table.
EAS
Vertical Mode
Description
Control Annunciation
Reference
Range
Reference
Change
Increment
Holds the current aircraft pitch
-15° to
attitude; may be used to climb/ (default)
PIT
+25°
descend to the Selected Altitude
Selected Altitude Capture
Captures the Selected Altitude
*
ALTS
Altitude Hold
Holds the current Altitude Reference ALT Key ALT nnnnn ft
Maintains the current aircraft vertical
-4000 to
Vertical Speed
speed; may be used to climb/descend VS Key VS nnnn fpm
+3000 fpm
to the Selected Altitude
80 to
Flight Level Change, IAS Hold Maintains the current aircraft
FLC nnn kt
265 kts
airspeed (in IAS or Mach) while the
FLC Key
aircraft is climbing/descending to the
M 0.20 to
Flight Level Change, Mach Hold Selected Altitude
FLC M .nnn
0.69
Captures and tracks descent legs of VNV
Vertical Path Tracking
VPTH
an active vertical profile
Key
Captures the Vertical Navigation
VNV Target Altitude Capture
**
ALTV
(VNV) Target Altitude
Captures and tracks the WAAS
Glidepath
GP
glidepath on approach
APR
Key
Captures and tracks the ILS glideslope
Glideslope
GS
on approach
Commands a constant pitch angle
Takeoff
and wings level on the ground in
TO
7.5°
preparation for takeoff
GA
Switch
Disengages the autopilot and
Go Around
commands a constant pitch angle
GA
7.5°
and wings level in the air
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pitch Hold
0.5°
100 fpm
1 kt
M 0.01
* ALTS armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, TO, or GA active, and under VPTH when Selected Altitude is to be captured
instead of VNV Target Altitude
** ALTV armed automatically under VPTH when VNV Target Altitude is to be captured instead of Selected Altitude
INDEX
Table 7-2 Flight Director Vertical Modes
414
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pitch Hold Mode (PIT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the flight director is activated (the FD Key is pressed) or switched (the XFR Key is pressed), Pitch Hold
Mode is selected by default. Pitch Hold Mode is indicated as the active vertical mode by the ‘PIT’ annunciation.
This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter), since
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed when Pitch Hold Mode is activated.
In Pitch Hold Mode, the flight director maintains a constant pitch attitude, the pitch reference. The pitch
reference is set to the aircraft pitch attitude at the moment of mode selection. If the aircraft pitch attitude
exceeds the flight director pitch command limitations, the flight director commands a pitch angle equal to the
nose-up/down limit.
EAS
Changing the Pitch Reference
When operating in Pitch Hold Mode, the pitch reference can be adjusted by:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel
• Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new pitch reference, then releasing the
CWS Button
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode Armed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Maintain
Desired Pitch Reference
Figure 7-6 Pitch Hold Mode
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
415
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Selected Altitude Capture Mode (ALTS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed with activation of the following modes:
• Pitch Hold
• Go Around
• Vertical Speed
• Vertical Path Tracking (if the Selected Altitude is to
be captured instead of the VNV Target Altitude)
• Flight Level Change
EAS
The white ‘ALTS’ annunciation indicates Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed (see Figure 7-6 for example).
The ALT SEL Knob is used to set the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter) until Selected Altitude
Capture Mode becomes active.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to Selected Altitude
Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed (Figure 7-7). This automatic transition is indicated by the green
‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT’ annunciation. The
Selected Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTS’ annunciation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from Selected Altitude
Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and holds the Selected Altitude (shown as the Altitude Reference). As Altitude
Hold Mode becomes active, the white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes
green for 10 seconds to indicate the automatic transition.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude Reference
(in this case, equal to
Selected Altitude)
Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition
AFCS
Figure 7-7 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Changing the Selected Altitude
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in Selected Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Use of the ALT SEL Knob to change the Selected Altitude while Selected Altitude Capture Mode is active
causes the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode with Selected Altitude Capture Mode armed for the
new Selected Altitude.
416
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Altitude Hold Mode (ALT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude Hold Mode can be activated by pressing the ALT Key; the flight director maintains the current aircraft
altitude (to the nearest 10 feet) as the Altitude Reference. The flight director’s Altitude Reference, shown in the
AFCS Status Box, is independent of the Selected Altitude, displayed above the Altimeter. Altitude Hold Mode
active is indicated by a green ‘ALT’ annunciation in the AFCS Status Box.
Altitude Hold Mode is automatically armed when the flight director is in Selected Altitude Capture Mode (see
Figure 7-7). Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically transitions to Altitude Hold Mode when the altitude
error is less than 50 feet. In this case, the Selected Altitude becomes the flight director’s Altitude Reference.
EAS
Changing the Altitude Reference
NOTE: Turning the ALT SEL Knob while in Altitude Hold Mode changes the Selected Altitude, but not the
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
flight director’s Altitude Reference, and does not cancel the mode.
With the CWS Button depressed, the aircraft can be hand-flown to a new Altitude Reference. When the
CWS Button is released at the desired altitude, the new altitude is established as the Altitude Reference.
Altitude
Reference
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitude Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
Selected
Altitude
Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude
to Maintain Altitude Reference
Figure 7-8 Altitude Hold Mode
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
417
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Vertical Speed Mode (VS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In Vertical Speed Mode, the flight director acquires and maintains a Vertical Speed Reference. Current aircraft
vertical speed (to the nearest 100 fpm) becomes the Vertical Speed Reference at the moment of Vertical Speed
Mode activation. This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the
Altimeter) since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed when Vertical Speed Mode is selected.
EAS
When Vertical Speed Mode is activated by pressing the VS Key, ‘VS’ is annunciated in green in the AFCS Status
Box along with the Vertical Speed Reference. The Vertical Speed Reference is also displayed above the Vertical
Speed Indicator. A Vertical Speed Reference Bug corresponding to the Vertical Speed Reference is shown on
the indicator.
Changing the Vertical Speed Reference
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Vertical Speed Reference (shown both in the AFCS Status Box and above the Vertical Speed Indicator)
may be changed by:
• Using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to attain a new Vertical Speed Reference, then releasing
the CWS Button
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Altitude Reference is not changed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
To adjust the Altitude Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.
AFCS
Vertical Speed
Mode Active
Vertical
Speed
Reference
Selected
Altitude Capture
Mode Armed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Altitude
Vertical
Speed
Reference
APPENDICES
Vertical
Speed
Reference
Bug
Command Bars Indicate Climb to
Attain Vertical Speed Reference
INDEX
Figure 7-9 Vertical Speed Hold Mode
418
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Level Change Mode (FLC)
NOTE: The Selected Altitude should be set before selecting Flight Level Change Mode.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Level Change Mode is selected by pressing the FLC Key. This mode acquires and maintains the
Airspeed Reference (in IAS or Mach) while climbing or descending to the Selected Altitude (shown above
the Altimeter). When Flight Level Change Mode is active, the flight director continuously monitors Selected
Altitude, airspeed, Mach, and altitude.
EAS
The Airspeed Reference is set to the current airspeed upon mode activation. Flight Level Change Mode is
indicated by a green ‘FLC’ annunciation beside the Airspeed Reference in the AFCS Status Box. The Airspeed
Reference is also displayed directly above the Airspeed Indicator, along with a bug corresponding to the Airspeed
Reference along the tape.
Airspeed
Reference
Selected
Altitude Capture
Mode Armed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight Level
Change Mode
Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Engine power must be adjusted to allow the autopilot to fly the aircraft at a pitch attitude corresponding
to the desired flight profile (climb or descent) while maintaining the Airspeed Reference. The flight director
maintains the current altitude until either engine power or the Airspeed Reference are adjusted and does not
allow the aircraft to climb or descend away from the Selected Altitude.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airspeed
Reference
AFCS
Airspeed
Reference
Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Indicate Climb
to attain Selected Altitude
APPENDICES
Figure 7-10 Flight Level Change Mode (IAS)
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
419
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing the Airspeed Reference
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Automatic Flight Control System
• Using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel
The Airspeed Reference (shown in both the AFCS Status Box and above the Airspeed Indicator) may be
adjusted by:
• Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to attain a new Airspeed Reference, then releasing the
CWS Button
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Altitude Reference is not changed.
EAS
To adjust the Altitude Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airspeed Reference units can be manually toggled between IAS and Mach units using the SPD Key. When
the FLC Airspeed Reference is displayed in Mach, the Airspeed Reference Bug is displayed on the Airspeed
Indicator at the IAS corresponding to the selected Mach target speed and the current Mach number is shown
below the Airspeed Indicator.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight Level
Change Mode
Active
Airspeed
Reference
(Mach)
Selected
Altitude Capture
Mode Armed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airspeed
Reference
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Airspeed
Reference
Bug
Current
Mach
Number
Command Bars Indicate Climb
to Attain Selected Altitude
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-11 Flight Level Change Mode (Mach)
420
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vertical Navigation Modes (VPTH, ALTV)
Note: VNV is disabled when parallel track or Dead Reckoning Mode is active. Refer to the Flight Management
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Section for more information on VNV flight plans.
Note: The Selected Altitude takes precedence over any other vertical constraints.
Vertical Navigation (VNV) flight control is available for enroute/terminal cruise and descent operations when
VNV flight planning is available. Conditions for availability include, but are not limited to:
EAS
• The selected navigation source is GPS.
• A VNV flight plan (with at least one altitude-constrained waypoint) or vertical direct-to is active.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• VNV is enabled (VNV ENBL Softkey pressed on the MFD).
• Crosstrack error is valid and within certain limits.
• Desired/actual track are valid or track angle error is within certain limits.
• The VNV Target Altitude of the active waypoint is no more than 250 ft above the current aircraft altitude.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The flight director may be armed for VNV at any time, but no target altitudes are captured during a climb.
The Command Bars provide vertical profile guidance based on specified altitudes (entered manually or loaded
from the database) at waypoints in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to. The appropriate VNV flight control
modes are sequenced by the flight director to follow the path defined by the vertical profile. Upon reaching
the last waypoint in the VNV flight plan, the flight director transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and cancels any
armed VNV modes.
Vertical Path Tracking Mode (VPTH)
Note: If another vertical mode key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected, Vertical Path
AFCS
Tracking Mode reverts to armed.
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
autopilot guides the aircraft back to the descent path upon release of the CWS Button.
APPENDICES
When a vertical profile (VNV flight plan) is active and the VNV Key is pressed, Vertical Path Tracking
Mode is armed in preparation for descent path capture. ‘VPTH’ (or ‘/V’ when Glidepath or Glideslope Mode
is concurrently armed) is annunciated in white in addition to previously armed modes. If applicable, the
appropriate altitude capture mode is armed for capture of the next VNV Target Altitude (ALTV) or the Selected
Altitude (ALTS), whichever is greater.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Figure 7-12 Vertical Path Tracking Armed Annunciations
421
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Prior to descent path interception, the Selected Altitude must be set below the current aircraft altitude
by at least 75 feet. For the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode,
acknowledgment is required within five minutes of descent path interception by:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Pressing the VNV Key
• Adjusting the Selected Altitude
EAS
If acknowledgment is not received within 1 minute of descent path interception, the white ‘VPTH’
annunciation starts to flash. Flashing continues until acknowledged or the descent path is intercepted. If
the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the
descent is not captured.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In conjunction with the “TOD [top of descent] within 1 minute” annunciation in the PFD Navigation Status
Box and the “Vertical track” voice message, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, vertical deviation, and
vertical speed required) appear on the PFDs in magenta (Figure 7-13).
Vertical Path Tracking
Armed, (Flashing Indicates
Acknowledgment Required)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitude Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VNV Target
Altitude
AFCS
Required
Vertical
Speed Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
Enroute
Phase of
Flight
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-13 Vertical Path Capture
422
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When a descent leg is captured (i.e., vertical deviation becomes valid), Vertical Path Tracking becomes
active and tracks the descent profile (Figure 7-14). An altitude capture mode (‘ALTS’ or ‘ALTV’) is armed as
appropriate.
VNV Target Altitude
Capture Armed
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Vertical Path
Tracking Active
Command Bars Indicate Descent to
Maintain Required Vertical Speed
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indication
(RVSI)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terminal
Phase of
Flight
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
EAS
VNV Target
Altitude
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator (VDI)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-14 Vertical Path Tracking Mode
AFCS
If the altimeter barometric setting is adjusted while Vertical Path Tracking is active, the flight director
increases/decreases the descent rate by up to 500 fpm to re-establish the aircraft on the descent path (without
commanding a climb). Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV vertical
deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the aircraft to reestablish on the descent path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target Altitude,
the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
423
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Reversion to Pitch Hold Mode
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Automatic Flight Control System
• Vertical deviation exceeds 200 feet during an overspeed condition.
Several situations can occur while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active which cause the flight director to
revert to Pitch Hold Mode:
• Vertical deviation experiences a discontinuity that both exceeds 200 feet in magnitude and results in the
vertical deviation exceeding 200 feet in magnitude. Such discontinuities are usually caused by flight plan
changes that affect the vertical profile.
EAS
• Vertical deviation becomes invalid (the Vertical Deviation Indicator is removed from the PFD).
• A display enters Reversionary Mode (this does not apply to an active vertical direct-to).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Unless VNV is disabled, Vertical Path Tracking Mode and the appropriate altitude capture mode become
armed following the reversion to Pitch Hold Mode to allow for possible profile recapture.
Non-Path Descents
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes can also be used to fly non-path descents
while VNV flight control is selected. If the VS or FLC Key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is
selected, Vertical Path Tracking Mode reverts to armed along with the appropriate altitude capture mode to
allow profile re-capture.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-15 Flight Level Change VNV Non-Path Descent
To prevent immediate profile re-capture, the following must be satisfied:
• At least 10 seconds have passed since the non-path transition was initiated
• Vertical deviation from the profile has exceeded 250 feet, but is now less than 200 feet
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Pressing the VNV Key twice re-arms Vertical Path Tracking for immediate profile re-capture.
424
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode (ALTV)
Note: Armed VNV Target Altitude and Selected Altitude capture modes are mutually exclusive. However,
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed implicitly (not annunciated) whenever VNV Target Altitude Capture
Mode is armed.
EAS
VNV Target Altitude Capture is analogous to Selected Altitude Capture Mode and is armed automatically
after the VNV Key is pressed and the next VNV Target Altitude is to be intercepted before the Selected
Altitude. The annunciation ‘ALTV’ indicates that the VNV Target Altitude is to be captured. VNV Target
Altitudes are shown in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to, and can be entered manually or loaded
from a database (see the Flight Management Section for details). At the same time as “TOD within 1 minute”
is annunciated in the Navigation Status Box, the active VNV Target Altitude is displayed above the Vertical
Speed Indicator (see Figure 7-13).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to VNV Target
Altitude Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed. This automatic transition is indicated by the green
‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT” annunciation. The
VNV Target Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTV’ annunciation and remains displayed
above the Vertical Speed Indicator. The Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) is removed once VNV
Target Altitude Capture Mode becomes active.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
At 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from VNV Target
Altitude Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and tracks the level leg. As Altitude Hold Mode becomes active, the
white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes green for 10 seconds to indicate
the automatic transition. The flight director automatically arms Vertical Path Tracking, allowing upcoming
descent legs to be captured and subsequently tracked.
Altitude Reference (In
This Case, Equal To
VNV Altitude Target)
AFCS
Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-16 VNV Altitude Capture
Changing the VNV Target Altitude
APPENDICES
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.
Changing the current VNV Target Altitude while VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode is active causes the
flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode. Vertical Path Tracking and the appropriate altitude capture
mode are armed in preparation to capture the new VNV Target Altitude or the Selected Altitude, depending
on which altitude is to be intercepted first.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
VNV target altitudes can be changed while editing the active flight plan (see the Flight Management
Section for details).
425
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Glidepath Mode (GP)
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glidepath Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
guides the aircraft back to the glidepath upon release of the CWS Button.
Glidepath Mode is used to track the WAAS-based glidepath. When Glidepath Mode is armed, ‘GP’ is
annunciated in white in the AFCS Status Box.
Selecting Glidepath Mode:
EAS
1) Ensure a GPS approach with vertical guidance (LPV, LNAV/VNAV, LNAV+V) is loaded into the active flight plan.
The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan (cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the APR Key.
NOTE: Some RNAV (GPS) approaches provide a vertical descent angle as an aid in flying a stabilized
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
approach. These approaches are NOT considered Approaches with Vertical Guidance (APV). Approaches
that are annunciated on the HSI as LNAV or LNAV+V are considered Nonprecision Approaches (NPA) and
are flown to an MDA even though vertical glidepath (GP) information may be provided.
WARNING: When flying an LNAV approach (with vertical descent angle) with the autopilot coupled, the
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
aircraft will not level off at the MDA even if the MDA is set in the altitude preselect.
Upon reaching the glidepath, the flight director transitions to Glidepath Mode and begins to capture and
track the glidepath.
Figure 7-17 Glidepath Mode Armed
AFCS
Once the following conditions have been met, the glidepath can be captured:
• The active waypoint is at or after the final approach fix (FAF).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Vertical deviation is valid.
• The CDI is at less than full scale deviation
INDEX
APPENDICES
• Automatic sequencing of waypoints has not been suspended (no ‘SUSP’ annunciation on the HSI)
426
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Glidepath
Mode Active
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
GPS Approach
Mode Active
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
LNAV/VNAV
Approach
Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
Command Bars Indicate
Descent on Glidepath
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-18 Glidepath Mode
Glidepath
Indicator
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
427
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Glideslope Mode (GS)
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glideslope Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
guides the aircraft back to the glideslope upon release of the CWS Button.
Glideslope Mode is available for LOC/ILS approaches to capture and track the glideslope. When Glideslope
Mode is armed (annunciated as ‘GS’ in white), LOC Approach Mode is armed as the lateral flight director
mode.
Selecting Glideslope Mode:
EAS
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the APR Key.
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the APR Key.
Figure 7-19 Glideslope Mode Armed
Once LOC is the navigation source, the localizer and glideslope can be captured. Upon reaching the glideslope,
the flight director transitions to Glideslope Mode and begins to capture and track the glideslope.
Approach
Mode Active
Glideslope
Mode Active
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Active ILS
Frequency Tuned
INDEX
NAV2 (localizer) is Selected
Navigation Source
Command Bars Indicate Descent
on Localizer/Glideslope Path
Figure 7-20 Glideslope Mode
428
Glideslope
Indicator
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Takeoff (TO) and Go Around (GA) Modes
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In Takeoff and Go Around modes, the flight director commands a constant set pitch attitude. The GA Switch
is used to select both modes. The mode entered by the flight director depends on whether the aircraft is on the
ground. Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed when the aircraft is at least 400 feet below the
Selected altitude at the time Takeoff or Go Around Mode is selected.
Takeoff Mode provides an attitude reference during rotation and takeoff. This mode can be selected only
while on the ground by pushing the GA Switch. The flight director Command Bars assume a wings-level,
pitch-up attitude. Autopilot engagement while Takeoff Mode is active is inhibited while the aircraft is on the
ground.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the GA Switch while in the air activates the flight director in a wings-level, pitch-up attitude, allowing
the execution of a missed approach or a go around. Selecting Go Around Mode disengages the autopilot;
however subsequent autopilot engagement is allowed. Attempts to modify the aircraft attitude (i.e., with the
NOSE UP/DN Wheel or CWS Button) result in reversion to Pitch Hold Mode.
Go Around Mode Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Autopilot Disconnect Annunciation
Flashes Yellow for 5 seconds
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Indicate Climb
Figure 7-21 Go Around Mode
APPENDICES
Takeoff Mode Active
Figure 7-22 Takeoff Mode
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
429
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
7.4 Lateral Modes
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following table relates each GFC 700 lateral mode to its respective control and annunciation. Refer to the
vertical modes section for information regarding Takeoff and Go Around modes.
NOTE: The GFC 700 may generate a lower bank angle than the maximum roll command limit in degrees
indicated in table 7-3 by the amount needed to produce a turn rate equal to or less than standard rate.
Description
EAS
Lateral Mode
Holds the current aircraft roll
attitude or rolls the wings level,
(default)
depending on the commanded
bank angle
Limits the maximum commanded BANK
roll angle
Key
Captures and tracks the Selected HDG
Heading
Key
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Roll Hold
Low Bank
Heading Select **
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Control Annunciation
Navigation, GPS **
Navigation, VOR Enroute Capture/Track **
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Navigation, LOC Capture/Track
(No Glideslope)
Captures and tracks the selected
navigation source (GPS, VOR,
LOC)
NAV
Key
Approach, GPS
AFCS
Approach, LOC Capture/Track
(Glideslope Mode automatically armed)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Go Around
25°
*
15°
HDG
25°
GPS
25°
25° Capture
10° Track
25° Capture
10° Track
25° Capture
10° Track
25°
25° Capture
10° Track
25° Capture
10° Track
VOR
BC
GPS
Approach, VOR Capture/Track
Takeoff
ROL
LOC
Captures and tracks a localizer
BC Key
signal for backcourse approaches
Backcourse Capture/Track
Captures and tracks the selected
navigation source (GPS, VOR, APR Key
LOC)
Commands a constant pitch angle
and wings level on the ground in
preparation for takeoff
Disengages the autopilot and
commands a constant pitch angle
and wings level in the air
Maximum Roll
Command Limit
VAPP
LOC
TO
Wings Level
GA
Wings Level
GA
Switch
* No annunciation appears in the AFCS Status Box. The acceptable bank angle range is indicated in green along the Roll
Scale of the Attitude Indicator.
** The Heading, Navigation GPS and Navigation VOR mode maximum roll command limit will be limited to the Low Bank
mode value if it is engaged.
Table 7-3 Flight Director Lateral Modes
INDEX
The CWS Button does not change lateral references for Heading Select, Navigation, Backcourse, or Approach
Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading/Course upon release of the CWS Button.
430
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Roll Hold Mode (ROL)
Note: If Roll Hold Mode is activated as a result of a mode reversion, the flight director rolls wings level.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the flight director is activated or switched, Roll Hold Mode is selected by default. This mode is
annunciated as ‘ROL’ in the AFCS Status Box. The current aircraft bank angle is held, subject to the bank angle
condition.
Flight Director Response
Rolls wings level
Maintains current aircraft roll attitude
Limits bank to 30°
EAS
Figure 7-23 Roll Hold Mode Annunciation
Bank Angle
< 6°
6 to 30°
> 30°
Table 7-4 Roll Hold Mode Responses
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing the Roll Reference
The roll reference can be changed by pressing the CWS Button, establishing the desired bank angle, then
releasing the CWS Button.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Low Bank Mode
When in Low Bank Mode, the flight director limits the maximum commanded roll angle to 15°. Low bank
arc limits are displayed in green along the Roll Scale.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Low Bank Mode can be manually selected/deselected by pressing the BANK Key while in Heading Select
or Navigation Modes (GPS and VOR). Low Bank Mode is activated automatically climbing above 25,000 ft
(FL250), and deactivated when descending below 25,000 ft. The annunciator light next to the BANK Key
illuminates while Low Bank Mode is selected.
Low Bank Arc
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 7-24 Low Bank Mode Limits
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
431
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Heading Select Mode (HDG)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Heading Select Mode is activated by pressing the HDG Key. Heading Select Mode acquires and maintains the
Selected Heading. The Selected Heading is shown by a light blue bug on the HSI and in the box to the upper
left of the HSI.
Changing the Selected Heading
Note: Pressing the HDG Knob synchronizes the Selected Heading to the current heading.
EAS
The Selected Heading is adjusted using the HDG Knob. Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the
aircraft does not change the Selected Heading. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading
upon release of the CWS Button.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Turns are commanded in the same direction as Selected Heading Bug movement, even if the bug is turned
more than 180° from the present heading (e.g., a 270° turn to the right). However, Selected Heading changes
of more than 330° at a time result in turn reversals.
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Heading Select
Mode Active
Selected
Heading
Selected
Heading
Bug
Command Bars Track
Selected Heading
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-25 Heading Select Mode
432
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Navigation Modes (GPS, VOR, LOC)
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
flight director to enter Navigation Mode.
Pressing the NAV Key selects Navigation Mode. Navigation Mode acquires and tracks the selected navigation
source (GPS, VOR, LOC). The flight director follows GPS roll steering commands when GPS is the selected
navigation source. When the navigation source is VOR or LOC, the flight director creates roll steering commands
from the Selected Course and deviation. Navigation Mode can also be used to fly non-precision GPS and LOC
approaches where vertical guidance is not required.
EAS
If the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) shows greater than one dot when the NAV Key is pressed, the selected
mode is armed. If the CDI is less than one dot, Navigation Mode is automatically captured when the NAV Key
is pressed. The armed annunciation appears in white to the left of the active lateral mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 7-26 GPS Navigation Mode Armed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the CDI has automatically switched from GPS to LOC during a LOC/ILS approach, GPS Navigation
Mode remains active, providing GPS steering guidance until the localizer signal is captured. LOC Navigation
Mode is armed automatically when the navigation source switch takes place if the APR Key is not pressed prior
to the automatic source switch.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If Navigation Mode is active and either of the following occur, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode
(wings rolled level):
• Different VOR tuned while in VOR Navigation Mode (VOR Navigation Mode reverts to armed)
• Navigation source manually switched (with the CDI Softkey)
AFCS
• During a LOC/ILS approach, the FAF is crossed while in GPS Navigation Mode after the automatic navigation
source switch from GPS to LOC
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
433
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Changing the Selected Course
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the navigation source is VOR or localizer or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected
Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot
side, CRS2 for the copilot side).
Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in
Navigation Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the
CWS Button is released.
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
GPS Navigation
Mode Active
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
Selected
Course
Command Bars Indicate Left Turn
to Track GPS Course and Climb to
Intercept Selected Altitude
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 7-27 Navigation Mode
434
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Approach Modes (GPS, VAPP, LOC)
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
flight director to enter Approach Mode.
Approach Mode is activated when the APR Key is pressed. Approach Mode acquires and tracks the selected
navigation source (GPS, VOR, or LOC), depending on loaded approach. This mode uses the selected navigation
receiver deviation and desired course inputs to fly the approach. Pressing the APR Key when the CDI is greater
than one dot arms the selected approach mode (annunciated in white to the left of the active lateral mode). If
the CDI is less than one dot, the LOC is automatically captured when the APR Key is pressed.
EAS
VOR Approach Mode (VAPP) provides greater sensitivity for signal tracking than VOR Navigation Mode.
Selecting VOR Approach Mode:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Ensure a valid VOR frequency is tuned
2) Ensure that VOR is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the APR Key.
When GPS Approach Mode is armed, Glidepath Mode is also armed.
Selecting GPS Approach Mode:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Ensure a GPS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan
(cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
AFCS
Figure 7-28 GPS Approach Mode Armed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
435
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
LOC Approach Mode allows the autopilot to fly a LOC/ILS approach with a glideslope. When LOC Approach
Mode is armed, Glideslope Mode is also armed automatically. LOC captures are inhibited if the difference
between aircraft heading and localizer course exceeds 105°.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting LOC Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
EAS
3) Press the APR Key.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
4) Press the APR Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the following occurs, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level):
• Approach Mode is active and a Vectors-To-Final is activated
• Approach Mode is active and Navigation source is manually switched
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• During a LOC/ILS approach GPS Navigation Mode is active and the FAF is crossed after the automatic
navigation source switch from GPS to LOC
Changing the Selected Course
AFCS
If the navigation source is VOR or localizer or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected
Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot
side, CRS2 for the copilot side).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in
Approach Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the
CWS Button is released.
Backcourse Mode (BC)
NOTE: When making a backcourse approach, set the Selected Course to the localizer front course.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Backcourse Mode captures and tracks a localizer signal in the backcourse direction. The mode may be
selected by pressing the BC Key. Backcourse Mode is armed if the CDI is greater than one dot when the mode
is selected. If the CDI is less than one dot, Backcourse Mode is automatically captured when the BC Key is
pressed. The flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation when in
Backcourse Mode.
436
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Backcourse
Mode Active
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
LOC2 is Selected Navigation Source
Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 7-29 Backcourse Mode
Changing the Selected Course
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the navigation source is VOR or localizer or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected
Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot
side, CRS2 for the copilot side).
Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not reset any reference data while in Backcourse
Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course when the CWS Button is released.
AFCS
intercepting and flying a dme arc
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The AFCS will intercept and track a DME arc that is part of the active flight plan provided that GPS
Navigation Mode is engaged, GPS is the active navigation source on the CDI, and the DME arc segment is
the active flight plan leg. It is important to note that automatic navigation of DME arcs is based on GPS.
Thus, even if the APR key is pressed and LOC or VOR Approach Mode is armed prior to reaching the Initial
Approach Fix (IAF), Approach Mode will not activate until the arc segment is completed.
APPENDICES
If the pilot decides to intercept the arc at a location other than the published IAF (i.e. ATC provides vectors
to intercept the arc) and subsequently selects Heading Mode or Roll Mode, the AFCS will not automatically
intercept or track the arc unless the pilot activates the arc leg of the flight plan and arms GPS Navigation
Mode. The AFCS will not intercept and fly a DME arc before reaching an IAF that defines the beginning of the
arc segment. Likewise, if at any point while established on the DME arc the pilot deselects GPS Navigation
Mode, the AFCS will no longer track the arc.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
437
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
7.5 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the POH for specific instructions regarding emergency procedures.
The Socata TBM 850’s autopilot and yaw damper operate the flight control surface servos to provide automatic
flight control. The autopilot controls the aircraft pitch and roll attitudes following commands received from the
flight director. Pitch and yaw autotrim provide trim commands to the pitch trim servo and yaw trim adapter to
relieve any sustained effort required by the pitch and yaw servos, respectively. Autopilot operation is independent
of the yaw damper for the Socata TBM 850.
EAS
The yaw damper reduces Dutch roll tendencies and coordinates turns. It can operate independently of the
autopilot and may be used during normal hand-flight maneuvers. Yaw rate commands are limited to 6 deg/sec
by the yaw damper.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flight Control
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pitch and roll commands are provided to the servos based on the active flight director modes. Yaw damping
is provided by the yaw servo. Servo motor control limits the maximum servo speed and torque. The servo
gearboxes are equipped with slip-clutches set to certain values. This allows the servos to be overridden in case
of an emergency.
Pitch Axis and Trim
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The autopilot pitch axis uses pitch rate to stabilize the aircraft pitch attitude during flight director maneuvers.
Flight director pitch commands are rate- and attitude-limited, combined with pitch damper control, and sent
to the pitch servo motor. The pitch servo measures the output effort (torque) and provides this signal to the
pitch trim servo. The pitch trim servo commands the motor to reduce the average pitch servo effort.
AFCS
When the autopilot is not engaged, the pitch trim servo may be used to provide manual electric pitch
trim (MEPT). This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch rather than the trim
wheel. Manual trim commands are generated only when both halves of the MEPT Switch are operated
simultaneously. Trim speeds are scheduled with airspeed to provide more consistent response.
Roll Axis
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The autopilot roll axis uses roll rate to stabilize aircraft roll attitude during flight director maneuvers. The
flight director roll commands are rate- and attitude-limited, combined with roll damper control, and sent to
the roll servo motor.
APPENDICES
Yaw Axis and Trim
The yaw damper uses yaw rate and roll attitude to dampen the aircraft’s natural Dutch roll response.
It also uses lateral acceleration to coordinate turns. Yaw damper operation is independent of autopilot
engagement.
INDEX
When the yaw damper is not engaged, the yaw trim adapter may be used to provide manual electric yaw
trim (MEYT). This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch. Trim speeds are scheduled
with airspeed to provide more consistent response.
438
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Engagement
NOTE: Autopilot engagement/disengagement is not equivalent to servo engagement/disengagement. Use
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
the CWS Button to disengage the pitch and roll servos while the autopilot remains active.
When the AP Key is pressed, the autopilot, yaw damper, and flight director (if not already active) are activated
and the annunciator lights on the AFCS controller for the autopilot and yaw damper are illuminated. The flight
director engages in Pitch and Roll Hold Modes when initially activated.
EAS
Yaw
Autopilot Damper
Engaged Engaged
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 7-30 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Engaged
When the YD Key is pressed, the system engages the yaw damper independently of the autopilot and the yaw
damper annunciator light is illuminated.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Autopilot and yaw damper status are displayed in the center of the AFCS Status Box. Engagement is indicated
by green ‘AP’ and ‘YD’ annunciations, respectively.
Control Wheel Steering
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
During autopilot operation, the aircraft may be hand-flown without disengaging the autopilot. Pressing and
holding the CWS Button disengages the pitch and roll servos from the flight control surfaces and allows the
aircraft to be hand-flown. At the same time, the flight director is synchronized to the aircraft attitude during
the maneuver. CWS activity has no effect on yaw damper engagement.
The ‘AP’ annunciation is temporarily replaced by ‘CWS’ in white for the duration of CWS maneuvers.
Control Wheel Steering
AFCS
Figure 7-31 CWS Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In most scenarios, releasing the CWS Button reengages the autopilot with a new reference. Refer to flight
director mode descriptions for specific CWS behavior in each mode.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
439
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Disengagement
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Automatic Flight Control System
The autopilot may be manually disengaged by pushing the AP DISC, GA, MERT Switch, MEPT ARM Switch,
or the AP Key on the AFCS Control Unit. Manual disengagement is indicated by a five-second flashing yellow
‘AP’ annunciation and a three-second autopilot disconnect aural alert. The AP DISC or MEPT ARM Switch
may be used to cancel the aural alert.
Note: Pressing the AP Key does not disengage the yaw damper.
EAS
Figure 7-32 Manual Autopilot Disengagement
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The YD Key, MEYT and AP DISC Switches can be used to disengage the yaw damper (the autopilot, if
engaged, also disengages when the AP DISC Switch is pressed). The ‘YD’ and ‘AP’ annunciations turn yellow
and flash for 5 seconds upon disengagement.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 7-33 Yaw Damper Disengagement
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Automatic autopilot disengagement is indicated by a flashing red and white ‘AP’ annunciation and by the
autopilot disconnect aural alert, which continue until acknowledged by pushing the AP DISC or MEPT ARM
Switch. Automatic autopilot disengagement occurs due to:
• System failure
• Stall warning
• Invalid sensor data
• Inability to compute default flight director modes
(FD also disengages automatically)
• Roll Trim input
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Yaw damper disengagement is indicated by a five-second flashing yellow ‘YD’ annunciation. Automatic yaw
damper disengagement occurs when autopilot disengagement is caused by failure in a parameter also affecting
the yaw damper. This means the yaw damper can remain operational in some cases where the autopilot
automatically disengages. A localized failure in the yaw damper system or invalid sensor data also cause yaw
damper disengagement.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-34 Automatic Autopilot and
Yaw Damper Disengagement
440
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.6 Example Flight Plan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: The following example flight plan and diagrams (not to be used for navigation) in this section are
for instructional purposes only and should be considered not current. Numbered portions of accompanying
diagrams correspond to numbered procedure steps.
EAS
This scenario-based set of procedures (based on the example flight plan found in the Flight Management
Section) shows various GFC 700 AFCS modes used during a flight. In this scenario, the aircraft departs Charles
B. Wheeler Downtown Airport (KMKC), enroute to Colorado Springs Airport (KCOS). After departure, the
aircraft climbs to 12,000 ft and airway V4 is intercepted, following ATC vectors.
0
3
30
27
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
27
30
24
24
21
27
24
27
15
12
21
18
15
18
9
24
21
12
6
Lamar
VOR
(LAA)
Topeka
VOR
(TOP)
12
Hays
VOR
(HYS)
9
V 244
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
9
3
V4
18
V 244
9
6
0
33
15
6
KCOS
KMKC
30
6
3
3
30
33
0
33
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
33
0
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airway V4 is flown to Salina VOR (SLN) using VOR navigation, then airway V244 is flown using a GPS flight
plan. The ILS approach for runway 35L and LPV (WAAS) approach for runway 35R are shown and a missed
approach is executed.
12
21
15
18
Figure 7-35 Flight Plan Overview
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
441
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Departure
Climbing to the Selected Altitude and flying an assigned heading:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Before takeoff:
a) Use the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude to 12,000 feet.
EAS
b) Push the GA Switch to activate Takeoff Mode. The flight director Command Bars establish a pitch up attitude
to follow.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
c) Press the AP Key to engage the autopilot in a climb, holding the pitch angle commanded in Takeoff Mode and
wings level.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) In this example, Vertical Speed Mode is used to capture the Selected Altitude (Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, or
Flight Level Change Mode may be used).
a) Press the VS Key to activate Vertical Speed Mode.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Vertical Speed Reference may be adjusted after Vertical Speed Mode is selected using the NOSE UP/DN
Wheel or pushing the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new Vertical Speed Reference.
3) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading, complying with ATC vectors to intercept Airway V4.
Press the HDG Key to activate Heading Select Mode while the autopilot is engaged in the climb. The autopilot
follows the Selected Heading Bug on the HSI and turns the aircraft to the desired heading.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds; the autopilot
transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
INDEX
APPENDICES
442
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HD
GM
od
e
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TO M
ode
3
Selected Altitude of 12,000 MSL
ALT Mode
4
1
2
VS
e
Mod
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
KMKC
ode
M
TO
Figure 7-36 Departure
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
443
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Intercepting a VOR Radial
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During climb-out, the autopilot continues to fly the aircraft in Heading Select Mode. Airway V4 to Salina
VOR (SLN) should now be intercepted. Since the enroute flight plan waypoints correspond to VORs, flight
director Navigation Mode using either VOR or GPS as the navigation source may be used. In this scenario, VOR
Navigation Mode is used for navigation to the first VOR waypoint in the flight plan.
Intercepting a VOR radial:
1) Arm VOR Navigation Mode:
EAS
a) Tune the VOR frequency.
b) Press the CDI Softkey to set the navigation source to VOR.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
c) Use the CRS1 or CRS2 Knob to set the Selected Course to the desired value, 255°. Note that at this point, the
flight director is still in Heading Select Mode and the autopilot continues to fly the Selected Heading, 290°.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
d) Press the NAV Key. This arms VOR Navigation Mode and the white ‘VOR’ annunciation appears to the left of
the active lateral mode.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) As the aircraft nears the Selected Course, the flight director transitions from Heading Select to VOR Navigation
Mode and the ‘VOR’ annunciation flashes green. The autopilot begins turning to intercept the Selected
Course.
3) The autopilot continues the turn until the aircraft is established on the Selected Course.
0
3
Hd
29 g
0o
30
AFCS
33
V4
6
27
3
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
24
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
255
9
o
VO
R
NA
V
Mo
de
2
HD
G
12
od
e,
VO
R
Ar
m
15
21
18
APPENDICES
M
ed
1
INDEX
Figure 7-37 Intercepting a VOR Radial
444
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flying a Flight Plan/GPS Course
Note: Changing the navigation source cancels Navigation Mode and causes the flight director to revert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
back to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level).
As the aircraft closes on Salina VOR, GPS is used to navigate the next leg, airway V244. The aircraft is
currently tracking inbound on Airway V4.
Flying a GPS flight plan:
EAS
1) Transition from VOR to GPS Navigation Mode:
a) Press the CDI Softkey until GPS is the selected navigation source.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Press the NAV Key to activate GPS Navigation Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft along the active flight
plan leg.
0
33
V4
6
3
o
075
e
30
d
AV Mo
6
27
GPS N
260
o
12
AFCS
21
18
12
15
24
9
Hays
VOR
(HYS)
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
V 244
2
24
27
076
1
9
o
e
d
AV Mo
VOR N
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
33
3
30
0
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Following the flight plan, the autopilot continues to steer the aircraft under GPS guidance. Note that in GPS
Navigation Mode, course changes defined by the flight plan are automatically made without pilot action
required.
15
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
21
18
Figure 7-38 Transition to GPS Flight Plan
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
445
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Descent
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Automatic Flight Control System
• Flight Level Change descent – Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the Selected Altitude at a
constant airspeed. This descent method does not account for flight plan waypoint altitude constraints.
While flying the arrival procedure, the aircraft is cleared for descent in preparation for the approach to KCOS.
Three methods are presented for descent:
• Vertical Path Tracking descent – Vertical Path Tracking Mode is used to follow the vertical descent path
defined in the GPS flight plan. Altitude constraints correspond to waypoints in the flight plan. Before VNV
flight control can provide vertical profile guidance, a VNV flight plan must be entered and enabled.
EAS
• Non-path descent in a VNV scenario – A VNV flight plan is entered and enabled, however Pitch Hold, Vertical
Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the VNV Target Altitude prior to reaching the
planned TOD. Flight Level Change Mode is used in the example.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flight Level Change descent:
1) Select Flight Level Change Mode:
a) Using the ALT SEL Knob, set the Selected Altitude to 10,000 feet.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Press the FLC Key to activate Flight Level Change Mode. The annunciation ‘FLC’ appears next to the
Airspeed Reference, which defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed
automatically.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) If desired, press the SPD Key to display the Airspeed Reference in Mach.
AFCS
2) Use the NOSE UP/DN Wheel or push the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to adjust the commanded
airspeed while maintaining the same power, or reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode
while the autopilot maintains the current airspeed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
APPENDICES
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
1
Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL
ALT Mode
2
FLC
Mod
e
INDEX
3
Selected Altitude of 10,000 MSL
ALT Mode
Figure 7-39 FLC Descent
446
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vertical Path Tracking descent to VNV Target Altitude:
1) Select VNV flight control:
a) Press the VNV Key to arm Vertical Path Tracking Mode. The white annunciation ‘VPTH’ appears.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) Using the ALT SEL Knob, set the Selected Altitude 75 feet below the flight plan’s VNV Target Altitude of 10,000
feet.
EAS
If the Selected Altitude is not at least 75 feet below the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director will capture the
Selected Altitude rather than the VNV Target Altitude once Vertical Path Tracking Mode becomes active (ALTS
will be armed rather than ALTV).
• Press the VNV Key
• Turn the ALT SEL Knob to adjust the Selected Altitude
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
c) If Vertical Path Tracking Mode is armed more than 5 minutes prior to descent path capture, acknowledgment is
required for the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode. To proceed with
descent path capture if the white ‘VPTH’ annunciation begins flashing, do one of the following
If the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the
descent is not captured.
2) When the top of descent (TOD) is reached, the flight director transitions to Vertical Path Tracking Mode and
begins the descent to the VNV Target Altitude. Intention to capture the VNV Target Altitude is indicated by the
white ‘ALTV’ annunciation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
AFCS
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude;
the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint.
ALT Mode
TOD
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1
Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL
2
APPENDICES
VPT
HM
ode
3
VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL
BOD
ALT Mode
Selected Altitude (set below VNAV Target Altitude)
INDEX
Along-track Offset, 3 nm before OPSHN
3 nm
Figure 7-40 VPTH Descent
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
447
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Non-path descent using Flight Level Change Mode:
1) Command a non-path descent to an intermediate altitude above the next VNV flight plan altitude. Use Flight
Level Change Mode:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Using the ALT SEL Knob, set the Selected Altitude below the current aircraft altitude to an altitude (in this case,
9,400 feet) at which to level off between VNV flight plan altitudes.
EAS
b) Press the FLC Key before the planned TOD during an altitude hold while VPTH is armed. The Airspeed Reference
defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Vertical Path Tracking and Selected Altitude Capture Mode are armed
automatically.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode. The autopilot maintains the Airspeed Reference.
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft. After leveling off, reset the Selected Altitude
at or below 9000 ft.
AFCS
4) When the next TOD is reached, Vertical Path Tracking becomes active (may require acknowledgment to allow
descent path capture).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude;
the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint.
INDEX
APPENDICES
448
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
VP
M
EAS
TH
od
e
Planned
TOD
2
BOD
ALT Mode
1
C
Pla
nn
M
od
e
Selected Altitude of 9,400 MSL
3
ed
De
sce
nt
ALT Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FL
VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL
Pa
th
TOD
4
VP
Mo
de
5
BOD
ALT Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VNAV Target Altitude of 9,000 MSL
TH
Selected Altitude
3 nm
OPSHN
HABUK
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-41 Non-path Descent
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
449
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Approach
Note: If an approach contains a DME arc, the arc must be flown in Navigation Mode with the GFC 700.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When receiving vectors from ATC, Navigation Mode must be selected prior to intercepting the ARC.
Flying an ILS approach:
1) Transition from GPS Navigation Mode to Heading Select Mode.
EAS
a) Select the Runway 35L ILS approach for KCOS and select ‘VECTORS’ for the transition. Load and activate the
approach into the flight plan.
b) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading after getting vectors from ATC.
c) Press the HDG Key. The autopilot turns the aircraft to the desired heading.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
d) Use Heading Select Mode to comply with ATC vectors as requested.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
a) Ensure the appropriate localizer frequency is tuned.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Arm LOC Approach and Glideslope modes.
c) The navigation source automatically switches to LOC. After this switch occurs, the localizer signal can be captured
and the autopilot and flight director determine when to begin the turn to intercept the final approach course. The
flight director now provides guidance to the missed approach point.
b) Press the APR Key when cleared for approach to arm Approach and Glideslope modes. ‘LOC’ and ‘GS’ appear
in white as armed mode annunciations.
3) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the ILS approach:
AFCS
• Push the AP DISC Switch at the decision height and land the aircraft
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach.
450
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
HD
G
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS NAV Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
e
od
M
1
PYNON
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
451
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
LOC APR/
GS Mode
3
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
KCOS
PETEY
2
Figure 7-42 ILS Approach to KCOS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
Flying a RNAV GPS approach with vertical guidance:
1) Arm flight director modes for a RNAV GPS approach with vertical guidance:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Make sure the navigation source is set to GPS (use CDI Softkey to change navigation source).
b) Select the Runway 35R LPV approach for KCOS. Load and activate the approach into the flight plan.
EAS
2) Press the APR Key once clearance for approach has been received. GPS Approach Mode is activated and
Glidepath Mode is armed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Once the glidepath is captured, Glidepath Mode becomes active. The flight director now provides guidance to
the missed approach point.
4) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the approach:
• Push the AP DISC Switch at the decision height and land the aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach.
KCOS
CEGIX
AFCS
3
GPS APR/
GP Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4
2
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FALUR
HABUK
PYNON
1
INDEX
APPENDICES
GPS NAV Mode
Figure 7-43 LPV Approach to KCOS
452
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Go Around/Missed Approach
Note: As a result of calculations performed by the system while flying the holding pattern, the display may
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
re-size automatically and the aircraft may not precisely track the holding pattern as depicted on the PFD and
MFD.
Flying a missed approach:
EAS
1) Push the GA Switch at the Decision height and apply go around power to execute a missed approach. The
flight director Command Bars establish a nose-up climb to follow. If flying an ILS or LOC approach the CDI also
switches to GPS as the navigation source.
Note that when the GA Switch is pushed, the missed approach is activated and the autopilot disconnects,
indicated by the ‘AP’ annunciation flashing yellow for 5 seconds and the autopilot disconnect aural alert.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flashes 5 sec
2) Start the climb to the prescribed altitude in the published Missed Approach Procedure (in this case, 10,000 ft).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
a) Press the AP Key to re-engage the autopilot.
b) Press the NAV Key to have the autopilot fly to the hold.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Use the ALT SEL Knob to set a Selected Altitude to hold.
To hold the current airspeed during the climb, press the FLC Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
APPENDICES
4) The autopilot flies the holding pattern after the missed approach is activated. Annunciations are displayed in
the Navigation Status Box, above the AFCS Status Box.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
453
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Flight Control System
4
EAS
MOGAL
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS NAV Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3
2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GA Mode
KCOS
1
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 7-44 Go Around/Missed Approach
454
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Automatic Flight Control System
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.7 AFCS Annunciations and Alerts
AFCS Status Alerts
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The annunciations in Table 7-5 (listed in order of increasing priority) can appear on the PFDs above the
Airspeed and Attitude indicators. Only one annunciation may occur at a time, and messages are prioritized by
criticality.
AFCS Status
Annunciation
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 7-45 AFCS Status Annunciation
Rudder Mistrim Right
Rudder Mistrim Left
Aileron Mistrim Right
Elevator Mistrim Down
Elevator Mistrim Up
Pitch Trim Failure
(or stuck MEYT Switch)
Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP
If AP disengaged, move MEPT switches separately to unstick
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP
If AP disengaged, move MEYT switch to unstick
YD control failure
Roll Failure
Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative
Pitch Failure
Pitch axis control failure; AP inoperative
Preflight Test
AP and MEPT are unavailable; FD may still be available
APPENDICES
System Failure
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Yaw Damper Failure
Yaw servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
AFCS
(or stuck MEPT Switch)
Yaw Trim Failure
Description
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Aileron Mistrim Left
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Alert Condition
Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at completion
Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests
as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail
their power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation.
INDEX
Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure
Table 7-5 AFCS Status Alerts
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
455
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Overspeed Protection
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Automatic Flight Control System
While Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, Flight Level Change, Vertical Path Tracking, or an altitude capture mode is
active, airspeed is monitored by the flight director. Pitch commands are not changed until overspeed protection
becomes active. Overspeed protection is provided in situations where the flight director cannot acquire and
maintain the mode reference for the selected vertical mode without exceeding the certified maximum autopilot
airspeed.
Note: Overspeed protection is not active in Altitude Hold, Glideslope or Glidepath modes.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
When an autopilot overspeed condition occurs, the Airspeed Reference appears in a box above the Airspeed
Indicator, flashing a yellow ‘MAXSPD’ annunciation. Engine power should be reduced and/or the pitch reference
adjusted to slow the aircraft. The annunciation disappears when the overspeed condition is resolved.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airspeed
Indicator
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-46 Overspeed Annunciation
456
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Section 8 Additional Features
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: With the availability of SafeTaxi, ChartView, or FliteCharts in electronic form, it is still advisable to
carry another source of charts on board the aircraft.
Additional features of the system include the following:
• Synthetic Vision System (SVS)
• SafeTaxi® diagrams
EAS
• ChartView and FliteCharts® electronic charts
• XM Radio entertainment
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Scheduler
• Electronic Checklists
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The optional Synthetic Vision System (SVS) provides a three-dimensional forward view of terrain features on
the PFD. SVS imagery shows the pilot’s view of relevant features in relation to the aircraft attitude, as well as the
flight path pertaining to the active flight plan.
SafeTaxi diagrams provide detailed taxiway, runway, and ramp information at more than 700 airports in the
United States. By decreasing range on an airport that has a SafeTaxi diagram available, a close up view of the
airport layout can be seen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The optional ChartView and FliteCharts provide on-board electronic terminal procedures charts. Electronic
charts offer the convenience of rapid access to essential information. Either ChartView or FliteCharts may be
configured in the system, but not both.
The optional XM Radio entertainment audio feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver handles more than 170
channels of music, news, and sports. XM Radio offers more entertainment choices and longer range coverage
than commercial broadcast stations.
AFCS
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display short term or long term reminder messages such as
Switch fuel tanks, Change oil, or Altimeter-Transponder Check in the Messages Window on the PFD.
Optional checklists help to quickly find the proper procedure on the ground or during flight.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
457
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.1 Synthetic Vision System (SVS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain, obstacle, and traffic avoidance.
SVS is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability
upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The SVS terrain display shows land contours (colors are consistent with those of the topographical map display),
large water features, towers, and other obstacles over 200’ AGL that are included in the obstacle database. Cultural
features on the ground such as roads, highways, railroad tracks, cities, and state boundaries are not displayed
even if those features are found on the MFD map. The terrain display also includes a north–south east–west grid
with lines oriented with true north and spaced at one arc-minute intervals to assist in orientation relative to the
terrain.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
The optional Synthetic Vision System (SVS) is a visual enhancement to the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck. SVS
depicts a forward-looking attitude display of the topography immediately in front of the aircraft. The field of
view is 30 degrees to the left and 35 degrees to the right. SVS information is shown on the Primary Flight Display
(PFD), or on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode (Figure 8‑82). The depicted imagery is
derived from the aircraft attitude, heading, GPS three-dimensional position, and a nine arc-second database of
terrain, obstacles, and other relevant features. The terrain data resolution of nine arc-seconds, meaning that
the terrain elevation contours are stored in squares measuring nine arc-seconds on each side, is required for the
operation of SVS. Loss of any of the required data, including temporary loss of the GPS signal, will cause SVS to
be disabled until the required data is restored.
The optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) or standard Terrain-SVS is integrated within
SVS to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the presence of terrain and obstacle threats relevant to the
projected flight path. Terrain alerts are displayed in red and yellow shading on the PFD.
AFCS
The terrain display is intended for situational awareness only. It may not provide the accuracy or fidelity on
which to base decisions and plan maneuvers to avoid terrain or obstacles. Navigation must not be predicated
solely upon the use of the Terrain–SVS or TAWS terrain or obstacle data displayed by the SVS.
• Pathways
• Airport Signs
• Flight Path Marker
• Runway Display
• Horizon Heading Marks
• Terrain Alerting
• Traffic Display
• Obstacle Alerting
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The following SVS enhancements appear on the PFD:
458
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-1 Synthetic Vision Imagery
SVS Operation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVS is activated from the PFD using the softkeys located along the bottom edge of the display. Pressing the
softkeys turns the related function on or off. When SVS is enabled, the pitch scale increments are reduced to
10 degrees up and 7.5 degrees down.
AFCS
SVS functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. The PFD Softkey leads into the PFD function Softkeys,
including synthetic vision. Pressing the SYN VIS Softkey displays the SVS feature softkeys. The softkeys are
labeled PATHWAY, SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, and APTSIGNS. The BACK Softkey returns to the previous
level of softkeys. Synthetic Terrain must be active before any other SVS feature may be activated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY Softkeys are only available when the SYN TERR Softkey is
activated (gray with black characters). After activating the SYN TERR Softkey, the HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS,
and PATHWAY softkeys may be activated in any combination to display desired features. When system power
is cycled, the last selected state (on or off) of the SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY
softkeys is remembered by the system.
APPENDICES
• PATHWAY Softkey enables display of rectangular boxes that represent course guidance.
• SYN TERR Softkey enables synthetic terrain depiction.
• HRZN HDG Softkey enables horizon heading marks and digits.
• APTSIGNS Softkey enables airport signposts.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
459
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD
SYN VIS
BACK
Pressing the BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.
BACK
EAS
PATHWAY SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the previous level of softkeys.
Figure 8-2 SVS Softkeys
Activating and deactivating SVS:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
3) Press the SYN TERR Softkey. The SVS display will cycle on or off with the SYN TERR Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
3) Press the PATHWAY Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with the PATHWAY Softkey.
AFCS
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the HRZN HDG Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with the HRZN HDG Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
APPENDICES
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
INDEX
3) Press the APTSIGNS Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with the APTSIGNS Softkey.
460
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SVS Features
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Altitude
Airport
Runway
Flight
Path
Marker
Airplane
Symbol
EAS
Pathways
Zero
Pitch Line
(ZPL) with
Compass
Heading
Marks
Traffic
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Synthetic
Terrain
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVS
Softkeys
Figure 8-3 SVS on the Primary Flight Display
NOTE: Pathways and terrain features are not a substitute for standard course and altitude deviation
information provided by the CDI, VSI, and VDI.
AFCS
Pathways
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pathways provide a three-dimensional perspective view of the selected route of flight shown as colored
rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path of the active flight plan. The box
size represents 700 feet wide by 200 feet tall during enroute, oceanic, and terminal flight phases. During
an approach, the box width is 700 feet or one half full scale deviation on the HSI, whichever is less. The
height is 200 feet or one half full scale deviation on the VDI, whichever is less. The altitude at which the
pathway boxes are displayed is determined by the higher of either the selected altitude or the VNAV altitude
programmed for the active leg in the flight plan (Figure 8-4).
APPENDICES
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
The color of the rectangular boxes may be magenta, green, or white depending on the route of flight and
navigation source selected. The active GPS or GPS overlay flight plan leg is represented by magenta boxes
that correspond to the Magenta CDI. A localizer course is represented by green boxes that correspond to a
green CDI. An inactive leg of an active flight plan is represented by white boxes corresponding to a white line
drawn on the Inset map or MFD map indicating an inactive leg.
461
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Programmed
Altitudes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-4 Programmed and Selected Altitude
AFCS
Pathways provide supplemental glidepath information on an active ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, and some LNAV
approaches. Pathways are intended as an aid to situational awareness and should not be used independent
of the CDI, VDI, glide path indicator, and glide slope indicator. They are removed from the display when
the selected navigation information is not available. Pathways are not displayed beyond the active leg when
leg sequencing is suspended and are not displayed on any portion of the flight plan leg that would lead to
intercepting a leg in the wrong direction.
Departure and Enroute
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Prior to intercepting an active flight plan leg, pathways are displayed as a series of boxes with pointers at
each corner that point in the direction of the active waypoint. Pathways are not displayed for the first leg
of the flight plan if that segment is a Heading-to-Altitude leg. The first segment displaying pathways is the
first active GPS leg or active leg with a GPS overlay. If this leg of the flight plan route is outside the SVS
field of view, pathways will not be visible until the aircraft has turned toward this leg. While approaching
the center of the active leg and prescribed altitude, the number of pathway boxes decreases to a minimum
of four.
INDEX
Pathways are displayed along the flight plan route at the highest of either the selected altitude or the
programmed altitude for the leg. Climb profiles cannot be displayed due to the variables associated with
aircraft performance. Flight plan legs requiring a climb are indicated by pathways displayed at a level above
the aircraft at the altitude selected or programmed.
462
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Descent and Approach
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pathways are shown descending only for a programmed descent (Figures 8-5, 8-6). When the flight plan
includes programmed descent segments, pathways are displayed along the descent path provided that the
selected altitude is lower than the programmed altitude.
When an approach providing vertical guidance is activated, Pathways are shown level at the selected
altitude up to the point along the final approach course where the altitude intercepts the extended vertical
descent path, glidepath, or glideslope. From the vertical path descent, glidepath, or glideslope intercept
point, the pathways are shown inbound to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) along the published lateral
and vertical descent path, or at the selected altitude, whichever is lower.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
During an ILS approach, the initial approach segment is displayed in magenta at the segment altitudes
if GPS is selected as the navigation source on the CDI. When switching to localizer inbound with LOC
selected as the navigation source on the CDI, pathways are displayed in green along the localizer and glide
slope.
VOR, LOC BC, and ADF approach segments that are approved to be flown using GPS are displayed in
magenta boxes. Segments that are flown using other than GPS or ILS, such as heading legs or VOR final
approach courses are not displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Altitude
set for Enroute
Selected Altitude
set for Departure
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Climbs NOT
displayed
by pathway
Non-programmed descents NOT displayed by pathway
TOD
AFCS
Selected Altitude
for Step Down
Programmed descent
displayed by pathway
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected Altitude or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
APPENDICES
Figure 8-5 SVS Pathways, Enroute and Descent
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
463
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Missed Approach
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Upon activating the missed approach, pathways lead to the Missed Approach Holding Point (MAHP) and
are displayed as a level path at the published altitude for the MAHP, or the selected altitude, whichever is
the highest. If the initial missed approach leg is a Course-to-Altitude (CA) leg, the pathways boxes will
be displayed level at the altitude published for the MAHP. If the initial missed approach leg is defined by
a course using other than GPS, pathways are not displayed for that segment. In this case, the pathways
displayed for the next leg may be outside the field of view and will be visible when the aircraft has turned
in the direction of that leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Pathways are displayed along each segment including the path required to track course reversals that are
part of a procedure, such as holding patterns. Pathways boxes will not indicate a turn to a MAHP unless a
defined geographical waypoint exists between the MAP and MAHP.
FAF
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Descent displayed
by pathway
Selected Altitude
or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
MAP Climbs NOT displayed
by pathway
Turn Segment
NOT displayed
by pathway
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
MAHP
INDEX
Figure 8-6 SVS Pathways, Approach, Missed Approach, and Holding
464
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight Path Marker
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Flight Path Marker (FPM), also known as a Velocity Vector, is displayed on the PFD at groundspeeds
above 30 knots. The FPM depicts the approximate projected path of the aircraft accounting for wind speed
and direction relative to the three-dimensional terrain display.
The FPM is always available when the Synthetic Terrain feature is in operation. The FPM represents the
direction of the flight path as it relates to the terrain and obstacles on the display, while the airplane symbol
represents the aircraft heading.
EAS
The FPM works in conjunction with the Pathways feature to assist the pilot in maintaining desired altitudes
and direction when navigating a flight plan. When on course and altitude the FPM is aligned inside the
pathway boxes as shown (Figure 8-7).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The FPM may also be used to identify a possible conflict with the aircraft flight path and distant terrain or
obstacles. Displayed terrain or obstacles in the aircraft’s flight path extending above the FPM could indicate
a potential conflict, even before an alert is issued by TAWS. However, decisions regarding terrain and/or
obstacle avoidance should not be made using only the FPM.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ILS
Frequency
is Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Color of
Pathways
match the
CDI color
Flight Path
Marker
(FPM)
AFCS
Wind
Vector
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-7 Flight Path Marker and Pathways
Zero Pitch Line
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
The Zero Pitch Line is drawn completely across the display and represents the aircraft attitude with respect
to the horizon. It may not align with the terrain horizon, particularly when the terrain is mountainous or
when the aircraft is flown at high altitudes.
465
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Horizon Heading
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Horizon Heading is synchronized with the HSI and shows approximately 60 degrees of compass
heading in 30‑degree increments on the Zero Pitch Line. Horizon Heading tick marks and digits appearing
on the zero pitch line are not visible behind either the airspeed or altitude display. Horizon Heading is used
for general heading awareness, and is activated and deactivated by pressing the HRZN HDG Softkey.
Traffic
WARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the SVS display or may appear as a
EAS
partial symbol.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic symbols are displayed in their approximate locations as determined by the related traffic systems.
Traffic symbols are displayed in three dimensions, appearing larger as they are getting closer, and smaller
when they are further away. Traffic within 1000 feet laterally of the aircraft will not be displayed on the SVS
display. Traffic symbols and coloring are consistent with that used for traffic displayed in the Inset map or
MFD traffic page. If the traffic altitude is unknown, the traffic will not be displayed on the SVS display. For
more details refer to the traffic system discussion in the Hazard Avoidance section.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airport Signs
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport Signs provide a visual representation of airport location and identification on the synthetic terrain
display. When activated, the signs appear on the display when the aircraft is approximately 15 nm from
an airport and disappear at approximately 4.5 nm. Airport signs are shown without the identifier until
the aircraft is approximately eight nautical miles from the airport. Airport signs are not shown behind the
airspeed or altitude display. Airport signs are activated and deactivated by pressing the APTSIGNS Softkey.
Airport
Sign
without
Identifier
(Between
8 nm and
15 nm)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Airport
Sign with
Identifier
(Between
4.5 nm and
8 nm)
Figure 8-8 Airport Signs
466
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Runways
WARNING: Do not use SVS runway depiction as the sole means for determining the proximity of the aircraft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
to the runway or for maintaining the proper approach path angle during landing.
EAS
Runway data provides improved awareness of runway location with respect to the surrounding terrain. All
runway thresholds are depicted at their respective elevations as defined in the database. In some situations,
where threshold elevations differ significantly, crossing runways may appear to be layered. As runways are
displayed, those within 45 degrees of the aircraft heading are displayed in white. Other runways will be gray
in color. When an approach for a specific runway is active, that runway will appear brighter and be outlined
with a white box, regardless of the runway orientation as related to aircraft heading. As the aircraft gets closer
to the runway, more detail such as runway numbers and centerlines will be displayed. Not all airports have
runways with endpoint data in the database, therefore, these runways are not displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Runway
Selected for
Approach
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Other
Runway
on Airport
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-9 Airport Runways
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
467
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Terrain-SVS and TAWS Alerting
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain alerting on the synthetic terrain display is triggered by Forward-looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA)
alerts, and corresponds to the red and yellow X symbols on the Inset Map and MFD map displays. For more
detailed information regarding Terrain-SVS and TAWS, refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section.
EAS
In some instances, a terrain or obstacle alert may be issued with no conflict shading displayed on the
synthetic terrain. In these cases, the conflict is outside the SVS field of view to the left or right of the
aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TERRAIN
Annunciation
Terrain
Warning
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Potential
Impact
Points
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-10 Terrain Alert
468
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Obstacles are represented on the synthetic terrain display by standard two-dimensional tower symbols found
on the Inset map and MFD maps and charts. Obstacle symbols appear in the perspective view with relative
height above terrain and distance from the aircraft. Unlike the Inset map and MFD moving map display,
obstacles on the synthetic terrain display do not change colors to warn of potential conflict with the aircraft’s
flight path until the obstacle is associated with an actual FLTA alert. Obstacles greater than 1000 feet below the
aircraft altitude are not shown. Obstacles are shown behind the airspeed and altitude displays.
EAS
TERRAIN
Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Obstacle
Potential
Impact
Point
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-11 Obstacle
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
469
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Field of View
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The PFD field of view can be represented on the MFD Navigation Map Page. Two dashed lines forming a
V‑shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map, represent the forward viewing area shown on the PFD.
Configuring field of view:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Map Setup and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Field of
View
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Map Setup Menu, Map Group, Field of View Option
AFCS
Figure 8-12 Option Menus
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Map Group and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Map Group options to FIELD OF VIEW.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select On or Off.
INDEX
APPENDICES
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
470
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The following figure compares the PFD forward looking depiction with the MFD plan view and FIELD OF
VIEW turned on.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Lines
Depict
PFD Field
of View
EAS
Field of View on the MFD
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SVS View on the PFD
Figure 8-13 PFD and MFD Field of View Comparison
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
471
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.2 SafeTaxi
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when viewing airports at close range. The
maximum map ranges for enhanced detail are pilot configurable. When viewing at ranges close enough to
show the airport detail, the map reveals taxiways with identifying letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport
landmarks including ramps, buildings, control towers, and other prominent features. Resolution is greater at
lower map ranges. When the MFD display is within the SafeTaxi ranges, the airplane symbol on the airport
provides enhanced position awareness.
EAS
Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and runways, and/or complex
ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional
awareness confusion or runway incursions happen most often. Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle or
outline around the region of possible confusion.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi airport layout within the maximum
configured range. The following is a list of pages where the SafeTaxi feature can be seen:
• Navigation Map Page
• VOR Information Page
• Inset Map (PFD)
• User Waypoint Information Page
• Weather Datalink Page
• Trip Planning Page
• Airport Information Page
• Nearest Pages
• Intersection Information Page
• Active and Stored Flight Plan Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• NDB Information Page
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
During ground operations the aircraft’s position is displayed in reference to taxiways, runways, and airport
features. In the example shown, the aircraft is on taxiway Bravo inside the High Alert Intersection boundary
on KSFO airport. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta. When panning over the airport, features such as
runway holding lines and taxiways are shown at the cursor.
472
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Taxiway
Identification
EAS
Aircraft
Position
Airport Hot
Spot Outline
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airport
Features
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-14 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page
DCLTR Softkey
Removes Taxiway
Markings
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The DCLTR Softkey (declutter) label advances to DCLTR-1, DCLTR -2, and DCLTR-3 each time the softkey is
selected for easy recognition of decluttering level. Selecting the DCLTR Softkey removes the taxiway markings
and airport feature labels. Selecting the DCLTR-1 Softkey removes VOR station ID, the VOR symbol, and
intersection names if within the airport plan view. Selecting the DCLTR-2 Softkey removes the airport runway
layout, unless the airport in view is part of an active route structure. Selecting the DCLTR-3 Softkey cycles back
to the original map detail. Refer to Map Declutter Levels in the Flight Management Section.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
473
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Configuring SafeTaxi range:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Map Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
Figure 8-15 Navigation Map PAGE MENU, Map Setup Option
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Aviation Group options to SAFETAXI.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances.
6) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi display range.
7) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SAFETAXI
Option
INDEX
APPENDICES
SafeTaxi
Range
Options
Figure 8-16 MAP SETUP Menu, Aviation Group, SAFETAXI Range Options
474
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi database is revised every 56 days. SafeTaxi is always available for use after the expiration date.
When turning on the G1000, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or not
available. The Power-up Page shows the SafeTaxi database is current when the SafeTaxi Expires date is shown in
white. When the SafeTaxi cycle has expired, the SafeTaxi Expires date appears in yellow. The message SafeTaxi:
N/A appears in white if no SafeTaxi data is available on the database card.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SafeTaxi Database is Current
SafeTaxi Database has Expired
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
SafeTaxi Database Not Available
INDEX
Figure 8-17 Power-up Page, SafeTaxi Database
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
475
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The SafeTaxi Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be found
on the AUX - System Status page. SafeTaxi information appears in blue and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE
date appears in blue when data is current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date.
The EXPIRES date appears in blue when data is current and in yellow when expired (Figures 8‑18 and 8-19).
SafeTaxi REGION NOT AVAILABLE appears in blue if SafeTaxi data is not available on the database card
(Figure 8‑19). Expired SafeTaxi data is never disabled.
Select the DBASE Softkey for scrolling through the database information. Scroll through the database with
the FMS knob or ENT Key.
EAS
The SafeTaxi database cycle number shown in the figure, 08S1, is deciphered as follows:
08 – Indicates the year 2008
S – Indicates the data is for SafeTaxi
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1 – Indicates the first issue of the SafeTaxi database for the year
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The SafeTaxi EFFECTIVE date 14–FEB–08 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. SafeTaxi
EXPIRES date 10–APR–08 is the revision date for the next database cycle.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
SafeTaxi Data
DBASE Softkey
Selected
APPENDICES
Figure 8-18 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Current Information
INDEX
The SafeTaxi database is provided by Garmin. Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for
instructions on revising the SafeTaxi database.
476
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The other three possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown here. The EFFECTIVE date is the
beginning date for this database cycle. If the present date is before the effective date, the EFFECTIVE date
appears in yellow and the EXPIRES date appears in blue. The EXPIRES date is the revision date for the next
database cycle. NOT AVAILABLE indicates that SafeTaxi is not available on the database card or no database
card is inserted.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Current Date is before Effective Date
SafeTaxi Database has Expired
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
SafeTaxi Database Not Installed
Figure 8-19 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Expired, SafeTaxi Not Available
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
477
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.3 ChartView
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures charts. The charts are displayed in full
color with high-resolution. The MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving map in the plan view
of approach charts and on airport diagrams. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta.
The ChartView database subscription is available from Jeppesen, Inc. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Airport Diagrams
• Departure Procedures (DP)
• NOTAMs
EAS
• Approaches
ChartView Softkeys
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ChartView functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and
advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO, DP, STAR, APR, WX, NOTAM,
and GO BACK. The chart selection softkeys shown below appear on the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selecting the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
Selecting the CHRT OPT Softkey advances to the next level of softkeys: ALL, HEADER, PLAN, PROFILE,
MINIMUMS, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.
SHW CHRT
AFCS
CHRT OPT
CHRT
INFO
DP
STAR
APR
WX
NOTAM
GO BACK
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selecting the GO BACK Softkey returns
to the top-level softkeys and previous page.
ALL
HEADER
PLAN
PROFILE
MINIMUMS FIT WDTH FULL SCN
BACK
APPENDICES
Selecting the BACK Softkey returns
to the Chart Selection Softkeys.
INDEX
Figure 8-20 ChartView SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys
478
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Terminal Procedures Charts
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, select the SHW CHRT
Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart.
EAS
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu
Figure 8-21 Option Menus
AFCS
On the Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu, select the desired chart and press the ENT Key
to display the chart.
When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen.
The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to the FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability
of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-22 Chart Not Available Banner
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
INDEX
Figure 8-23 Unable To Display Chart Banner
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
479
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
When a chart is not available by selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts
may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, selecting the
SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page. Usually this is the airport runway
diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that
page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.
EAS
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, select the SHW CHRT
Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Select the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Chart Scale
Select Desired
Approach Chart
from Menu
INDEX
APPENDICES
Scroll Through
Entire Chart
With the
Joystick
Figure 8-24 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
480
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart page can be scrolled using the Joystick. Pressing
the Joystick centers the chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within
the boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears
(Figure 8‑28). If the Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The
Aircraft Not Shown Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to scale.
EAS
Selecting the CHRT Softkey switches between the ChartView diagram and the associated map in the WPT
page group. In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the Gainesville, FL (KGNV) Airport
Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Select CHRT Softkey
to Switch Between
ChartView and WPT Airport Information Page
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-25 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
481
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Selecting the INFO Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the view is on a different chart. If the
displayed chart is the airport diagram, the INFO Softkey has no effect.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft position is shown in magenta on the ChartView diagrams when the location of the aircraft is
within the chart boundaries. In the example shown, the aircraft is turning onto Taxiway Bravo on the Charlotte,
NC (KCLT) airport.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart for certain airports.
This information source is not related to the INFO Softkey. When the INFO Box is selected using the FMS
Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. The Charlotte, NC airport has five additional charts offering information;
the Airport Diagram, Take-off Minimums, Class B Airspace, Airline Parking Gate Coordinates, and Airline
Parking Gate Location. (The numbers in parentheses after the chart name are Jeppesen designators.)
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Aircraft
Current
Position
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-26 Airport Information Page, INFO View, Full Screen Width
482
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
In the example shown in Figure 8-26, the Class B Chart is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays the
Charlotte Class B Airspace Chart (Figure 8-27).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-27 Airport Information Page, Class B Chart Selected from INFO View
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Chart Not
To Scale
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
INDEX
Figure 8-28 Departure Information Page
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
483
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Selecting the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Chart Not
To Scale
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Change Range
and Scroll
Through the
Chart With the
Joystick
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
Figure 8-29 Arrival Information Page
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
INDEX
Figure 8-30 Approach Information Page
484
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, and includes weather data such
as METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver, when available. Weather information is available only
when an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the XM Weather subscription is current.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WX Info
When
Available
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
WX Softkey
Selected
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-31 Weather Information Page
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
AFCS
Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the ChartView database. Selecting
the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM information for selected airports, when available. When NOTAMS
are not available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled as shown in Figure 8-31. The
NOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of the chart page selections.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
485
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-32 NOTAM Available
NOTAM Softkey
Appears for
Selected Airports
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Local
NOTAM on
This Airport
NOTAM Softkey
Selected
INDEX
Figure 8-33 Airport Information Page, Local NOTAMs
Selecting the NOTAM Softkey again removes the NOTAMS information.
Selecting the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page, Nearest Pages, or Flight
Plan Page).
486
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Chart Options
Selecting the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-20).
Selecting the ALL Softkey shows the entire approach chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Entire Chart
Shown
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-34 Approach Information Page, ALL View
Selecting the HEADER Softkey shows the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on the screen.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Approach
Chart
Briefing Strip
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-35 Approach Information Page, Header View
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
487
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting the PLAN Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan view.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Approach
Chart Plan
View
Figure 8-36 Approach Information Page, Plan View
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting the PROFILE Softkey displays the approach chart descent profile strip.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Approach
Chart Descent
Profile Strip
Figure 8-37 Approach Information Page, Profile View, Full Screen Width
488
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting the MINIMUMS Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at the bottom of the
approach chart.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
Minimum
Descent
Altitude/
Visibility Strip
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-38 Approach Information Page, Minimums View, Full Screen Width
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
489
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart, selecting the FIT WIDTH Softkey
changes the chart size to fit the available screen width.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Select FIT WDTH
Softkey to Show
Full Chart Width
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-39 Airport Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected
490
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
Selecting Additional Information:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, select the FULL SCN Softkey to display the information windows
(AIRPORT, INFO).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the AIRPORT, INFO, RUNWAYS, or FREQUENCIES Box (INFO Box shown).
EAS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired
choice with the large FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Available
Information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Select FULL SCN
Softkey to Switch
Between Chart on Full
Screen and Chart with
Info Window
APPENDICES
Figure 8-40 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window
INDEX
Selecting the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
491
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Selecting full screen On or Off:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options.
Chart Setup Option
Full Screen On/Off Selection
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-41 Page Menus
492
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Day/Night View
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment. When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the MFD softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-42 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑43).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
AFCS
5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to
change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
493
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-43 Arrival Information Page, Day View
INDEX
Figure 8-44 Arrival Information Page, Night View
494
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ChartView Cycle Number and Expiration Date
Power-up Page Display
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The ChartView database is revised every 14 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from
the cycle expiration date to the disables date. ChartView is disabled 70 days after the expiration date and is no
longer available for viewing upon reaching the disables date. When turning on the G1000, the Power-up Page
indicates any of nine different possible criteria for ChartView availability. See the table below for the various
ChartView Power-up Page displays and the definition of each.
EAS
Definition
Blank Line. G1000 system is not configured for ChartView. Contact
a Garmin-authorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for ChartView but no chart database is
installed. Contact Jeppesen for a ChartView database.
Normal operation. ChartView database is valid and within current
cycle.
ChartView database is within 1 week after expiration date. A new
cycle is available for update.
ChartView database is beyond 1 week after expiration date, but still
within the 70 day viewing period.
ChartView database has timed out. Database is beyond 70 days
after expiration date. ChartView database is no longer available for
viewing.
System time is not available. GPS satellite data is unknown or
G1000 has not yet locked onto satellites. Check database cycle
number for effectivity.
System is verifying chart database when new cycle is installed for the
first time.
After verifying, chart database is found to be corrupt. ChartView is
not available.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Table 8-1 ChartView Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
495
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
ChartView Database is
Current and Available
Chart Cycle has Expired,
Next Cycle is Available
Chart Cycle has Expired but is Still Viewable
for 70 Days from Expiration Date
Chart Cycle is No
Longer Viewable
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Examples of four possible Power-up Page conditions are shown here. ChartView Disables plus a date in
white, indicates chart data is current. This indication for normal operation shows how long the charts may be
viewed. Chart data update available. in white, indicates the chart data cycle has expired within the past week
and the next chart cycle is available. Chart data is out of date! in yellow, indicates charts are still viewable, but
approaching the disable date. Chart data is disabled. in yellow, indicates the chart cycle has been disabled and
is no longer viewable.
Figure 8-45 Examples of Power-up Page, ChartView Database
496
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The ChartView time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page. The database
CYCLE number, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the ChartView subscription appear in either blue or yellow
text. When the ChartView EXPIRES date is reached, ChartView becomes inoperative 70 days later. This is
shown as the DISABLES date. When the DISABLES date is reached, charts are no longer available for viewing.
The SHW CHRT Softkey label then appears subdued and is disabled until a revised issue of ChartView is
installed.
EAS
Select the DBASE Softkey for scrolling through the database information. Scroll through the database with
the FMS knob or ENT Key.
The ChartView database cycle number shown in the figure, 0613, is deciphered as follows:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
06 – Indicates the year 2006
13 – Indicates the 13th issue of the ChartView database for the year
The EXPIRES date 13–JUL–06 is the date that this database should be replaced with the next issue.
The DISABLES date 21–SEP–06 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ChartView
Data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
DBASE Softkey
Selected
Figure 8-46 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Current and Available
The ChartView database is provided directly from Jeppesen. Refer to Updating Jeppesen Databases in
Appendix B for instructions on revising the ChartView database.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
497
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The other three possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown here. The EXPIRES date, in yellow,
is the revision date for the next database cycle. The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that this database
cycle is no longer viewable. REGION and CYCLE NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicate that no ChartView data is
available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
ChartView Database is Disabled
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ChartView Database has Expired, but is not Disabled
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
System is
Configured for
ChartView but
Database is not
Available
ChartView Database is Not Available
INDEX
Figure 8-47 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Expired, ChartView Disabled, ChartView Not Available
498
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.4 FliteCharts
• Departure Procedures (DP)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts resemble the paper version of National Aeronautical Charting Office (NACO) terminal procedures
charts. The charts are displayed with high-resolution and in color for applicable charts. FliteCharts database
subscription is available from Garmin. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Approaches
• Airport Diagrams
FliteCharts Softkeys
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FliteCharts functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and
advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO, DP, STAR, APR, WX, and
GO BACK. The chart selection softkeys appear on the Airport Information Page.
Selecting the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
Selecting the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and advances to the next level of
softkeys: ALL, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.
NOTAMs are not available with FliteCharts. The NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled.
CHRT OPT
CHRT
INFO
DP
STAR
WX
APR
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SHW CHRT
GO BACK
AFCS
Selecting the GO BACK Softkey returns
to the top-level softkeys and previous page.
FIT WDTH
FULL SCN
BACK
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ALL
Selecting the BACK Softkey returns
to the Chart Selection Softkeys.
APPENDICES
Figure 8-48 FliteCharts SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
499
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Terminal Procedures Charts
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, select the SHW CHRT
Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu
Figure 8-49 Option Menus
AFCS
On the Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu, select the desired chart and press the ENT Key
to display the chart.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen.
The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to the FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability
of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport.
APPENDICES
Figure 8-50 Chart Not Available Banner
INDEX
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
Figure 8-51 Unable To Display Chart Banner
500
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When a chart is not available by selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts
may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, selecting the
SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page. Usually this is the airport runway
diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that
page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.
EAS
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, select the SHW CHRT
Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Select the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
Chart Not
To Scale
AFCS
Select Desired
Approach Chart
from Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pan Entire
Chart With
the Joystick
APPENDICES
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
INDEX
Figure 8-52 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
501
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart can be panned using the Joystick. Pressing the
Joystick centers the chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft symbol is not shown on FliteCharts. The Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, and
the Aircraft Not Shown Icon is displayed in the lower right corner of the screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Selecting the CHRT Softkey switches between the FliteCharts diagram and the associated map in the WPT
page group. In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the Gainesville, FL (KGNV) Airport
Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Select CHRT Softkey
to Switch Between
Navigation Map Page
and FliteCharts
INDEX
Figure 8-53 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page
502
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting the INFO Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the view is on a different chart. If the
displayed chart is the airport diagram, the INFO Softkey has no effect.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart (Figure 8-60) or to
the right of the chart (Figure 8-54) for certain airports. This information source is not related to the INFO
Softkey. When the INFO Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. The DeKalb
Peachtree Airport has three additional charts offering information; the Airport Diagram, Alternate Minimums,
and Take-off Minimums.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Info Box
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-54 Airport Information Page, INFO View with Airport Information
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
503
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the example shown in Figure 8-54, ALTERNATE MINIMUMS is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays
the IFR Alternate Minimums Chart (Figure 8-55).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-55 Airport Information Page, ALTERNATE MINIMUMS Selected from INFO View
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Selecting the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Figure 8-56 Departure Information Page
504
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-57 Arrival Information Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Figure 8-58 Approach Information Page
505
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Selecting the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, when available, and includes
weather data such as METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver. Weather information is available only
when an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the XM Weather subscription is current.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting Additional Information:
1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, select the WX Softkey to display the information windows (AIRPORT,
INFO).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
EAS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the INFO Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. When the INFO Box is selected the G1000 softkeys
are blank. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press the
ENT Key to complete the selection.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Info Available
on This
Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
WX Info
When
Available
APPENDICES
Figure 8-59 Weather Information Page, WX Softkey Selected
Chart Not
To Scale
Softkeys are
Blank during
Info Box
Selection
WX Softkey
Selected
INDEX
Selecting the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page or Flight Plan Page).
506
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Chart Options
Selecting the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-48).
Selecting the ALL Softkey shows the entire chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Entire Chart
Shown
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-60 Airport Information Page, ALL View Selected
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
507
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting the FIT WIDTH Softkey fits the width of the chart in the display viewing area. In the example
shown, the chart at close range is replaced with the full width chart.
Select FIT WDTH
Softkey to Show
Full Chart Width
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-61 Approach Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected
508
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Select FULL SCN
Softkey to Switch
Between Chart on
Full Screen and Chart
with Info Window
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-62 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window
Selecting the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
509
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Selecting full screen On or Off:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options.
Chart Setup Option
Full Screen On/Off Selection
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-63 Page Menus
510
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Day/Night View
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment. When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the MFD softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-64 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑65).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
AFCS
5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to
change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
511
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-65 Approach Information Page, Day View
INDEX
Figure 8-66 Approach Information Page, Night View
512
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FliteCharts Cycle Number and Expiration Date
Definition
Blank Line. G1000 system is not configured for FliteCharts. Contact
a Garmin-authorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for FliteCharts but no chart database is
installed. Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for the
FliteCharts database
Normal operation. FliteCharts database is valid and within current
cycle.
EAS
Power-up Page Display
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts data is revised every 28 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the
cycle expiration date to the disables date. FliteCharts is disabled 180 days after the expiration date and are
no longer available for viewing upon reaching the disables date. When turning on the G1000, the Power-up
Page indicates any of five different possible criteria for chart availability. These indications are whether the
databases are not configured, not available, current, out of date, or disabled. See the table below for the various
FliteCharts Power-up Page displays and the definition of each.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FliteCharts database is beyond the expiration date, but still within
the 180 day viewing period.
FliteCharts database has timed out. Database is beyond 180 days
after expiration date. FliteCharts database is no longer available for
viewing.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 8-2 FliteCharts Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
513
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Examples of four possible Power-up Page messages are shown here. FliteCharts Expires plus a date in white,
indicates the chart database is current. Chart data is out of date! in yellow, indicates charts are still viewable,
but approaching the disable date.
FliteCharts Database is Current
and Available
FliteCharts Database is
Expired but Still Available
FliteCharts Database is Disabled
FliteCharts Database is Not Available
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the 180 day grace period has expired, Chart data is disabled. in yellow indicates that the FliteCharts
database has expired and is no longer viewable. Chart Data: N/A appears in white if no FliteCharts data is
available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
Figure 8-67 FliteCharts Power-up Page Messages
514
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page. The FliteCharts
database REGION, CYCLE number, EFFECTIVE, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the subscription appear in
either blue or yellow text. Dates shown in blue are current data. Dates shown in yellow indicate the data is not
within the current subscription period.
FliteCharts becomes inoperative 180 days after the FliteCharts EXPIRES date is reached, and is no longer
available for viewing. This date is shown as the DISABLES date. After the disable date the SHW CHRT Softkey
label appears subdued and is unavailable until a revised issue of FliteCharts is installed.
EAS
Select the DBASE Softkey for scrolling through the database information. Scroll through the database with
the FMS knob or ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The FliteCharts database cycle number shown in the figure, 0707, is deciphered as follows:
07 – The first 07 indicates the year 2007
07 – The second 07 indicates the seventh issue of the FliteCharts database for the year
The FliteCharts EFFECTIVE date 05–JUL–07 is the first date that this database is current.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The FliteCharts EXPIRES date 02–AUG–07 is the last date that this database is current.
The DISABLES date 29–JAN–08 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FliteCharts
Data
APPENDICES
DBASE Softkey
Selected
Figure 8-68 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Current and Available
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
The FliteCharts database is provided from Garmin. Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for
instructions on revising the FliteCharts database.
515
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The other three possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown here. The EXPIRES date, in yellow,
is the revision date for the next database cycle. The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that this database
cycle is no longer viewable. REGION and CYCLE NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicate that FliteCharts database
is not available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
FliteCharts Database is Disabled
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FliteCharts Database has Expired, but is not Disabled
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
System is
Configured for
FliteCharts but
Database is not
Installed
FliteCharts Database is Not Available
INDEX
Figure 8-69 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Expired,
FliteCharts Disabled, FliteCharts Not Available
516
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.5 XM Radio Entertainment
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section for information about XM Weather products.
The optional XM Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver is available for the pilot’s and
passengers’ enjoyment. The GDL 69A can receive XM Satellite Radio® entertainment services at any altitude
throughout the Continental U.S. Entertainment audio is available only on the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver, not
the GDL 69.
EAS
XM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly
search for new stations. Based on signals from satellites, coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions.
XM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit
www.xmradio.com.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Activating XM Satellite Radio Services
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The service is activated by providing XM Satellite Radio with either one or two coded IDs, depending on the
equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID, or both, must be provided to XM Satellite Radio
to activate the entertainment subscription.
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions with the GDL 69A.
Either or both services can be activated. XM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an
activation signal that, when received by the GDL 69A, allows it to play entertainment programming.
These IDs are located:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
• On the XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 8-70)
• On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N
190-00355-04)
AFCS
Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
517
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
NOTE: The LOCK Softkey on the XM Information Page (Auxiliary Page Group) is used to save GDL 69A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
activation data when the XM services are initially set up. It is not used during normal XM Radio operation,
but there should be no adverse effects if inadvertently selected during flight. Refer to the GDL 69/69A XM
Satellite Radio Activation Instructions (190-00355-04, Rev H or later) for further information.
Activating the XM Satellite Radio services:
EAS
1) Contact XM WX Satellite Radio through the email address listed on their website (www.xmradio.com) or by the
customer service phone number listed on the website. Follow the instructions provided by XM Satellite Radio
services.
2) Select the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Select the next to last page in the AUX Page Group.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Select the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
5) Verify that the desired services are activated.
6) Select the LOCK Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight YES.
8) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Data
Radio ID
Audio
Radio ID
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Weather
Products
Window
APPENDICES
RADIO
and INFO
Softkeys
INDEX
LOCK Softkey
is Used to Save
Activation Data
During Initial
Setup
If XM weather services have not been activated, all the weather product boxes are blank on the XM Information
Page and a yellow Activation Required message is displayed in the center of the Weather Data Link Page (Map
Page Group). The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available for subscription.
Figure 8-70 XM Information Page
518
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Using XM Radio
The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the XM Satellite
Radio.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed AUX - XM Information Page.
3) Select the RADIO Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio entertainment is controlled.
EAS
Active
Channels
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Channel
List
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Volume
Field
Categories
Field
AFCS
Figure 8-71 XM Radio Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
519
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Active Channel and Channel List
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Additional Features
The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for the selected category.
Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected directly by channel number.
The Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected channel that the XM Radio
is using.
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, select the CHNL Softkey.
EAS
2) Select the CH + Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box, or move down the list with the
CH – Softkey.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the channels.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Selecting a channel directly:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) While on the XM Radio Page, select the CHNL Softkey.
2) Select the DIR CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel Box is highlighted.
3) Select the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly select the desired channel
number.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
520
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Category
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Category Box of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category of audio. Categories of
channels such as jazz, rock, or news can be selected to list the available channels for a type of music or other
contents. One of the optional categories is PRESETS to view channels that have been programmed.
Selecting a category:
1) Select the CATGRY Softkey on the XM Radio Page.
2) Select the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
EAS
Or:
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the desired category with the small FMS Knob
and press the ENT Key. Selecting All Categories places all channels in the list.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 8-72 Categories List
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
521
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Presets
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Up to 15 channels from any category can be assigned a preset number. The preset channels are selected by
selecting the PRESETS and MORE Softkeys. Then the preset channel can be selected directly and added to
the channel list for the Presets category.
Setting a preset channel number:
1) On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted for a preset, select the PRESETS
Softkey to access the first five preset channels (PS1 - PS5).
EAS
2) Select the MORE Softkey to access the next five channels (PS6 – PS10), and again to access the last five
channels (PS11 – PS15). Selecting the MORE Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels.
3) Select any one of the (PS1 - PS15) softkeys to assign a number to the active channel.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Select the SET Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a preset.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Select PRESETS to
Access the Preset
Channels Softkeys
Select MORE to Cycle
Through the Preset
Channels
Select SET
to Save Each
Preset Channel
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-73 Accessing and Selecting XM Preset Channels
Selecting the BACK Softkey, or waiting during 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system to the top
level softkeys.
AFCS
Volume
Radio volume is shown as a percentage of full volume. Volume level is controlled by selecting the VOL
Softkey, which brings up the MUTE Softkey and the volume increase and decrease softkeys.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Adjusting the volume:
1) With the XM Radio Page displayed, select the VOL Softkey.
2) Select the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or select the VOL + Softkey to increase volume. (Once the VOL
Softkey is selected, the volume can also be adjusted using the small FMS Knob.)
INDEX
APPENDICES
3) Select the MUTE Softkey to mute the audio. Select the MUTE Softkey again to unmute the audio.
Figure 8-74 Volume Control
XM Radio volume may also be adjusted on each passenger headset.
522
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.6 Scheduler
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g., Change oil, Switch fuel tanks,
or Altimeter-Transponder Check) in the Alerts Window on the PFD. Messages can be set to display based on
a specific date and time (event), once the message timer reaches zero (one-time; default setting), or recurrently
whenever the message timer reaches zero (periodic). Message timers set to periodic alerting automatically reset
to the original timer value once the message is displayed. When power is cycled, all messages are retained until
deleted, and message timer countdown is resumed.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-75 Scheduler (Utility Page)
Entering a scheduler message:
1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AFCS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty scheduler message naming field.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the message text to be displayed in the Messages Window and press the ENT
Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the field next to Type.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the message type:
• Event—Message issued at the specified date/time
APPENDICES
• One-time—Message issued when the message timer reaches zero (default setting)
• Periodic—Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero
7) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
8) For periodic and one-time messages, use the FMS Knob to enter the timer value (HH:MM:SS) from which to
countdown and press the ENT Key.
523
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
9) For event-based messages:
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date (DD-MM-YY) and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
c) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time (HH:MM) and press the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to enter the next message.
Deleting a scheduler message:
1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
EAS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the name field of the scheduler message to be deleted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the CLR Key to clear the message text. If the CLR Key is pressed again, the message is restored.
5) Press the ENT Key while the message line is cleared to clear the message time.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Scheduler messages appear in the Messages Window on the PFD. When a scheduler message is waiting, the
MSG Softkey label flashes. Selecting the MSG Softkey opens the Messages Window and acknowledges the
scheduler message. Pressing the MSG Softkey again removes the Messages Window from the display, and the
scheduler message is deleted from the message queue.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-76 PFD Messages Window
524
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.7 Electronic Checklists
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The optional checklists presented in this section are for example only and may differ from checklists
available for the TBM 850. The information described in this section is not intended to replace the checklist
information described in the AFM or the Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements document.
NOTE: Garmin is not responsible for the content of checklists. TBM 850 checklists are created, modified,
and updated by the aircraft manufacturer.
EAS
NOTE: Checklists cannot be edited from within the system.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The optional Checklist functions are displayed on two levels of softkeys that are available from any MFD
page.
(Optional)
ENGINE
DCLTR
DONE
SHW CHRT CHKLIST
EXIT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ENGINE
MAP
EMERGCY
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The DONE Softkey label changes to UNDO
when the checklist item is already checked.
Figure 8-77 Checklist Softkeys
AFCS
The MFD is able to display optional electronic checklists which allow a pilot to quickly find the proper
procedure on the ground and during each phase of flight. The G1000 accesses the checklists from an SD
card inserted into the bezel slot. For information regarding SD card placement, refer to the System Overview
Section.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
525
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When turning on the G1000, the Power-up Page indicates whether the SD card contains a valid checklist
file an invalid file, or whether no checklist is available, as shown in the figure. A valid checklist file is noted
as Checklist File: TBM 850 with the version number. When the Power-up Page displays Invalid or N/A the
CHKLIST Softkey is subdued and not available.
Checklist File is Invalid
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Checklist File is Available
Checklist File is Not Available
INDEX
Figure 8-78 Power-up Page, Checklist File Availability
526
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The AUX - System Status page also shows checklist validity and availability. The valid CHECKLIST data
gives the aircraft type and version number. If the database is not valid the CHECKLIST line shows INVALID.
If the database is not installed the CHECKLIST line shows NOT AVAILABLE indicating that the database is not
available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Valid Checklist File Version
Checklist File is Invalid
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Checklist Database is Not Installed
AFCS
Figure 8-79 AUX – System Status Page, Checklist Version and Availability
Accessing and navigating checklists:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) From any page, select the CHKLIST Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the GROUP field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired procedure and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist field.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired checklist and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
527
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
6) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the checklist and highlight the desired checklist item (has a hollow white
box for checkmark).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following colors are used for checklist items:
• Blue - Item has not been highlighted
• Green - Item has been selected
• White - Item is highlighted for selection
• Yellow - Warning notes
7) Press the ENT Key or DONE Softkey to select the highlighted checklist item (item turns green and a checkmark
is placed in the box next to the item). The next item is automatically highlighted for selection.
Press the CLR Key to remove a check mark from an item.
EAS
8) Once the last item in a checklist is selected, Go to the next checklist? is highlighted. Press the ENT Key to
advance to the next checklist displayed.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
9) Select the EXIT Softkey or hold down the CLR Key momentarily to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page
last viewed.
INDEX
Figure 8-80 Checklist Page Example
528
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Immediately accessing emergency procedures:
1) From any page, select the CHKLIST Softkey.
2) Select the EMERGCY Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 8-81 Sample Emergency Checklist
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
529
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.8 Flight Data Logging
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The flight data logging feature automatically stores flight and engine data to an SD card (4 GB maximum card
size) inserted into the top card slot of the MFD. Data is recorded to the SD card every second. One hour of flight
data requires approximately 2 MB of storage space. A 2 GB SD card will store over 1,000 hours of flight data.
It is best to use an SD card that contains no other files. If necessary, reformat the SD card before use as a flight
data logging card. The data files stored on the SD card have an extension of .csv. This file format can be opened
using a spread sheet application on a personal computer.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
The following is a list of the types of data recorded. Not all data types are applicable to all aircraft. For example,
EGT and CHT would not apply to turbine aircraft.
530
• Local Date (YYYY-MM-DD)
• OAT (deg. C)
• Local Time (HH:MM:SS)
• True Airspeed (kts)
• Active Waypoint Distance (nm)
• Selected Vertical Speed (fpm)
• Active Waypoint Bearing (degrees mag.)
• Vertical Speed (fpm)
• UTC Offset (HH:MM)
• HSI Selection (GPS,NAV1/2)
• Mag. Variation (degrees)
• GPS Fix (e.g. 2D, 3D, 3DDiff)
• Active Waypoint Identifier
• Indicated Airspeed (kts)
• Voltage 1 (volts)
• Horizontal Alert Limit (HAL, meters)
• Voltage 2 (volts)
• Gnd Speed (kts)
• Amps 1 (amps)
• Vertical Alert Limit (VAL, meters)
• Amps 2 (amps)
• Vertical Speed (fpm)
• AFCS On ( 0 – false, 1 – true)
• NAV1 Frequency (MHz)
• Latitude (degrees)
• NAV2 Frequency (MHz)
• AFCS Roll Mode (e.g. HDG, LOC, GPS, VOR, ROL)
• Horizontal Protection Level (HPLWAS, meters)
• Longitude (degrees)
• Pitch (degrees)
• Right Fuel Qty (gals or lbs)
• Roll (degrees)
• Left Fuel Qty (gals or lbs)
• Horizontal Protection Level (HPLFD, meters)
• Center Fuel Qty (gals or lbs)
• Vertical Protection Level (VPLWAS, meters)
• AFCS Pitch Mode (e.g. ALT, GS, GP, VS)
• COM1 Frequency (MHz)
• Barometric Altitude (feet)
• COM2 Frequency (MHz)
• Altimeter Setting (in. Hg.)
• Lateral Acceleration (g)
• GPS Altitude (ft)
• CDI Deflection (0.0 to 1.0)
• Pitch Commanded (degrees)
• VDI Deflection (0.0 to 1.0)
• Roll Commanded (degrees)
• Normal Acceleration (g)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
• Engine Speed (rpm)
• Wind Direction (degrees mag.)
• Power (%)
• Wind Speed (kts)
• Carburetor Temperature (deg. F)
• Gnd Trk (degrees magnetic)
• TIT (deg. F)
• Fuel Flow (gph)
• Torque (ft. lbs.)
• Fuel Press. (psi)
• Np (rpm)
• EGT (deg. F)
• Ng (%)
• CHT (deg. F)
• ITT (deg. C)
• Oil Temperature (deg. F)
• N1 (%)
EAS
• Course (deg)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Manifold Pressure (in. Hg.)
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Heading (degrees magnetic)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Oil Pressure (psi)
The file containing the recorded data will appear in the format shown in Figure 8-82. This file can be imported
into most computer spreadsheet applications.
Local 24hr Time
HHMMSS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Local Date
YYMMDD
Nearest Airport
(A blank will be
inserted if no
airport is found)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
log_090210_104506_KIXD.csv
Figure 8-82 Log File Format
AFCS
Data logging status can be monitored on the AUX-UTILITY Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
531
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
8.9 Abnormal Operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SVS Troubleshooting
SVS is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and traffic inputs. SVS is
disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the display. In case of invalid SVS data, the PFD
display reverts to the standard blue-over-brown attitude display.
SVS becomes disabled without the following data resources:
EAS
• Attitude data
• Heading data
• GPS position data
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• 9 Arc-second Terrain data
• Obstacle data
• TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• The position of the aircraft exceeds the range of the terrain database.
Reversionary Mode
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVS can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If it is enabled when switching
to Reversionary Mode, SVS will take up to 30 seconds to be displayed. The standard, non-SVS PFD display will
be shown in the interim.
Figure 8-83 SVS Reversionary Mode
532
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Unusual Attitudes
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Unusual attitudes are displayed with red chevrons overlaid on the display indicating the direction to fly to
correct the unusual attitude condition. The display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at the top or
bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. This is intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during
extreme pitch attitudes.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-84 Unusual Attitude Display
The blue colored bar is also displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Blue Band
AFCS
Terrain
Completely
Fills Display
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-85 Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
533
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Troubleshooting
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Ensure the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed to XM
• Ensure the XM subscription has been activated
• Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver
• Ensure that nothing is plugged into the MUSIC 1 or MUSIC 2 jacks because that would prevent XM radio
from being heard
EAS
For troubleshooting purposes, check the LRU Information Box on the AUX - System Status Page for Data Link
Receiver (GDL 69/69A) status, serial number, and software version number. If a failure has been detected in the
GDL 69/69A the status is marked with a red X.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting the AUX - System Status Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page Group.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Status Page.
INDEX
Figure 8-86 LRU Information Window on System Status Page
534
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Additional Features
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible problem:
NO SIGNAL
LOADING
OFF AIR
---
Message Location
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
Weather Datalink Page - center of page
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
Description
Data Link Receiver antenna error; service required
Data Link Receiver updating encryption code
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
CHECK ANTENNA
UPDATING
Loss of signal; signal strength too low for receiver
EAS
Acquiring channel audio or information
Channel not in service
Missing channel information
No communication from Data Link Receiver
WEATHER DATA LINK FAILURE Weather Datalink Page - center of page
within last 5 minutes
ACTIVATION REQUIRED
Weather Datalink Page - center of page XM subscription is not activated
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 8-3 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Error Messages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
535
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional Features
Blank Page
536
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Annunciations and Alerts
CAS Messages
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
See the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for recommended pilot actions.
• Warning (red) – Immediate crew awareness and action required; Master Warning triggered
• Caution (yellow) – Immediate crew awareness and possible future corrective action required; Master Caution
triggered
Inhibits prevent certain CAS messages from being displayed during the following conditions:
EAS
• Engine off
• Engine on
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Aircraft on ground (Ground)
• Takeoff Operation Phase Inhibit (TOPI)
• Aircraft in air (AIR)
• Landing Operation Phase Inhibit (LOPI)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
X
APPENDICES
OIL PRESS
OXYGEN
PARK BRAKE
TORQUE
X
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ITT
Battery temperature over 70°C
Bleed temperature high
X
Cabin altitude over 10,000 ft
Cabin pressure differential over 6.2 psi
X
Pilot or cabin door open
Engine compartment fire (temperature over 200°C; if installed)
Dissymmetry between left- and right-hand flaps
Fuel tank selectors set to “Off”
Fuel pressure below 10 psi
Engine start: ITT over 1000°C, 870°C (5 s), or 840°C (20 s)
Engine running: ITT over 840°C
Oil pressure below 60 psi
Oxygen cylinder closed
Parking brake applied
Torque greater than or equal to 121.4% maximum torque
AFCS
BAT OVERHEAT
BLEED TEMP
CABIN ALTITUDE
CABIN DIFF PRESS
DOOR
FIRE
FLAPS ASYM
FUEL OFF
FUEL PRESS
Comments
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Messages
ENGINE OFF
ENGINE ON
GROUND
TOPI
AIR
LOPI
Inhibits
Warning Messages
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
537
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Messages
Comments
AUTO SEL
AUX BOOST PMP ON
BAT AMP
BAT OFF
BLEED OFF
CHIP
FRONT CARGO DOOR
FUEL IMBALANCE
FUEL LOW L-R*
GPU DOOR
IGNITION
INERT SEP FAIL
INERT SEP ON
LOW LVL FAIL L-R*
LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN GEN
OIL PRESS
OIL TEMP
PITOT HT ON L-R*
PITOT NO HT L-R*
PROP DEICE FAIL
PROP DEICE ON
REAR CARGO DOOR
STALL HEAT ON
STALL NO HEAT
STARTER
VACUUM LOW
Fuel timer off or out of service
Electric fuel pump running (manual or automatic mode)
Battery current over 50 A while on ground
Battery off
Flow control and shut-off valve/shut-off valve closed
Oil chip detector on (if installed)
Forward baggage door open
Fuel tanks imbalanced by more than 15 USGAL for >30 seconds
Fuel quantity less than or equal to 9.1 USGAL in specified tank
GPU receptacle door not closed
Ignition exciter running
Inertial separator failure
Inertial separator extended
Low fuel level sensor failure for specified tank
Battery voltage below 26 V
Starter generator unconnected
Oil pressure between 60 and 100 psi
Oil temperature below 0°C or above 104°C
Specified pitot heat (left or right) on while engine off
Specified pitot heat (left or right) off
Prop deice selected and not on
Prop deice on while engine off
Rear cargo door open
Stall warning heat on while engine off
Stall warning heat off
Starter generator running
Vacuum pressure less than 3.75 in Hg
ENGINE OFF
ENGINE ON
GROUND
TOPI
AIR
LOPI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Inhibits
X
X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
INDEX
APPENDICES
* Only affected side (L, R, or L-R) displayed in CAS message; applicable messages listed here display L-R
for example
Caution Messages
538
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Comparator Annunciations
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Comparator monitors critical values generated by redundant sensors. If differences in the sensors exceed
a specified amount, this discrepancy is annunciated in the Comparator Window as a ‘MISCOMP’ (miscompare)
as seen in Figure A-1. If one or both of the sensed values are unavailable, it is annunciated as a ‘NO COMP’ (no
compare). The following is a list of the possible annunciations:
Comparator
Window
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure A-1 Sensor Comparator Window
IAS MISCOMP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
HDG MISCOMP
PIT MISCOMP
ROL MISCOMP
ALT NO COMP
IAS NO COMP
HDG NO COMP
PIT NO COMP
ROL NO COMP
Condition
Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft.
If both airspeed sensors detect < 35 knots, this is inhibited.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 knots, and the difference in sensors is > 10 knots.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 knots, and the difference in sensors is > 7 knots.
Difference in heading sensors is > 6 degrees.
Difference in pitch sensors is > 5 degrees.
Difference in roll sensors is > 6 degrees.
No data from one or both altitude sensors.
No data from one or both airspeed sensors.
No data from one or both heading sensors.
No data from one or both pitch sensors.
No data from one or both roll sensors..
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Comparator Window Text
ALT MISCOMP
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
539
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
Reversionary Sensor Annunciations
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Reversionary sensor selection is annunciated in the Reversionary Sensor Window, as shown in Figure A-2.
These annunciations reflect reversionary sensors selected on one or both PFDs. Selecting the SENSOR Softkey
gives access to ADC1, ADC2, AHRS1, and AHRS2 Softkeys. These softkeys allow manual switching of sensors. In
the case of certain types of sensor failures, the G1000 may make some sensor selections automatically. The GPS
sensor cannot be switched manually.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Reversionary
Sensor
Window
Figure A-2 Reversionary Sensor Windows
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Reversionary Sensor
Window Text
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
BOTH ON ADC1
BOTH ON ADC2
BOTH ON AHRS1
BOTH ON AHRS2
BOTH ON GPS1
BOTH ON GPS2
USING ADC1
USING ADC2
USING AHRS1
USING AHRS2
USING GPS1
USING GPS2
Condition
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one Air Data Computer.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number two Air Data Computer.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one Attitude & Heading Reference System.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number two Attitude & Heading Reference System.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one GPS receiver.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number two GPS receiver.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 Air Data Computer.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 AHRS.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 AHRS.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 GPS.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 GPS.
G1000 System Annunciations
APPENDICES
When a new message is issued, the MSG Softkey flashes to alert the flight crew of a new message. It continues
to flash until acknowledged by selecting the softkey. Active messages are displayed in white text. Messages that
have become inactive change to gray text. The MSG Softkey flashes if the state of a displayed message changes
or a new message is displayed. The inactive messages can be removed from the Message Window by selecting
the flashing MSG Softkey.
The G1000 System Messages conveys messages to the flight crew regarding problems with the G1000 system.
Typically, a large red ‘X’ appears in a window when a related LRU fails or detects invalid data.
INDEX
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red ‘X’ is typically displayed on windows associated with the
failed data. The following section describes various system annunciations. Refer to the POH for additional
information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
540
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NOTE: Upon power-up of the G1000 system, certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equipment begins to
initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of power-up. Should any window continue
to remain flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
System
Annunciation
Red ‘X’
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Message Softkey
Annunciation
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure A-3 G1000 System Messages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Messages Window
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
AFCS
GDC 74B Air
Data Computer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GRS 77 AHRS
Or
GMU 44
Magnetometer
APPENDICES
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
Or
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Unit
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
Figure A-4 G1000 System Failure Annunciations
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
GDC 74B Air
Data Computer
GTX 33/D Transponder
Or
GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
541
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
System Annunciation
Comment
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Attitude and Heading Reference System is aligning.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Display system is not receiving attitude information from the AHRS.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Indicates a configuration module failure.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Display system is not receiving airspeed input from air data computer.
Display system is not receiving valid heading input from AHRS.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Display system is not receiving altitude input from the air data computer.
APPENDICES
Display system is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data computer.
INDEX
Display system is not receiving valid transponder information.
542
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Annunciation
Comment
A red ‘X’ through any other display field (such as engine instrumentation display) indicates that the
field is not receiving valid data.
EAS
Other Various Red X
Indications
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
GPS information is either not present or is invalid for navigation use.
Note that AHRS utilizes GPS inputs during normal operation. AHRS operation may be degraded if
GPS signals are not present (see POH).
G1000 System Message Advisories
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
This section describes various G1000 system message advisories. Certain messages are issued due to an LRU
or an LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a corresponding red ‘X’ annunciation
as shown previously in the G1000 System Annunciation section.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Note: This Section provides information regarding G1000 message advisories that may be displayed by the
system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight conditions, and other existing operational priorities must
be considered when responding to a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The Pilot’s Operating
Handbook (POH) takes precedence over any conflicting guidance found in this section.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MFD & PFD Message Advisories
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The PFD and/or MFD self-test has detected a problem. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
APPENDICES
The PFD and/or MFD has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Comments
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to default pilot profile and settings. The
pilot may reconfigure the MFD & PFDs with preferred settings, if desired.
The MFD and PFDs are not communicating with each other. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
AFCS
Message
DATA LOST – Pilot stored data was
lost. Recheck settings.
XTALK ERROR – A flight display
crosstalk error has occurred.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
PFD2 SERVICE – PFD2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – PFD2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – MFD1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
543
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
MFD & PFD Message Advisories (Cont.)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 config error.
Config service req’d.
PFD2 CONFIG – PFD2 config error.
Config service req’d.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 config error.
Config service req’d.
SW MISMATCH – GDU software
version mismatch. Xtalk is off.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
PFD2 COOLING – PFD2 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key name] Key
is stuck.
PFD2 KEYSTK – PFD2 [key name] Key
is stuck.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD [key name] Key
is stuck.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1 configuration
module is inoperative.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
PFD2 VOLTAGE – PFD2 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
Comments
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
The MFD and PFDs have different software versions installed. The G1000 system
should be serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming
the display. If problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
A key is stuck on the PFD and/or MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing
it several times. The G1000 system should be serviced if the problem persists.
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has failed. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
The PFD1 voltage is low. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The PFD2 voltage is low. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The MFD voltage is low. The G1000 system should be serviced.
Database Message Advisories
Comments
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the aviation database. Attempt to reload
the aviation database. If problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 aviation
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 aviation
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 aviation
database error exists.
544
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Database Message Advisories (Cont.)
Comments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the basemap database.
EAS
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure that the terrain
card is properly inserted in display. Replace terrain card. If problem persists, The G1000
system should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database. Ensure that the data
card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, The G1000 system
should be serviced.
AFCS
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the airport terrain database. Ensure that
the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, The G1000
system should be serviced.
APPENDICES
Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 basemap
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 basemap
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 basemap
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database missing.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database missing.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport
terrain database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport terrain
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 airport terrain
database error exists.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
545
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
Database Message Advisories (Cont.)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport
terrain database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport terrain
database missing.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 airport terrain
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Chartview
database error exists.
Comments
The airport terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified
LRU.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database. Ensure that the data
card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, The G1000 system
should be serviced.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The MFD detected a failure in the ChartView database (optional feature). Ensure that
the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, The G1000
system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 FliteCharts The MFD detected a failure in the FliteCharts database (optional feature). Ensure that
database error exists.
the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, The G1000
system should be serviced.
DB MISMATCH – Aviation database The PFDs and MFD have different aviation database versions installed. Crossfill is off.
version mismatch. Xtalk is off.
Install correct aviation database version in all displays.
DB MISMATCH – Aviation database The PFDs and MFD have different aviation database types installed (Americas,
type mismatch. Xtalk is off.
European, etc.). Crossfill is off. Install correct aviation database type in all displays.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database The PFDs and MFD have different terrain database versions installed. Install correct
version mismatch.
terrain database version in all displays.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database The PFDs and MFD have different terrain database types installed. Install correct terrain
type mismatch.
database type in all displays.
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle database The PFDs and MFD have different obstacle database versions installed. Install correct
version mismatch.
obstacle database version in all displays.
DB MISMATCH – Airport Terrain
The PFDs and MFD have different airport terrrain databases installed. Install correct
database mismatch.
airport terrain database in all displays.
546
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GMA 1347D Message Advisories
Comments
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel is unavailable. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
An error has occurred in transferring data between the two GMAs. The G1000 system
should be serviced.
The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
EAS
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain audio functions may
still be available, and the audio panel may still be usable. The G1000 system should be
serviced when possible.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Message
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative.
GMA2 FAIL – GMA2 is inoperative.
GMA XTALK – GMA crosstalk error
has occurred.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GMA2 CONFIG – GMA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GMA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GMA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GMA2 SERVICE – GMA2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GIA 63W Message Advisories
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The G1000 system
should be serviced.
AFCS
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to
warm up to operating temperature.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the G1000 system
should be serviced.
APPENDICES
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The G1000 system
should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Comments
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Message
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 temperature
too low.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 temperature
too low.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over
temperature.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over
temperature.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
547
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
GIA 63W Message Advisories (Cont.)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA1 communication
halted.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA2 communication
halted.
MANIFEST – GIA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GIA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GFC software mismatch,
communication halted.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk key
is stuck.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk key
is stuck.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
LOI – GPS integrity lost. Crosscheck
with other NAVS.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Insufficient satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Position error.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. GPS fail.
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS navigation.
Abort approach.
APR DWNGRADE – Approach
downgraded.
548
Comments
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is WAAS capable.
The GIA1 and/or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are incorrect.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and/or COM2. The
transmitter is operating at reduced power. If the problem persists, the G1000 system
should be serviced.
The system has detected a failure in COM1 and/or COM2. COM1 and/or COM2 may
still be usable. The G1000 system should be serviced when possible.
The COM1 and/or COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or
“pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
The COM1 and/or COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
position. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem
persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
Vertical guidance generated by WAAS is unavailable, use LNAV only minimums.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GIA 63W Message Advisories (Cont.)
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still
be available. The G1000 system should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The remote NAV1 and/or NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists,
the G1000 system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The G1000
system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The receiver
may still be available. The G1000 system should be serviced when possible.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver may still
be available. The G1000 system should be serviced.
EAS
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative.
Comments
Displayed after passing the first waypoint of a true north approach when the nav
angle is set to ‘AUTO’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
TRUE APR – True north approach.
Change HDG reference to TRUE.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative.
GEA 71 Message Advisories
Comments
The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
The GEA2 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
The #1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #2 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Message
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GEA2 CONFIG – GEA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GEA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GEA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
549
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
GTX 33 & GTX 33D Message Advisories
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1 config error.
Config service req’d.
XPDR2 CONFIG – XPDR2 config error.
Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GTX1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GTX2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
XPDR2 SRVC – XPDR2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is inoperative.
XPDR2 FAIL – XPDR2 is inoperative.
Comments
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
The #2 transponder should be serviced when possible.
There is no communication with the #1 transponder.
There is no communication with the #2 transponder.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GRS 77 Message Advisories
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Message
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not receiving
airspeed.
AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not receiving
airspeed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using backup
GPS source.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 using backup
GPS source.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
any GPS information.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving
any GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
backup GPS information.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving
backup GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
550
Comments
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS
relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS
relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The G1000
system should be serviced when possible.
The #2 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The G1000
system should be serviced when possible.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS
limitations. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS
limitations. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #2 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GRS 77 Message Advisories (Cont.)
Comments
The #1 AHRS and #2 AHRS magnetic model database versions do not match.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model
when practical.
The #2 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model
when practical.
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation. Heading is
flagged as invalid.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Message
AHRS MAG DB – AHRS magnetic
model database version mismatch.
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 Magnetic-field
model needs update.
AHRS2 SRVC – AHRS2 Magnetic-field
model needs update.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too far North/
South, no magnetic compass.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 too far North/
South, no magnetic compass.
MANIFEST – GRS1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GRS2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
Comments
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses
GPS for backup mode operation. The G1000 system should be serviced.
A fault has occurred in the #2 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses
GPS for backup mode operation. The G1000 system should be serviced.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Message
HDG FAULT – AHRS1 magnetometer
fault has occurred.
HDG FAULT – AHRS2 magnetometer
fault has occurred.
MANIFEST – GMU1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GMU2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GMU 44 Message Advisories
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
AFCS
GDL 69A Message Advisories
Comments
GDL 69 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69. The receiver is unavailable. The G1000
system should be serviced
MANIFEST – GDL software mismatch, The GDL 69 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
communication halted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Message
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 config
error. Config service req’d.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has failed.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
551
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
GWX 68 Message ADVISORIES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
GWX CONFIG – GWX config error.
Config service req’d.
GWX FAIL – GWX is inoperative.
EAS
GWX SERVICE – GWX needs service.
Return unit for repair.
WX ALERT – Possible severe weather
ahead.
MANIFEST – GWX software
mismatch, communication halted.
Comments
GWX 68 configuration settings do not match those of the GDU configuration. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
The GDU is not recieving status packet from the GWX 68 or the GWX 68 is reporting
a fault. The GWX 68 radar system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GWX 68. The GWX 68 may still be usable.
The GWX 68 indicates severe weather within ±10º of the aircraft heading at a range
of 80 to 320 nm.
The GWX 68 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GDC 74B Message Advisories
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Message
ADC1 ALT EC – ADC1 altitude error
correction is unavailable.
ADC2 ALT EC – ADC2 altitude error
correction is unavailable.
ADC1 AS EC – ADC1 airspeed error
correction is unavailable.
ADC2 AS EC – ADC2 airspeed error
correction is unavailable.
MANIFEST – GDC1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GDC2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
Comments
GDC1 or GDC2 is reporting that the altitude error correction is unavailable.
GDC1 or GDC2 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is unavailable.
The GDC 74B has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
GCU 475 Message Advisories
Comments
GCU 475 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GCU 475. The GCU 475 is unavailable.
The GCU 475 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
A key is stuck on the GCU 475 bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it
several times. The G1000 system should be serviced if the problem persists.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Message
GCU CNFG – GCU Config error.
Config service req’d.
GCU FAIL – GCU is inoperative.
MANIFEST – GCU software mismatch,
communication halted.
GCU KEYSTK – GCU [key name] Key
is stuck.
552
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GMC 710 Message Advisories
Comments
Error in the configuration of the GMC 710.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A failure has been detected in the GMC 710. The GMC 710 is unavailable.
The GMC 710 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
A key is stuck on the GMC 710 bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it
several times. The G1000 system should be serviced if the problem persists.
EAS
Message
GMC CONFIG – GMC Config error.
Config service req’d.
GMC FAIL – GMC is inoperative.
MANIFEST – GMC software
mismatch. Communication halted.
GMC KEYSTK – GMC [key name] Key
is stuck.
Miscellaneous Message Advisories
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
190-00709-02 Rev. B
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Message
Comments
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan waypoint Upon power-up, the G1000 system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is
is locked.
locked. This occurs when an aviation database update eliminates an obsolete
waypoint. The flight plan cannot find the specified waypoint and flags this message.
This can also occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database,
Or
update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new information.
FPL WPT MOVE – Flight plan
The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to a new
waypoint moved.
aviation database update. Verify that stored flight plans contain correct waypoint
locations.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has expired.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manually
Verify user modified procedures.
edited. This alert is issued only after an aviation database update. Verify that the
user-modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to date.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer consistent
Verify stored airways.
with the aviation database. This alert is issued only after an aviation database update.
Verify use of airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as needed.
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has been
This occurs when a newly installed aviation database eliminates an obsolete approach
truncated.
or arrival used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed from the
flight plan. Update flight plan with current arrival or approach.
LOCKED FPL – Cannot navigate
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight plan that contains
locked flight plan.
locked waypoint. Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update flight plan with
current waypoint.
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at waypoint
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name.
-[xxxx]
STEEP TURN – Steep turn ahead.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
The aircraft is inside the special use airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead less Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will penetrate the airspace within
than 10 minutes.
10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
ahead.
553
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
Miscellaneous Message Advisories (Cont.)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
Comments
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
than 2 nm.
APR INACTV – Approach is not active. The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not active. Activate
approach when required.
SLCT FREQ – Select appropriate
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV
frequency for approach.
receiver. Select the correct frequency for the approach.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on CDI for
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to
approach.
the correct NAV receiver.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
Bad parallel track geometry.
bad geometry.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
invalid leg type.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
past IAF.
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach current The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within the maximum flight path
vertical waypoint.
angle and vertical speed constraints. The system automatically transitions to the next
vertical waypoint.
VNV – Unavailable. Unsupported leg The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector, or other unsupported leg
type in flight plan.
type prior to the active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance to the active
vertical waypoint.
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive track
The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing the vertical deviation to go
angle error.
invalid.
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical deviation to go invalid.
crosstrack error.
VNV – Unavailable. Parallel course
A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical deviation to go invalid.
selected.
NO WGS84 WPT – Non WGS 84
The selected waypoint [xxxx] does not use the WGS 84 datum. Cross-check position
waypoint for navigation -[xxxx]
with alternate navigation sources.
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device has
The G1000 is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic device
failed.
should be serviced.
STRMSCP FAIL – Stormscope has
Stormscope has failed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
failed.
FAILED PATH – A data path has failed. A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA 63/W has failed.
MAG VAR WARN – Large magnetic
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic variance for
variance. Verify all course angles.
geographic locations near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may
differ from the actual magnetic heading by more than 2°.
554
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Miscellaneous Message Advisories (Cont.)
Comments
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not within the boundaries of the
installed terrain database.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient resolution (9 arcsecond or better) is not currently installed.
Message criteria entered by the user.
The environmental control system has failed.
Cruise I engine trend data log has been captured.
Cruise II engine trend data log has been captured.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EAS
Message
SVS – SVS DISABLED: Out of available
terrain region.
SVS – SVS DISABLED: Terrain DB
resolution too low.
SCHEDULER [#] – <message>.
ECS – Service required.
CRUISE I – Cruise I conditions met.
CRUISE II – Cruise II conditions met.
EXCEEDANCE – Engine exceedance
data is being logged.
An engine exceedance log has been captured.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AFCS Alerts
AFCS Status
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure A-5 AFCS Status Annunciation
The following alert annunciations appear in the AFCS System Status field on the PFD.
Condition
Rudder Mistrim Right
Aileron Mistrim Right
Elevator Mistrim
Down
Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Aileron Mistrim Left
Yaw servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
AFCS
Rudder Mistrim Left
Annunciation Description
Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
Elevator Mistrim Up
(or stuck MEPT
Switch)
Yaw Trim Failure
Yaw Damper Failure
Roll Failure
190-00709-02 Rev. B
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP
If AP disengaged, move MEPT switches separately to unstick
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP
If AP disengaged, move the MEYT switch to unstick
INDEX
(or stuck MEYT
Switch)
APPENDICES
Pitch Trim Failure
YD control failure; AP still operative
Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
555
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
Condition
Annunciation Description
Pitch Failure
Pitch axis control failure; AP inoperative
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Failure
AP and MEPT are unavailable; FD may still be available
Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at completion
Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests
as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their
power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation.
Preflight Test
EAS
Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure
NOTE: Do not press the AP DISC switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests as this may cause
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their power-up tests). Power must be cycled
to the servos to remedy the situation.
Terrain-SVS Alerts
PFD/MFD TERRAINSVS Page
Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Alert Type
MFD
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warning (RTC)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Warning (ROC)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution (RTC)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Caution (ROC)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Terrain-SVS System Status Annunciations
PFD/MFD
TERRAIN-SVS Page
Annunciation
APPENDICES
System Test Fail
INDEX
Alert Type
System Test in progress
Aural Message
“Terrain System Failure”
Terrain Alerting is disabled
None
No GPS position or excessively degraded GPS
signal
System Test pass
556
“Terrain System Not Available”
“Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS
signal is received.
None
None
“Terrain System Test OK”
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS ALERTS
Annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. Pop-up alerts appear only on the MFD.
Alert Type
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
Excessive Descent Rate Warning (EDR)
“Pull Up”
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warning
(RTC)
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Warning
(ROC)
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution
(RTC)
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Caution
(ROC)
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
Premature Descent Alert Caution (PDA)
AFCS
or
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
or
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
EAS
or
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
Altitude Callout “500”
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD/MFD TAWS
Page
Annunciation
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
“Sink Rate”
Negative Climb Rate Caution (NCR)
“Don’t Sink”
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
or
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Excessive Descent Rate Caution (EDR)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
557
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
TAWS System Status Annunciations
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
MFD
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
TAWS System Test Fail
None
“TAWS System Failure”
TAWS Alerting is disabled
None
None
No GPS position or excessively
degraded GPS signal
None
System Test in progress
None
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
System Test pass
None
None
“TAWS Not Available”
“TAWS Available” will be heard when sufficient
GPS signal is received.
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
Other G1000 Aural Alerts
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Voice Alert
“Minimums, minimums”
“Vertical track”
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
“Traffic”
“Traffic Not Available”
“Traffic, Traffic”
“TAS System Test OK”
“TAS System Test Failed”
Description
The aircraft has descended below the preset barometric minimum descent altitude.
The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued only when vertical navigation is
enabled.
Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the TIS system.
The aircraft is outside the Traffic Information Service (TIS) coverage area.
Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with a TAS system.
Played when the TAS system passes a pilot-initiated self test.
Played when the TAS system fails a pilot-initiated self test.
AFCS
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages
In some circumstances, some messages may appear in conjunction with others.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Flight Plan Import/Export Results
Description
‘Flight plan successfully imported.’
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully imported as a stored flight
plan.
‘File contained user waypoints only. User
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user waypoints. These
waypoints imported successfully. No stored
waypoints have been saved to the system user waypoints. No flight plans stored in
flight plan data was modified.’
the system have been modified.
‘No flight plan files found to import.’
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
‘Flight plan import failed.’
Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD card.
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the SD card, however
others had errors and were not imported. A partial stored flight plan now exists in the
system.
‘File contained user waypoints only.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user waypoints. One
or more of these waypoints did not import successfully.
558
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Plan Import/Export Results
Description
‘Too many points. Flight plan truncated.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than the system can support.
The flight plan was imported with as many waypoints as possible.
‘Some waypoints not loaded. Waypoints
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints that the system cannot
locked.’
find in the navigation database. The flight plan has been imported, but must be
edited within the system before it can be activated for use.
‘User waypoint database full. Not all loaded.’ The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints. The quantity of stored
user waypoints has exceeded system capacity, therefore not all the user waypoints
on the SD card have been imported. Any flight plan user waypoints that were not
imported are locked in the flight plan. The flight plan must be edited within the
system before it can be activated for use.
‘One or more user waypoints renamed.’
One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when imported due to naming
conflicts with waypoints already existing in the system.
‘Flight plan successfully exported.’
The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card.
‘Flight plan export failed.’
The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD card. The SD card may
not have sufficient available memory or the card may have been removed prematurely.
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
559
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix A
Blank Page
560
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SD Card Use
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 System uses Secure Digital (SD) cards to load and store various types of data. For basic flight
operations, SD cards are required for database storage as well as Jeppesen aviation and ChartView database
updates.
CAUTION: Do not load Jeppesen navigation data (except ChartView) onto Garmin Supplemental Data
Cards.
EAS
NOTE: Loading a database in the system prior to it’s effective date will result in the expiration date on the
power-up screen and the effective date on the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page being displayed in yellow.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Jeppesen Databases
The Jeppesen aviation database is updated on a 28-day cycle. The ChartView database is updated on a 14day cycle. If the ChartView database is not updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will no
longer function.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Both of these databases are provided directly from Jeppesen. The ChartView database should be copied to the
Garmin supplied Supplemental Data Card which will reside in the bottom card slot on the MFD. The aviation
database must be installed from the Jeppesen or user supplied SD data card. Contact Jeppesen (www.jeppesen.
com) for subscription and update information.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: After the aviation database is installed, the card may be removed.
Updating the Jeppesen aviation database:
1) With the G1000 System OFF, insert the SD card containing the aviation database update into the top card slot
of the PFD to be updated (Label of SD card facing left).
AFCS
2) Turn the G1000 System ON. A prompt similar to the following is displayed in the upper left corner of the PFD:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure B-1 Database Update Prompt
3) Press the ENT Key to start the database update. A prompt similar to the following is displayed:
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
561
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix B
EAS
Figure B-2 Database Update Confirmation
4) After the update completes, the PFD starts in normal mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the G1000 System OFF and remove the SD card.
6) Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other PFD and the MFD. The MFD and PFD databases are now updated.
Remove the SD card when finished.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Verify that the correct update cycle is loaded during startup of the MFD.
Garmin Databases
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The following G1000 databases are stored on Supplemental Data Cards provided by Garmin:
• Expanded basemap
• Obstacle
• Terrain
• SafeTaxi
• Airport terrain
• FliteCharts
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
After subscribing to the desired database product, these database products will be downloaded to three
Supplemental Data Cards (with the exception of FliteCharts, which is loaded on only one card). Insert each
Supplemental Data Card into the correct location shown in Figure B-3. These cards must not be removed
except to update the databases stored on each card.
APPENDICES
PFD1
PFD2
INDEX
MFD
Figure B-3 Correct Database Locations
562
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Since these databases are not stored internally in the MFD or PFD, a Supplemental Data Card containing
identical database versions must be kept in each display unit.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as rivers, lakes, and towns.
It is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no expiration date.
The terrain database contains the terrain mapping data. The airport terrain database contains increased
resolution terrain data around airports. These databases are updated periodically and have no expiration date.
EAS
The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential hazard to aircraft.
Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is very important to note that not all
obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database. This database is
updated on a 56-day cycle.
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies. Garmin
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
accurately processes and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of
the data.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These diagrams aid in following
ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to taxiways,
ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts for the United States only. This database is updated on a
28-day cycle. If not updated within 180 days of the expiration date, FliteCharts will no longer function.
Updating Garmin Databases
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Garmin database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the ‘Aviation
Databases’ section of the Garmin website (www.garmin.com). Once the updated files have been downloaded
from the website, a PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and program the
new databases onto the existing Supplemental Data Cards. Equipment required to perform the update is as
follows:
AFCS
• Windows-compatible PC computer (Windows 2000 or XP recommended)
• SanDisk SD Card Reader, P/Ns SDDR-93 or SDDR-99 or equivalent card reader
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Updated database obtained from the Garmin website
• Existing Supplemental Database SD Cards (010-00330-41, -42, or -43) from both PFDs and MFD
APPENDICES
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to make the database
product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system configured by a Garmin authorized service
facility in order to use some database features.
After the data has been copied to the appropriate data cards, perform the following steps:
1) Insert one SD card in the bottom card slot of the MFD and one in the bottom card slot of each PFD. The SD card
containing the ChartView or FliteCharts database must be inserted into the bottom slot on the MFD.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
2) Apply power to the G1000 System. View the MFD power-up screen. Check that the databases are initialized
and displayed on the power-up screen. When updating the terrain and FliteCharts databases, an ‘in progress’
563
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix B
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
message may be seen. If this message is present, wait for the system to finish loading before verifying the
correct databases are initialized, then proceed to step 3.
Figure B-4 Database Information on the Power-up Screen
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Acknowledge the Power-up Page agreement by pressing the ENT Key or the right most softkey.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
6) Select the DBASE Softkey to place the cursor in the ‘Database’ box.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the database list and check that all databases are current and there are
no errors.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
8) Power down the G1000.
564
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix C
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Glossary
Course to Steer
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
APPENDICES
CRS
CRS
CRSR
CTA
CTRL
Cumulative
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
CR
CRG
CRNT
Crosstrack Error
AFCS
190-00709-02 Rev. B
barometric altitude
barometric setting
battery
backcourse
CO
COM
CONFIG
COOL
COPLT
Course
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
B ALT
BARO
BATT
BC
CD
CDI
CDU
CF
CHT
CHKLIST
CHNL
CI
CLD
CLR
cm
CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ATK
AUTOSEQ
AUX
AWOS
BFO
BKSP
BRG
C
ºC
CA
CALC
Calibrated Airspeed
The compass direction from the
present position to a destination
waypoint.
beat frequency oscillator
backspace
bearing
center runway
degrees Celsius
Course to Altitude
calculator
Indicated airspeed corrected for
installation and instrument errors.
Course to DME distance
Course Deviation Indicator
Control Display Unit
Course to Fix
Cylinder Head Temperature
checklist
channel
Course to Intercept
cloud
clear
centimeter
Communication, Navigation, &
Surveillance
carbon monoxide
communication radio
configuration
coolant
co-pilot
The line between two points to be
followed by the aircraft.
The recommended direction to steer
in order to reduce course error or
stay on course. Provides the most
efficient heading to get back to the
desired course and proceed along
the flight plan.
Course to Radial
Cockpit Reference Guide
current
The distance the aircraft is off a
desired course in either direction, left
or right.
course
Course to Steer
cursor
Control Area
control
The total of all legs in a flight plan.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ATC
ATCRBS
ATIS
Bearing
EAS
AIM
AIRMET
ALRT
ALT
ALT, ALTN
AMPS
ANNUNC
ANT
AP
AP DISC
APR
APT
ARINC
ARSPC
ARTCC
ARV
AS
ASB
ASOS
accuracy
active, activate
air data computer
Automatic Direction Finder
Attitude Direction Indicator
Arc to fix
Automatic Flight Control System
Airplane Flight Manual
Airplane Flight Manual Supplement
airframe
Above Ground Level
Attitude and Heading Reference
System
Aeronautical Information Manual
Airman’s Meteorological Information
alert
altitude
alternator
amperes
annunciation
antenna
autopilot
autopilot disconnect
approach
airport, aerodrome
Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
airspace
Air Route Traffic Control Center
arrival
airspeed
Aviation Support Branch
Automated
Surface
Observing
System
Air Traffic Control
ATC Radar Beacon System
Automatic Terminal Information
Service
along-track
automatic sequence
auxiliary
Automated Weather Observing
System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ACC
ACT, ACTV
ADC
ADF
ADI
AF
AFCS
AFM
AFMS
AFRM
AGL
AHRS
565
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix C
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CVR
CVRG
CWS
CYL
Cockpit Voice Recorder
coverage
control wheel steering
cylinder
density altitude
database
decibels ‘Z’ (radar return)
declutter
decrease fuel
degree
de-icing
departure
The desired course between the
active “from” and “to” waypoints.
DEST
destination
DF
Direct to Fix
DFLT
default
DGRD
degrade
DH
decision height
Dilution of Precision A measure of GPS satellite geometry
quality on a scale of one to ten (lower
numbers equal better geometry,
where higher numbers equal poorer
geometry).
DIR
direction
DIS
distance
Distance
The ‘great circle’ distance from the
present position to a destination
waypoint.
DME
Distance Measuring Equipment
DOP
Dilution of Precision
DP
Departure Procedure
DPRT
departure
DR
dead reckoning
DSBL
disabled
DTK
Desired Track
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
D ALT
DB, DBASE
dBZ
DCLTR, DECLTR
DEC FUEL
deg
DEIC, DEICE
DEP
Desired Track
APPENDICES
E
ECU
Efficiency
INDEX
EGT
EIS
ELEV
ELEV
EMERGCY
EMI
ENDUR
566
empty, east
Engine Control Unit
A measure of fuel consumption,
expressed in distance per unit of
fuel.
Exhaust Gas Temperature
Engine Indication System
elevation
elevator
emergency
Electromagnetic Interference
endurance
Endurance
Flight endurance, or total possible
flight time based on available fuel on
board.
ENG
engine
ENGD
engaged
ENR
enroute
Enroute Safe Altitude The recommended minimum altitude
within ten miles left or right of the
desired course on an active flight
plan or direct-to.
ENT
enter
EPE
Estimated Position Error
EPU
Estimated Position Uncertainty
ERR
error
ESA
Enroute Safe Altitude
Estimated Position Error A measure of horizontal GPS
position error derived by satellite
geometry conditions and other
factors.
Estimated Time of Arrival The estimated time at which the
aircraft should reach the destination
waypoint, based upon current speed
and track.
Estimated Time Enroute The estimated time it takes to
reach the destination waypoint from
the present position, based upon
current ground speed.
ETA
Estimated Time of Arrival
ETE
Estimated Time Enroute
EXPIRD
expired
ºF
FA
FAA
FADEC
FAF
FAIL
FC
FCC
FCST
FD
FD
FDE
FFLOW
FIS-B
FISDL
FL
FLC
FM
degrees Fahrenheit
Course From Fix to Altitude
Federal Aviation Administration
Full Authority Digital Engine Control
Final Approach Fix
failure
Course From Fix to Distance
Federal Communication Commission
forecast
Course From Fix to DME Distance
flight director
Fault Detection and Exclusion
fuel flow
Flight
Information
ServicesBroadcast
Flight Information Service Data Link
flight level
Flight Level Change
Course From Fix to Manual
Termination
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix C
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
key stuck
kilogram
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
AFCS
KEYSTK
kg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Hold Terminating at Altitude
heading
Groundspeed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HA
HDG
GMA
GMT
GMU
GND
gph
GPS
Grid MORA
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Ground Track
GRS
GS
GTX
glideslope
go-around
gallon(s)
gearbox
Garmin Air Data Computer
Garmin Satellite Data Link
Garmin Display Unit
Garmin Engine/Airframe Unit
geographic
Garmin Flight Control
Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit
Global Navigation Satellite Landing
System
Garmin Audio Panel System
Greenwich Mean Time
Garmin Magnetometer Unit
ground
gallons per hour
Global Positioning System
Grid Minimum Off-Route Altitude;
one degree latitude by one degree
longitude in size and clears the
highest elevation reference point in
the grid by 1000 feet for all areas of
the grid
The velocity that the aircraft is
travelling relative to a ground
position.
see Track
Garmin Reference System
Ground speed
Garmin Transponder
The direction an aircraft is pointed,
based upon indications from a
magnetic compass or a properly set
directional gyro.
HF
Hold Terminating at Fix
HFOM
Horizontal Figure of Merit
Hg
mercury
HI
high
HI SENS
High Sensitivity
HM
Hold with Manual Termination
Horizontal Figure of Merit A measure of the uncertainty in
the aircraft’s horizontal position.
hPa
hectopascal
HPL
Horizontal Protection Level
hr
hour
HSDB
High-Speed Data Bus
HSI
Horizontal Situation Indicator
HT
heat
HUL
Horizontal Uncertainty Level
Hz
Hertz
I
Inner Marker
IAF
Initial Approach Fix
IAT
Indicated Air Temperature
IAU
Integrated Avionics Unit
ICAO
International
Civil
Aviation
Organization
ICS
Intercom System
ID
Identification/Morse Code Identifier
IDENT, IDNT
identification
IF
Initial Fix
IFR
Instrument Flight Rules
IG
Imperial gallon
ILS
Instrument Landing System
IMC
Instrument
Meteorological
Conditions
in
inch
INACTV
inactive
INC FUEL
increase fuel
IND
indicated
Indicated
Information provided by properly
calibrated and set instrumentation
on the aircraft panel.
INFO
information
in HG
inches of mercury
INT
intersection(s)
INTEG
integrity (RAIM unavailable)
IrDA, IRDA
Infrared Data Association
EAS
G/S, GS
GA
gal, gl
GBOX
GDC
GDL
GDU
GEA
GEO
GFC
GIA
GLS
Heading
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Fuel On Board
Flight Management System
Fuel On Board
flight plan
feet per minute
frequency
freezing
Flight Service Station
foot/feet
The fuel flow rate, expressed in units
of fuel per hour.
The total amount of usable fuel on
board the aircraft.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FMS
FOB
FPL
fpm
FREQ
FRZ
FSS
ft
Fuel Flow
567
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix C
kHz
km
kt
kilohertz
kilometer
knot
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
L
left, left runway
LAT
latitude
LBL
label
lb
pound
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display
LCL
local
LED
Light Emitting Diode
Left Over Fuel On Board The amount of fuel remaining
on board after the completion of
one or more legs of a flight plan or
direct-to.
Left Over Fuel Reserve The amount of flight time remaining,
based on the amount of fuel on
board after the completion of one or
more legs of a flight plan or directto, and a known consumption rate.
Leg
The portion of a flight plan between
two waypoints.
LIFR
Low Instrument Flight Rules
LNAV
Lateral Navigation
LO
low
LOC
localizer
LOI
loss of integrity (GPS)
LON
longitude
LPV
Localizer Performance with Vertical
guidance
LRU
Line Replacement Unit
LT
left
LTNG
lightning
LVL
level
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
M
m
MAG
MAG VAR
MAHP
MAN IN
MAN SQ
MAP
MASQ
MAX
MAXSPD
MDA
INDEX
MET
METAR
568
Middle Marker
meter
Magnetic
Magnetic Variation
Missed Approach Hold Point
manifold pressure (inches Hg)
Manual Squelch
Missed Approach Point
Master Avionics Squelch
maximum
maximum speed (overspeed)
barometric
minimum
descent
altitude
manual electric trim
Meteorological Aviation Routine
MEPT
manual electric pitch trim
MFD
Multi Function Display
MGRS
Military Grid Reference System
MHz
megahertz
MIC
microphone
MIN
minimum
Minimum Safe Altitude
Uses Grid MORAs to determine
a safe altitude within ten miles of
the aircraft present position.
MKR
marker beacon
MOA
Military Operations Area
MOV
movement
mpm
meters per minute
MSA
Minimum Safe Altitude
MSG
message
MSL
Mean Sea Level
MT
meter
mV
millivolt(s)
MVFR
Marginal Visual Flight Rules
N
NAV
NAVAID
NDB
NEXRAD
nm
NPT
NRST
north
navigation
NAVigation AID
Non-directional Beacon
Next Generation Radar
nautical mile(s)
O
OAT
OBS
OFST
OXY
Outer Marker
Outside Air Temperature
Omni Bearing Selector
offset
oxygen
P ALT
PA
PA
PASS
PC
PFD
PI
PIT, PTCH
POSN
PPM
P. POS
PRES, PRESS
PROC
psi
PT
pressure altitude
Passenger Address
Proximity Advisory
passenger(s)
personal computer
Primary Flight Display
Procedure Turn to Course Intercept
pitch
position
parts per million
Present Position
pressure
procedure(s), procedure turn
pounds per square inch
Procedure Turn
nearest
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix C
RAM
REF
REM
REQ
RES
REV
RF
RMI
RMT
RNG
RNWY
ROL
ROM
rpm
RST FUEL
RSV
RT
RVRSNRY
RX
SID
SIGMET
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Track Angle Error
TRG
TRK
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Sim
TCA
TCAS
TEL
TEMP
TERM
TF
TFR
T HDG
TIS
TIT
TKE
TMA
TMR/REF
Topo
Track
APPENDICES
SD
sec
SEL, SLCT
SFC
SIAP
TAT
TAWS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SCIT
south
Selective Availability
Static Air Temperature
Satellite-Based
Augmentation
System
Storm Cell Identification and
Tracking
Secure Digital
second(s)
select
surface
Standard Instrument Approach
Procedures
Standard Instrument Departure
Significant
Meteorological
Information
simulator
true
Traffic Advisory
Tactical Air Navigation System
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
True Airspeed
Traffic Advisory System, true
airspeed
Total Air Temperature
Terrain Awareness and Warning
System
Terminal Control Area
Traffic Collision Avoidance System
telephone
temperature
terminal
Track Between Two Fixes
Temporary Flight Restriction
True Heading
Traffic Information System
Turbine Inlet Temperature
Track Angle Error
Terminal Maneuvering Area
Timer/Reference
topographic
Direction of aircraft movement
relative to a ground position; also
‘Ground Track’
The angle difference between the
desired track and the current track.
target
track
AFCS
S
SA
SAT
SBAS
T
TA
TACAN
TAF
TAS
TAS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
right, right runway
radial
Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring
random access memory
reference
remaining (fuel remaining above
Reserve)
required
reserve (fuel reserve entered by
pilot)
reverse, revision, revise
Constant Radius Turn to Fix
Radio Magnetic Indicator
remote
range
runway
roll
read only memory
revolutions per minute
reset fuel
reserve (fuel reserve entered by
pilot)
right
reversionary
receive
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
R
RAD
RAIM
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
quantity
slip/skid
symbol
speed
Special Position Identification
speaker
squelch
service
stall
Standard Terminal Arrival Route
statistics
standby
standard
Stormscope
Special Use Airspace
suspend
Synthetic Vision System
software
system
EAS
QTY
SLP/SKD
SMBL
SPD
SPI
SPKR
SQ
SRVC, SVC
STAL
STAR
STATS
STBY
STD
STRMSCP
SUA
SUSP
SVS
SW
SYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
parallel track
Push-to-Talk
power
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PTK
PTT
PWR
569
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix C
TRSA
TRUNC
TTL
TURN
TX
Terminal Radar Service Area
truncated
total
procedure turn
transmit
UNAVAIL
USR
UTC
UTM/UPS
unavailable
user
Coordinated Universal Time
Universal Transverse Mercator /
Universal Polar Stereographic Grid
watt(s), west
Wide Area Augmentation System
warning (GPS position error)
World Geodetic System - 1984
waypoint(s)
world wide
weather
XFER, XFR
XPDR
XTALK
XTK
transfer
transponder
cross-talk
cross-track
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
V, Vspeed
velocity (airspeed)
VA
Heading Vector to Altitude
VAPP
VOR approach
VAR
variation
VD
Heading Vector to DME Distance
Vdc
volts, direct current
VERT
vertical
Vertical Figure of Merit
A measure of the uncertainty in
the aircraft’s vertical position.
Vertical Speed Required The vertical speed necessary
to descend/climb from a current
position and altitude to a defined
target position and altitude, based
upon current groundspeed.
VFOM
Vertical Figure of Merit
VFR
Visual Flight Rules
VHF
Very High Frequency
VI
Heading Vector to Intercept
VLOC
VOR/Localizer Receiver
VM
Heading Vector
to
Manual
Termination
VMC
Visual Meteorological Conditions
VNAV, VNV
vertical navigation
VOL
volume
VOR
VHF Omni-directional Range
VORTAC
very high frequency omnidirectional
range station and tactical air
navigation
VPL
Vertical Protection Level
VPROF
VNV profile, vertical profile
VPTH
VNV path, vertical path
VR
Heading Vector to Radial
VS
vertical speed
VSI
Vertical Speed Indicator
VSR
Vertical Speed Required
VTF
vector to final
W
WAAS
WARN
WGS-84
WPT
WW
WX
570
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix D
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Frequently Asked Questions
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a particular aspect of G1000 operational capability is not addressed by these commonly asked questions or in
the index, contact Garmin (see the copyright page or back cover for contact information) or a Garmin-authorized
dealer. Garmin is dedicated to supporting its products and customers.
What is WAAS?
EAS
The Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) uses a system of ground stations to correct any GPS signal
errors. These ground stations correct for errors caused by ionospheric disturbances, timing, and satellite
orbit errors. It also provides vital integrity information regarding the health of each GPS satellite. The signal
correction is then broadcast through one of two geostationary satellites. This correction information can then
be received by any WAAS-enabled GPS receiver.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WAAS is designed to provide the additional accuracy, availability, and integrity necessary to enable users to
rely on GPS for all phases of flight. WAAS is currently available in the United States, including Alaska and
Hawaii.
How does WAAS affect approach operations?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Both LNAV/VNAV and LPV approaches use the accuracy of WAAS to include vertical (glide path) guidance
capability. The additional accuracy and vertical guidance capability allows improved instrument approaches to
an expanded number of airports throughout the U.S.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The implementation of LPV approaches further improves precision approach capabilities. LPV approaches
are designed to make full use of the improved GPS signal from the WAAS. This approach combines the LNAV/
VNAV vertical accuracy with lateral guidance similar to the typical Instrument Landing System (ILS). LPV
approaches allow lower approach minimums.
What is RAIM and how does it affect approach operations?
AFCS
RAIM is an acronym for Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring. RAIM is a GPS receiver function that
performs the following functions:
• Monitors and verifies integrity and geometry of tracked GPS satellites
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Notifies the pilot when satellite conditions do not provide the necessary coverage to support a certain phase
of flight
• Predicts satellite coverage of a destination area to determine whether the number of available satellites is
sufficient to satisfy requirements
APPENDICES
NOTE: If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become
active, as indicated by the “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP” message and the LOI annunciation
flagging on the HSI.
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
571
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix D
For RAIM to work correctly, the GPS receiver must track at least five satellites. A minimum of six satellites is
required to allow RAIM to eliminate a single corrupt satellite from the navigation solution.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RAIM ensures that satellite geometry allows for a navigation solution calculation within a specified protection
limit (2.0 nm for oceanic and en route, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). The
G1000 System monitors RAIM and issues an alert message when RAIM is not available (see Appendix A).
Without RAIM, GPS position accuracy cannot be monitored. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF,
the pilot must fly the missed approach procedure.
Why are there not any approaches available for a flight plan?
EAS
Approaches are available for the final destination airport in a flight plan or as a direct-to (keep in mind
that some VOR/VORTAC identifiers are similar to airport identifiers). If a destination airport does not have a
published approach, the G1000 indicates “NONE” for the available procedures.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
What happens when an approach is selected? Can a flight plan with an approach, a departure, or an
arrival be stored?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When an approach, departure, or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach, departure,
or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan, along with a header line showing the title of the selected
instrument procedure. The original en route portion of the flight plan remains active, unless the instrument
procedure is activated. This may be done either when the procedure is loaded or at a later time.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight plans can also be stored with an approach, a departure, or an arrival. Note that the active flight plan
is erased when the system is turned off. Also, the active flight plan is overwritten when another flight plan is
activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, a departure, or an arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint
information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the database is changed or updated, the
G1000 System automatically updates the information, provided the procedure has not been modified. Should
an approach, departure, or arrival procedure no longer be available, the flight plan becomes locked until the
procedure is deleted from the flight plan.
AFCS
Can “slant Golf” (“/G”) be filed using the G1000?
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
“/G” may be filed for a flight plan. The G1000 System meets the requirements of TSO-C145a Class 3 and
ETSO C145 Class 3 installations. GPS approaches are not to be flown with an expired database. See the
approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) as well as the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for more
information.
What does the OBS Softkey do?
INDEX
APPENDICES
The OBS Softkey is used to select manual sequencing of waypoints. Activating OBS mode sets the current
active-to waypoint as the primary navigation reference and prevents the system from sequencing to the next
waypoint in a flight plan. When OBS mode is cancelled, automatic waypoint sequencing is continued, and
the G1000 automatically activates the next waypoint in the flight plan once the aircraft has crossed the present
active waypoint.
572
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix D
• Manual course change on HSI not possible
• Manually select course to waypoint from
HSI
• Always navigates ‘TO’ the active waypoint
• Indicates ‘TO’ or ‘FROM’ waypoint
• Must be in this mode for final approach
course
• Cannot be set for final approach course or
published holding patterns
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
OBS
• Manual sequencing - ‘holds’ on selected
waypoint
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Normal (OBS not activated)
• Automatic sequencing of waypoints
EAS
When OBS mode is active, the G1000 allows the pilot to set a desired course to/from a waypoint using the
CRS/BARO Knob and HSI (much like a VOR).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The most common application for using the OBS Softkey is the missed approach. The G1000 suspends
automatic waypoint sequencing (indicated by a ‘SUSP’ annunciation placed on the HSI) when the missed
approach point (MAP) is crossed. This prevents the G1000 from automatically sequencing to the missed
approach holding point (MAHP). During this time, the OBS Softkey designation changes to SUSP. Pressing
the SUSP Softkey reactivates automatic waypoint sequencing. The OBS Softkey then resumes its normal
functionality.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Why does the G1000 not automatically sequence to the next waypoint?
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The G1000 only sequences flight plan waypoints when automatic sequencing is enabled (i.e., no “OBS” or
‘SUSP’ annunciation). For automatic sequencing to occur, the aircraft must also cross the “bisector” of the turn
being navigated. The bisector is a line passing through the waypoint common to two flight plan legs at an
equal angle from each leg.
How can a waypoint be skipped in an approach, a departure, or an arrival?
AFCS
The G1000 allows the pilot to manually select any approach, departure, or arrival leg as the active leg of
the flight plan. This procedure is performed on the MFD from the Active Flight Plan Page by highlighting the
desired waypoint and selecting the ACT LEG Softkey then the ENT Key to approve the selection. The GPS
then provides navigation along the selected flight plan leg.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When does turn anticipation begin?
The G1000 smooths adjacent leg transitions based on a normal 15° bank angle (with the ability to roll up to
30°) and provides three pilot cues for turn anticipation:
APPENDICES
• A waypoint alert (‘Next DTK ###° in # seconds’ or ‘Next HDG ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10
seconds before the turn point and flashes as it counts down to zero.
• A flashing turn advisory (‘Turn [right/left] to ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10 seconds before the
turn and flashes as it counts down to zero. ‘Turn [right/left] to ###° now’ or ‘Next [DTK/HDG] to ###° now’
is displayed when the pilot is to begin the turn and the HSI (GPS mode) automatically sequences to the next
DTK or HDG value.
INDEX
• The To/From indicator on the HSI flips momentarily to indicate that the midpoint of the turn has been
crossed.
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
573
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix D
When does the CDI scale change?
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Once a departure is activated, the G1000 Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) full scale deflection is set to 0.3
nm. The CDI scale changes to 1.0 nm (terminal mode) then ramps up to 2.0 nm (enroute mode) at 30 nm
from the departure airport. When 31 nm from the destination, the CDI scale smoothly transition from 2.0 nm
back to 1.0 nm (terminal mode). At 2.0 nm before the FAF during an active approach, the CDI scale transitions
down further based on the type of approach activated (LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LPV). When a missed approach is
activated, the CDI is set to 0.3 nm. See the Flight Instruments Section for more details on CDI scaling.
Why does the HSI not respond like a VOR when OBS mode is active?
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
Unlike a VOR, the CDI scale used on GPS equipment is based on the crosstrack distance to the desired
course, not on the angular relationship to the destination. Therefore, the CDI deflection on the GPS is constant
regardless of the distance to the destination and does not become less sensitive when further away from the
destination.
What is the correct missed approach procedure? How is the missed approach holding point selected?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
To comply with TSO specifications, the G1000 does not automatically sequence past the MAP. The first
waypoint in the missed approach procedure becomes the active waypoint when the SUSP Softkey is selected
after crossing the MAP. All published missed approach procedures must be followed, as indicated on the
approach plate.
To execute the missed approach procedure prior to the MAP (not recommended), select the Active Flight Plan
Page and use the ACT LEG Softkey to activate the missed approach portion of the procedure.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After a missed approach, how can the same approach be re-selected? How can a new approach be
activated?
NOTE: Do not attempt to reactivate the current approach prior to crossing the missed approach point
AFCS
(MAP). If an attempt to do so is made, an alert message “Are you sure you want to discontinue the current
approach?” appears. The G1000 directs the pilot back to the transition waypoint and does not take into
consideration any missed approach procedures, if the current approach is reactivated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
After flying the missed approach procedure, the pilot may reactivate the same approach for another attempt by
pressing the PROC Key. Once the clearance is given for another attempt, activate the approach by highlighting
‘Activate Approach’ using the large FMS Knob and pressing the ENT Key. The G1000 provides navigation
along the desired course to the waypoint and rejoins the approach in sequence from that point.
APPENDICES
To activate a new approach for the same airport, select the new procedure by pressing the PROC Key. Choose
‘Select Approach’, select the desired approach from the list shown, and press the ENT Key. Select the
desired transition, then activate the approach using the ENT Key.
INDEX
To activate a new approach to a different airport, press the Direct-to Key and select the desired airport using
the FMS Knobs. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected airport, then follow the steps in the preceding
paragraph to select an approach for the new airport.
574
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix E
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Map Symbols
NOTE: Refer to the Flight Management Section for the topography legend and the Hazard Avoidance
Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Section for XM Weather Product legends.
Line Symbols
Item
Symbol
Symbol
EAS
Unknown Airport
Item
ICAO Control Area
Class B Airspace
Mode C Tower Area
Non-towered, Non-serviced Airport
Non-towered, Serviced Airport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Towered, Serviced Airport
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Warning Area Prohibited Area
Alert Area
Restricted Area
Caution Area Training Area
Danger Area
Unknown Area
Class C
Terminal Radar Service Area
Mode C Area
Towered, Non-serviced Airport
Military Operations Area (MOA)
Restricted (Private) Airport
State or Province Border
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Heliport
International Border
NAVAIDS
Road
Item
Symbol
LOM (compass locator at outer marker)
Railroad
AFCS
Intersection
Latitude/Longitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NDB (non-directional radio beacon)
VOR
VOR/DME
APPENDICES
VOR/ILS
VORTAC
TACAN
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
575
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix E
Miscellaneous
Stormscope Lightning Strikes
Item
Symbol
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency
Item
Symbol
Lightning Strike (0-6 sec ago)
Lightning Strike (6-20 sec ago)
Default Map Pointer
Lightning Strike (20-60 sec ago)
Elevation Pointer
EAS
Lightning Strike (60-120 sec ago)
Traffic
Wind Vector
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Item
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Measuring Pointer
Symbol
Non-threat Traffic (hollow diamond)
Overzoom Indicator
Proximity Advisory (TAS only)
Terrain Proximity or TAWS Enabled
Traffic Advisory, Out of Range
Traffic Enabled
Traffic Advisory
User Waypoint
AFCS
Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint
Parallel Track Waypoint
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint
Top of Descent (TOD)
APPENDICES
Bottom of Descent (BOD)
INDEX
Navigating using Dead Reckoning
576
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Appendix E
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Terrain Avoidance Colors and Symbols
Aircraft Altitude
100 ft Threshold
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1000 ft
EAS
Terrain Color
Terrain Location
Red (WARNING) Terrain above, or within 100 ft below the aircraft altitude
Yellow (CAUTION) Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Black
Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Terrain Proximity Color Chart
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Potential Impact Point
Terrain Above Aircraft Altitude
Projected Flight Path
100 ft Threshold
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1000 ft
Unlighted Obstacle
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain Color
Terrain Location
Red (WARNING) Terrain above, or within 100 ft below the aircraft altitude
Yellow (CAUTION) Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Black
Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Terrain-SVS & TAWS Color Chart
AFCS
Terrain-SVS & TAWS Potential Impact Points
Obstacle Symbol
Obstacle Location
Red
(WARNING)
Obstacle within 100 ft of
or above aircraft altitude
Yellow
(CAUTION)
Obstacle within 1000 ft of
aircraft altitude
Gray
Obstacle more than 1000
ft below aircraft altitude
APPENDICES
Obstacle
Color
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
Height < 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL < 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
Obstacle Symbols and Colors
577
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Appendix E
Hazard Avoidance Features
Feature
Symbol
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain Proximity/TAWS display enabled
Traffic display enabled
NEXRAD display enabled
EAS
Cloud Top display enabled
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Echo Top display enabled
XM Lightning display enabled
Cell Movement display enabled
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SIGMETs/AIRMETs display enabled
METARs display enabled
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
City Forecast display enabled
Surface Analysis display enabled
Freezing Levels display enabled
AFCS
Winds Aloft display enabled
County Warnings display enabled
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Cyclone Warnings display enabled
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD) (ICNG)
APPENDICES
Pilot Weather Report (PIREPs)
Air Report (AIREPs)
Turbulence (TURB)
INDEX
Loss of hazard avoidance feature
(due to loss of GPS position)
578
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Index
EAS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
B
Backlighting----------------------------------------------45, 46
Barometric setting----------------------------------48, 54–55
Basic Empty Weight--------------------------------- 263, 264
Basic Operating Weight------------------------------------264
Battery
Alerts------------------------------------------------ 102, 538
Current--------------------------------------------------87, 91
Overheat warning--------------------------------- 101, 537
Voltage-------------------------------------------------87, 91
Bearing/distance, measuring------------------------------162
Bearing information--------------------------------49, 61–62
Bearing line------------------------------------------- 344, 348
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
C
Cabin pressure altitude---------------------------------87, 90
Warning-------------------------------------------- 101, 537
Cabin speaker-----------------------------------------------138
Calibrated Airspeed-----------------------------------------260
Cargo---------------------------------------------------------264
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
INDEX
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Loading--------------------------------------- 225, 254, 256
Missed-----------------------------------------------------453
Removing--------------------------------------------------257
WAAS------------------------------------------------------452
Approach Mode-------------------------------------- 435, 450
Approach Mode, AFCS-------------------------------------452
APR softkey------------------------------------------- 256, 262
Arc HSI--------------------------------------------------------- 59
Arrival procedure-209, 223, 251, 253, 254, 256, 279, 281,
291
Attitude---------------------------------------------------------- 1
Attitude & Heading Reference System-------------------540
Attitude indicator----------------------------------------48, 52
Audio Panel fail-safe operation---------------------------147
Aural alerts--------------------------------------------------558
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)--------- 407–456
Alerts-------------------------------------------------------555
Alerts and annunciations------------------------ 455–456
Controls-------------------------------------------- 408–409
Status Annunciations------------------------------------455
Status Box-------------------------------------------------411
Automatic squelch------------------------------------------117
Autopilot----------------------------------------407, 438–440
Autopilot Disconnect-------------------------- 409, 429, 440
Auto-tuning--------------------------------------------------125
Auto-tuning, COM------------------------------------------111
Auto-tuning, NAV-------------------------------------------121
Auto Zoom---------------------------------------------------155
Auxiliary Pages (AUX)--------------------------------------- 33
AUX - system status page-476, 477, 497, 498, 515, 516
Aviation Symbols------------------------------------- 167, 209
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activate a Flight Plan---------------------------------------228
Active frequency------------------------------------- 108, 118
ADF---------------------------------------------------------127
ADF
ADF mode------------------------------------------ 127, 129
ANT mode-------------------------------------------------129
Volume-----------------------------------------------------127
ADF audio----------------------------------------------------119
ADF/BFO-----------------------------------------------------129
ADF/DME tuning--------------------------------------------130
ADF frequency tuning--------------------------------------128
ADF volume--------------------------------------------------129
AFCS status annunciation---------------------------------- 49
AFCS status box---------------------------------------------- 48
AFCS Status Box--------------------------------------------411
AHRS-----------------------18, 19, 541, 550, 551, 552, 553
Air Data Computer---------------------------1, 19, 540, 541
Airport
Information-----------------------------------------------185
Nearest----------------------------------------------------- 41
Airspace alerts-----------------------------------------------201
Airspace Alerts--------------------------------------- 202, 299
Airspeed indicator---------------------------------------48, 50
Airspeed Reference----------------------------408, 419–420
Airways-------------------------------------------------------- 24
Collapsed--------------------------------------------------241
Expanded--------------------------------------------------241
Alerting System---------------------------------------------540
Alerts
Airspace---------------------------------------------------- 38
Arrival------------------------------------------------------- 39
Audio voice------------------------------------------------ 39
Alerts, Aircraft-----------------------------------------------537
Along Track Offset----------------------------------- 232, 233
ALT------------------------------------------------------------295
Altimeter---------------------------------------------48, 53–56
Altitude
Constraints------------------------------------------------281
Altitude alerting---------------------------------------------- 78
Altitude buffer------------------------------------------------ 38
Altitude constraints-----------------------------------------244
Altitude Hold Mode----------------------------------------417
Altitude Reference----------------------------- 416, 417, 425
Annunciations, G1000 System----------------------- 19, 540
Annunciator lights------------------------------------------138
ANT/BFO-----------------------------------------------------129
Antenna stabilization--------------------------------------349
Antenna tilt--------------------------------------------------346
Approach-----------------------------------------------------572
Activating-------------------------------------------------257
ILS----------------------------------------------------------450
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
A
I-1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Index
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CDI---------------------------- 254, 270, 281, 290, 297, 554
Chart Not Available---------------------------------- 479, 500
Chart options----------------------------------------- 487, 507
CHART SETUP box----------------------------------- 493, 511
ChartView--------------------------------------- 457, 478, 497
Checklists--------------------------------------------- 525–526
Checklist softkeys-------------------------------------------525
Clearance recorder------------------------------------------141
Closest Point-------------------------------------------------241
CNS system--------------------------------------------------103
Code selection softkeys------------------------------------135
COM channel spacing--------------------------------------116
COM frequency box----------------------------------------108
COM frequency window------------------------------------ 48
Command Bars----------------------------------------------413
Comparator--------------------------------------------------539
Comparator window---------------------------------------- 75
COM radio
Channel spacing------------------------------------------ 41
COM tuning failure-----------------------------------------145
Controls
Softkeys------------------------------------------------ 20–23
Control Wheel Steering (CWS)--------------------- 409, 439
Copy a Flight Plan------------------------------------------228
Course deviation indicator (CDI)-----------------48, 63–65
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)-------------------------- 41
Course To Fix------------------------------------------------258
Crew Alerting System (CAS)--------------------------99–102
Inhibits-----------------------------------------------------100
Messages------------------------------------------- 101–102
D
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Data Bar fields, MFD---------------------------------------- 40
Database------------------------------------------------------ 15
Databases----------------------------------------------------561
Data link-------------------------------------------------------- 1
Datalink receiver troubleshooting------------------------534
Data logging-------------------------------------------------531
Date and time------------------------------------------------ 36
Day/Night views-------------------------------------- 493, 511
Day view---------------------------------------------- 494, 512
Dead reckoning---------------------------------------------- 82
Decision height (DH)---------------------------------------- 49
Declutter------------------------------------------------------ 25
Declutter, display--------------------------------------------- 83
Delete Flight Plans------------------------------------------229
Deleting an entire airway--------------------------- 230, 231
Deleting an entire procedure----------------------- 230, 231
Deleting an individual waypoint------------------- 230, 231
Deleting Flight Plan Items---------------------------------230
Density Altitude---------------------------------------------261
Departure
Select------------------------------------248, 251, 254, 257
Departure procedure--------------------221, 235, 248, 250
I-2
Departure Time----------------------------------------------260
Differential cabin pressure------------------------------87, 90
Warning-------------------------------------------- 101, 537
Digital audio entertainment---------------------------------- 4
Dilution of Precision (DOP)--------------------------------- 27
Direct-to-179, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 242, 243, 279, 281,
297
Display backup----------------------------------------- 17, 107
Diversity transponder---------------------------------------131
DME
HOLD mode-----------------------------------------------130
NAV1 mode-----------------------------------------------130
NAV2 mode-----------------------------------------------130
Tuning mode--------------------------------------- 127, 130
DME audio---------------------------------------------------119
DME information window------------------------------49, 62
Door status--------------------------------------------------- 98
E
Electrical indications----------------------------------------- 93
Electronic checklists-------------------- 457–458, 525–526
Emergency frequency---------------------------------------145
Engine Indication System (EIS)------------------------ 87–90
Entertainment inputs---------------------------------------142
Essential bus voltage------------------------------------87, 91
Estimated Landing Fuel------------------------------------265
Estimated Position Error (EPE)----------------------------- 27
Ethernet------------------------------------------------------- 16
Excess Fuel Weight-----------------------------------------265
F
Failure
Input-------------------------------------------------------- 18
Field of View (SVS)------------------------------------------178
Flap position----------------------------------------------87, 91
Asymmetrical deflection warning--------------- 101, 537
Flight director-----------------------------------407, 410–411
Modes, lateral------------------------------------- 430–456
Modes, vertical------------------------------------ 414–428
Flight director (FD)
Switching--------------------------------------------------412
Flight ID------------------------------------------------------137
Flight Level Change Mode-------------------------- 419, 446
Flight plan
Closest point to reference------------------------------241
Storing-----------------------------------------------------572
FliteCharts-------------------------------------------- 457, 499
FliteCharts cycle---------------------------------------------515
FliteCharts expiration--------------------------------------515
FliteCharts functions---------------------------------------499
FPA----------------------------------------------------- 244, 287
Frequency
Nearest----------------------------------------------------198
Frequency spacing------------------------------------------116
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Index
K
Key(s)------------------------------------------------------- 8, 10
L
Land Symbols------------------------------------------------166
Lateral modes, flight director----------------------- 430–456
LNAV----------------------------------------------------------270
LO SENS------------------------------------------------------126
Low altitude annunciation---------------------------------- 78
Low Altitude Annunciation--------------------------------- 78
LPV----------------------------------------------- 270, 297, 441
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
M
Magnetometer-------------------------------------------- 1, 19
Map pages---------------------------------------------------- 32
Map Panning------------------------------------------------157
Map symbols------------------------------------------------575
Marker beacon----------------------------------------------126
Marker beacon annunciations----------------------------- 76
MASQ processing-------------------------------------------103
Measurement units, changing displayed----------------- 37
Menus--------------------------------------------------------- 30
Message advisories-543, 544, 545, 546, 547, 549, 550, 551,
552, 553, 554, 555
Messages window------------------------------------------524
MFD Data Bar fields----------------------------------------- 40
Minimum descent altitude, barometric------------------- 79
Minimum descent altitude (MDA)------------------------- 49
Minimums----------------------------------------------------558
MISCOMP----------------------------------------------------539
Missed approach--------------------------------------------453
Missed Approach----------------- 209, 258, 266, 270, 297
MKR/MUTE--------------------------------------------------126
Mode S--------------------------------------------22, 131, 133
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
AFCS
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Jeppesen aviation database-------------------------------561
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Heading------------------------------------------------------- 48
Heading Select Mode--------------------------------------432
HI SENS-------------------------------------------------------126
Horizontal scan--------342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 350, 351
Horizontal situation indicator (HSI)--------------48, 58–70
HSI double green arrow------------------------------------118
HSI magenta arrow-----------------------------------------118
HSI single green arrow-------------------------------------118
J
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
H
ID indicator--------------------------------------------------120
ILS approach-------------------------------------------------450
Indicated airspeed------------------------------------------- 50
Indicated Altitude-------------------------------------------260
Initialization (system)---------------------------------------- 15
Inset map----------------------------------------------------- 49
Intercom------------------------------------------------------139
Intersection
Information---------------------------------------- 186–187
Interturbine Temperature (ITT)-------------------------87, 89
Warning-------------------------------------------- 101, 537
Inverting a flight plan--------------------------------------228
IOI------------------------------------------373, 383, 556, 557
EAS
Gain-----------------------------------------------------------347
GDC 74A-------------------------------------------------------- 1
GDL 69/69A----------------------------------------------1, 301
GDU 1040------------------------------------------------------ 1
GEA 71---------------------------------------------------------- 1
Generator
Current--------------------------------------------------87, 91
Speed---------------------------------------------------87, 89
GFC 700------------------------------------------------------407
GIA 63----------------------------------------------------------- 1
Glidepath-----------------------------------------------------295
Glidepath indicator------------------------------------------ 57
Glidepath Mode-------------------------------------- 426, 435
Glidepath Mode (GP)---------------------------------------452
Glideslope----------------------------------------------------295
Glideslope indicator----------------------------------------- 57
Glideslope Mode------------------------------------- 428, 450
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Navigation----------------------------------------- 203–300
Receiver information--------------------------------- 26–28
GMA 1347---------------------------------------------1, 15, 45
GMU 44--------------------------------------------------------- 1
Go Around Mode------------------------------429, 453–454
Ground mapping--------------------------------------------352
GRS 77---------------------------------------------------------- 1
GTX 33---------------------------------------------------------- 1
GTX 33/33D Transponder----------------------------------131
I
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
G
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Frequency transfer arrow----------------------------------109
Frequently asked questions--------------------------------571
Fuel
Alerts----------------------------------- 101–102, 537–538
Efficiency--------------------------------------------------261
Endurance-------------------------------------------------261
Flow-----------------------------------------------------87, 90
Pressure------------------------------------------------87, 90
Quantity------------------------------------------------87, 90
Remaining-------------------------------------------------261
Required---------------------------------------------------261
Fuel indications---------------------------------------------- 96
Fuel on Board---------------------------------- 261, 264, 265
Fuel Statistics------------------------------------------------261
I-3
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Index
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Mode selection softkeys---------------------- 132, 133, 135
Morse code identifier---------------------------------------120
Multi Function Display (MFD)
Softkeys----------------------------------------------------- 24
Music 1-------------------------------------------------------142
Music 1 muting---------------------------------------------142
Music 2-------------------------------------------------------142
N
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EAS
National Weather Service----------------------------------326
NAV1 audio--------------------------------------------------119
NAV2 audio--------------------------------------------------119
NAV frequency window------------------------------------- 48
Navigation database-------------------------------- 244, 245
Navigation Map---------------------------------------------206
Navigation Mode----------------------- 433–434, 444–445
Navigation mode selection--------------------------------118
Navigation source-------------------------------------- 63–65
Navigation status box--------------------------------------- 48
Nav radio selection-----------------------------------------118
Nearest
Airports---------------------------------------- 41, 198–201
VOR------------------------------------------------- 198–199
nearest airport---------------------------------- 182, 183, 184
Nearest Airport-------------------- 182, 183, 184, 185, 256
Minimum Runway Length------------------------------185
Surface Matching----------------------------------------185
Nearest airports, frequency tuning-----------------------111
Nearest Airports Page------------------------- 183, 184, 185
Nearest Pages (NRST)--------------------------------------- 34
NEXRAD------------------------------------------------------- 24
Night view-------------------------------------------- 494, 512
NO COMP----------------------------------------------------539
Non-path descent------------------------------424, 448–449
Normal operating mode------------------------------------ 16
O
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
OBS mode------------------------------------------------ 69–70
Obstacles---------------------------------------------- 546, 548
Oil, engine
Alerts------------------------------------------------ 101, 537
Pressure------------------------------------------------87, 89
Temperature-------------------------------------------87, 89
Omni Bearing Selector (OBS)----------------------- 572–573
Other Statistics--------------------------------------- 259, 261
Overspeed protection, autopilot--------------------------414
Overview-------------------------------------------------------- 1
Oxygen
Pressure------------------------------------------------87, 90
Warning-------------------------------------------- 101, 537
I-4
P
Page groups--------------------------------------------- 31–34
Parallel Track------------------------------------------ 234, 235
Passenger----------------------------------------------------264
Passenger address (PA) system---------------------------140
Passengers---------------------------------------------------264
PFD failure---------------------------------------------------146
Pilot and Stores Weight----------------------------- 263, 264
Pilot profiles--------------------------------------------- 42–43
Pitch Hold Mode--------------------------------------------415
Pitch indication----------------------------------------------- 52
Power ON settings------------------------------------------138
Primary Flight Display (PFD)
Softkeys------------------------------------------------ 20–22
Procedures
GFC 700-------------------------------------------- 441–454
Propeller speed-------------------------------------------87, 88
Q
Quick tuning 121.500 MHz-------------------------------110
R
Radar---------------------------------------------------------332
Antenna Tilt Setup---------------------------------------337
Attenuation-----------------------------------------------334
Interpretation---------------------------------------------339
Operation--------------------------------------------------342
Reflectivity-------------------------------------------------334
Safe Operating Distance--------------------------------336
Radar altitude--------------------------------------------79, 80
RAIM-------------------------------- 253, 266, 267, 268, 269
Range---------------------------------------------------------176
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM)-2 7 – 2 8 ,
266, 571
Required Vertical Speed------------------------------------288
Required Vertical Speed Indicator------------------------288
Reversionary mode-----------------------------------------147
Reversionary Mode
EICAS---------------------------------------------- 86, 87, 99
Reversionary sensor----------------------------------------540
Reversionary sensor window------------------------------- 75
ROC----------------------------------------373, 383, 556, 557
Roll Hold Mode---------------------------------------------431
RS-232----------------------------------------------------------- 4
RS-485----------------------------------------------------------- 3
Runway
Minimum length------------------------------------------- 41
Surface------------------------------------------------------ 41
RVSI---------------------------------------------------- 288, 289
RX indicator--------------------------------------------------109
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
Index
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
190-00709-02 Rev. B
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TA-------------------------------------------------------------558
Takeoff Mode------------------------------------------------429
TAS--------------- 342, 343, 345, 346, 347, 348, 550, 558
EAS
T
TAS (Traffic Advisory System)------------------------------398
Alerts-------------------------------------------------------404
Operation--------------------------------------------------399
TAWS- 77, 366, 368, 370, 371, 380, 381, 556, 557, 558
Alerts-------------------------------------------------------383
Excessive Descent Rate----------------------------------384
Five-Hundred Aural Alert--------------------------------386
Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance-------------------384
Inhibiting--------------------------------------------------382
Negative Climb Rate After Takeoff--------------------386
Premature Descent Alerting----------------------------385
System Status---------------------------------------------388
TAWS-B-------------------------------------------------------376
Terminal procedures charts------------------------- 479, 500
Terrain-------------------------------- 24, 371, 381, 546, 557
Color indications-----------------------------------------577
Terrain Awareness and Warning System-----------------376
Terrain Proximity--------------------------------------------360
TERRAIN-SVS------------------------------------------- 77, 365
Alerts-------------------------------------------------------373
Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance-------------------374
System Status---------------------------------------------375
Tilt------------------------------------------------------ 345, 346
Tilt line--------------------------------------------------------346
Time, system-------------------------------------------------- 36
TIS (Traffic Information Service)---------------------------389
Traffic Map Page-----------------------------------------392
TIS (Traffic Information Services)
System Status---------------------------------------------395
TOD---------------------------------------------- 287, 288, 294
TOPO DATA------------------------------------- 163, 164, 173
Top of Descent--------------------------------------- 287, 288
Topographical data------------------------------------------ 24
TOPO SCALE-------------------------------------------------165
Torque-----------------------------------------------------87, 88
Warning-------------------------------------------- 101, 537
Track-------------------------------------------------------48, 58
Traffic---------------------------------------------------------- 24
Annunciation------------------------------------------49, 76
Voice alerts------------------------------------------------- 76
Traffic advisory----------------------------------------------342
Traffic Advisory----------------------------------------------558
Traffic Information Service (TIS)
TIS Alerts--------------------------------------------------393
Transponder code entry------------------------------------135
Transponder data box--------------------------------------103
Transponder ground mode--------------------------------133
Transponder mode field----------------------- 103, 133, 134
Transponder standby mode-------------------------------133
Transponder status box------------------------------------- 48
Trend vector
Turn Rate--------------------------------------------------- 61
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi------------------------------------------ 457, 472, 475
SafeTaxi database-------------------------------------------476
SBAS--------------------------------------------- 266, 268, 269
Scheduler----------------------------------------457–458, 523
SD card-------------------------------------------------------- 14
Sector scan---------------------------------------------------348
Secure Digital (SD) card----------------------------- 525, 561
Selected altitude-----------------------------------------48, 53
Selected Altitude------------ 415, 416, 418, 419, 421, 425
Selected Altitude Capture Mode-415, 416, 417, 418, 421
Selected course-------------------------------------------49, 59
Selected Course-------------------------------- 434, 436, 437
Selected heading-----------------------------------------49, 59
Selected Heading------------------------------------ 408, 432
Selecting a COM radio-------------------------------------108
Sensor------------------------------------------------- 539, 540
Sequencing, automatic-------------------------------------573
Simultaneous COM operation----------------------------140
Slip/Skid indicator----------------------------------------48, 52
Softkeys-------------------------------------------------- 20–23
PFD---------------------------------------------------------- 48
Synoptics Pages------------------------------------------- 92
Sort Flight Plans---------------------------------------------228
Speaker-------------------------------------------------------138
STAB----------------------------------------------------------349
Standby frequency----------------------------- 108, 111, 118
ADF---------------------------------------------------------127
Standby frequency field------------------------------------108
Stereo headsets---------------------------------------------138
Stormscope--------------------------------------------------353
Cell and Strike Mode------------------------------------355
Setup-------------------------------------------------------353
Stuck microphone-------------------------------------------145
Sunrise--------------------------------------------------------261
Sunset--------------------------------------------------------261
SVS------------------------------------------------------------555
SVS troubleshooting----------------------------------------532
Symbols, map------------------------------------------------575
Synoptics------------------------------------------------- 92–99
Synthetic vision (SVS)------------------------------- 457, 458
System annunciations--------------------------------- 19, 540
System message advisories--------------------------------543
System Setup Page------------------------------------------ 35
System Status Page------------------------------------------ 44
System time-----------------------------------------------36, 48
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
S
I-5
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Index
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Trim--------------------------------------------------------87, 91
Trip Planning------------------------------------ 259, 260, 261
Trip Statistics------------------------------------------ 260, 261
True airspeed------------------------------------------------- 50
True Airspeed------------------------------------------------261
Turn anticipation--------------------------------------------573
Turn rate indicator---------------------------------------48, 61
TX indicator--------------------------------------------------109
U
EAS
Unable to display chart----------------------------- 479, 500
Updating Garmin databases------------------------------476
V
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
VDI----------------------------------------------------- 288, 289
Vertical deviation-------------------------------------- 54, 423
Vertical deviation guidance-------------------------------245
Vertical Deviation Indicator-------------------------------288
Vertical deviation indicator (VDI)-------------------------- 57
Vertical navigation------------------------------------------244
Direct-to-------------------------------------------- 243, 244
Vertical Navigation flight control------------------ 421–425
Vertical Path Tracking Mode------------------421–422, 447
Vertical scan------------------------------------------ 345, 346
Vertical speed guidance-----------------------------------245
Vertical speed indicator (VSI)--------------------------48, 57
Vertical Speed Mode---------------------------------------418
Vertical Speed Reference----------------------------------418
Vertical track-------------------------------------------------558
VFR code-----------------------------------------------------136
VNAV---------------------------------------------------------207
VNAV Target Altitude-------------------------------- 421–424
VNAV Target Altitude Capture Mode--------------------425
VNV---------------------------------------------- 287, 554, 570
VNV guidance
Disabling--------------------------------------------------243
Enabling---------------------------------------------------242
VNV indications, PFD---------------------------------------- 74
VNV target altitude------------------------------------------ 57
Voice alerts, TIS Traffic------------------------------- 393, 404
Volume-------------------------------------------------------522
Volume level
ADF-------------------------------------------------- 127, 129
VOR
Nearest--------------------------------------------- 198–199
VOR selection------------------------------------------------118
VSI-------------------------------------------------------------289
Vspeeds-------------------------------------------------- 51–52
VS TGT------------------------------------------------- 244, 287
Warranty--------------------------------------------------------- i
WATCH------------------------------------------------ 350, 351
Waypoint
Automatic sequencing----------------------------------573
Skipping---------------------------------------------------573
Waypoint Pages (WPT)-------------------------------------- 32
Waypoint Selection Submenu----------204, 212, 216, 267
Weather Attenuated Color Highlight--------------------350
Weather (real-time)-------------------------------------------- 4
Wind--------------------------------------------------- 152, 175
Wind data-------------------------------------------------49, 73
X
XM
radio--------------------------------------------------------301
XM lightning-------------------------------------------------- 24
XM radio---------------------------------------------- 517, 519
XM radio active channel-----------------------------------520
XM radio channel list---------------------------------------519
XM radio entertainment-----------------------------------142
XM radio presets--------------------------------------------522
XM radio service class--------------------------------------518
XM radio troubleshooting---------------------------------534
XM Satellite Weather---------------------------------------301
Airrep------------------------------------------------------330
Cell Movement-------------------------------------------317
City Forecast----------------------------------------------322
Cloud Tops------------------------------------------------315
County Warning------------------------------------------326
Cyclone (Hurricane)--------------------------------------327
Echo Tops--------------------------------------------------314
Freezing Level---------------------------------------------324
Icing (CIP & SLD)-----------------------------------------328
Lightning--------------------------------------------------316
METAR-----------------------------------------------------319
NEXRAD---------------------------------------------------310
Limitations------------------------------------------------312
Pirep--------------------------------------------------------330
PIREPs-----------------------------------------------------330
SIGMET----------------------------------------------------318
Surface Analysis------------------------------------------322
TAF---------------------------------------------------------320
Turbulence-------------------------------------------------329
Winds Aloft------------------------------------------------325
XM weather/radio--------------------------------------------- 4
Z
Zoom
Auto--------------------------------------------------------155
INDEX
W
WAAS-------------------------------------------- 270, 441, 548
WAAS precision approach---------------------------------452
I-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Socata TBM 850
190-00709-02 Rev. B
G1000
®
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road
Houndsdown Business Park
Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
p:44/0870.8501241
f:44/0870.8501251
®
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p:503.391.3411
f:503.364.2138
G1000 Pilot’s Guide
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p:913.397.8200
f:913.397.8282
Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road
Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
p:886/02.2642.9199
f:886/02.2642.9099
Socata
TBM 850
www.garmin.com
190-00709-02
Revision A
System Software 0719.06 or later
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising